Huawei NodeB Fault Management

Fault Management
http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...
Fault Management
Contents
1 Fault Management 1.1 NodeB Alarm Reference 1.1.1 NodeB Alarm List 1.1.2 ALM-25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.3 ALM-25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault 1.1.4 ALM-25602 Sensor Failure 1.1.5 ALM-25620 Monitoring Device Power Supply Problem 1.1.6 ALM-25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range 1.1.7 ALM-25622 Mains Input Out of Range 1.1.8 ALM-25623 Load Disconnected 1.1.9 ALM-25624 Battery Power Unavailable 1.1.10 ALM-25625 Battery Current Out of Range 1.1.11 ALM-25626 Power Module Abnormal 1.1.12 ALM-25628 AC Surge Protector Fault 1.1.13 ALM-25630 Power Module and Monitoring Module Communication Failure 1.1.14 ALM-25631 Load Fuse Broken 1.1.15 ALM-25632 Battery Cabin Heater Fault 1.1.16 ALM-25633 PMU Internal Interface Communication Failure 1.1.17 ALM-25634 Battery Not In Position 1.1.18 ALM-25636 Loss of Power Supply Redundancy 1.1.19 ALM-25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.20 ALM-25651 Ambient Humidity Unacceptable 1.1.21 ALM-25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.22 ALM-25653 Cabinet Humidity Unacceptable 1.1.23 ALM-25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.24 ALM-25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.25 ALM-25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.26 ALM-25657 TEC Cooler Fault 1.1.27 ALM-25670 Water Alarm 1.1.28 ALM-25671 Smoke Alarm 1.1.29 ALM-25672 Burglar Alarm 1.1.30 ALM-25673 Fan Stalled 1.1.31 ALM-25695 Diesel Generator Fault 1.1.32 ALM-25696 Diesel Generator Low Fuel 1.1.33 ALM-25697 Diesel Generator Startup Failure 1.1.34 ALM-25710 Loss of Solar Array 1.1.35 ALM-25711 Solar Array Fault 1.1.36 ALM-25713 Solar Controller Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.37 ALM-25719 CCU Topology and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.38 ALM-25720 Inter-CCU Port Connection Error 1.1.39 ALM-25721 CCU-BBU Communication Failure 1.1.40 ALM-25800 E1/T1 Loss of Signal 1.1.41 ALM-25801 E1/T1 Alarm Indication Signal 1.1.42 ALM-25802 E1/T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal 1.1.43 ALM-25803 E1/T1 Loss of Frame Alignment 1.1.44 ALM-25804 E1/T1 Loss of Multiframe Alignment 1.1.45 ALM-25805 E1/T1 Excessive Slip Frames 1.1.46 ALM-25806 E1/T1 Excessive Bit Error Rate
1 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.47 ALM-25807 E1/T1 Loopback 1.1.48 ALM-25820 Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation 1.1.49 ALM-25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation 1.1.50 ALM-25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame 1.1.51 ALM-25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization 1.1.52 ALM-25825 IMA Link Remote Failure Indication 1.1.53 ALM-25826 IMA Link RX Fault 1.1.54 ALM-25827 IMA Link TX Unusable at Far End 1.1.55 ALM-25828 IMA Link RX Unusable at Far End 1.1.56 ALM-25829 IMA Group Startup at Far End 1.1.57 ALM-25830 IMA Group Configuration Aborted 1.1.58 ALM-25831 IMA Group Configuration Aborted at Far End 1.1.59 ALM-25832 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient 1.1.60 ALM-25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End 1.1.61 ALM-25834 IMA Group Blocked at Far End 1.1.62 ALM-25835 NCP Fault 1.1.63 ALM-25836 CCP Fault 1.1.64 ALM-25837 ALCAP Fault 1.1.65 ALM-25838 AAL2 Path Fault 1.1.66 ALM-25840 SAAL Link Fault 1.1.67 ALM-25841 SAAL Link Congestion 1.1.68 ALM-25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault 1.1.69 ALM-25861 MLPPP Group Fault 1.1.70 ALM-25862 MLPPP Group Excessive Packet Loss Rate 1.1.71 ALM-25863 PPP Link Excessive Frame Error Rate 1.1.72 ALM-25879 Ethernet Port Broadcast Packets Exceeding Alarm 1.1.73 ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault 1.1.74 ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate 1.1.75 ALM-25882 ETHOAM 3AH Discovery Failure 1.1.76 ALM-25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault 1.1.77 ALM-25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault 1.1.78 ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict 1.1.79 ALM-25886 IP Path Fault 1.1.80 ALM-25887 Ethernet Trunk Link Fault 1.1.81 ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault 1.1.82 ALM-25889 SCTP Link Congestion 1.1.83 ALM-25891 IKE Negotiation Failure 1.1.84 ALM-25894 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Loopback 1.1.85 ALM-25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault 1.1.86 ALM-25896 IP Remote Loopback 1.1.87 ALM-25897 IP Excessive Frame Error Rate 1.1.88 ALM-25898 IP Path Excessive Packet Loss Rate 1.1.89 ALM-25899 BFD Session Fault 1.1.90 ALM-25900 IP PM Activation Failure 1.1.91 ALM-25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.92 ALM-25902 Remote Maintenance Link Running Data and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.93 ALM-25920 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment 1.1.94 ALM-25921 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame 1.1.95 ALM-25922 SDH/SONET Loss of Signal 1.1.96 ALM-25923 SDH/SONET AU Loss of Pointer 1.1.97 ALM-25924 SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal 1.1.98 ALM-25925 SDH/SONET MS Remote Defect Indication 1.1.99 ALM-25926 SDH/SONET Loss of Cell Delineation 1.1.100 ALM-25927 SDH/SONET Optical Port Loopback 1.1.101 ALM-25928 SDH/SONET RS Trace Identifier Mismatch
2 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.102 ALM-25929 SDH/SONET RS Excessive Bit Error Rate 1.1.103 ALM-25930 SDH/SONET MS Excessive Bit Error Rate 1.1.104 ALM-25931 SDH/SONET MS Signal Degraded 1.1.105 ALM-25932 SDH/SONET MS Remote Error Indication 1.1.106 ALM-25933 SDH/SONET AU Alarm Indication Signal 1.1.107 ALM-25934 SDH/SONET HP Unequipped Defect 1.1.108 ALM-25935 SDH/SONET HP Signal Label Mismatch 1.1.109 ALM-25936 SDH/SONET HP Trace Identifier Mismatch 1.1.110 ALM-25937 SDH/SONET HP Remote Defect Indication 1.1.111 ALM-25938 SDH/SONET HP Remote Error Indication 1.1.112 ALM-25949 Excessive Flood Packet 1.1.113 ALM-25950 Base Station Being Attacked 1.1.114 ALM-26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure 1.1.115 ALM-26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.116 ALM-26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 1.1.117 ALM-26107 Board Input Voltage Out of Range 1.1.118 ALM-26110 BBU Fan Stalled 1.1.119 ALM-26111 BBU Fan Not at Full Speed 1.1.120 ALM-26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range 1.1.121 ALM-26113 Base Station DC Power Supply Abnormal 1.1.122 ALM-26120 GPS Clock Output Unavailable 1.1.123 ALM-26121 GPS Antenna Fault 1.1.124 ALM-26122 GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient 1.1.125 ALM-26123 GPS Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.126 ALM-26200 Board Hardware Fault 1.1.127 ALM-26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 1.1.128 ALM-26202 Board Overload 1.1.129 ALM-26203 Board Software Program Error 1.1.130 ALM-26204 Board Not In Position 1.1.131 ALM-26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.132 ALM-26206 Main Control Board in Wrong Slot 1.1.133 ALM-26208 Board File System Damaged 1.1.134 ALM-26210 Board Blocked 1.1.135 ALM-26214 Board Powered Off 1.1.136 ALM-26215 Inter-Board Service Link Failure 1.1.137 ALM-26216 Board Not Securely Installed 1.1.138 ALM-26220 Transmission Optical Module Fault 1.1.139 ALM-26221 Transmission Optical Module Not In Position 1.1.140 ALM-26222 Transmission Optical Interface Error 1.1.141 ALM-26223 Transmission Optical Interface Performance Degraded 1.1.142 ALM-26230 BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault 1.1.143 ALM-26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 1.1.144 ALM-26232 BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 1.1.145 ALM-26233 BBU CPRI Optical Interface Performance Degraded 1.1.146 ALM-26234 BBU CPRI Interface Error 1.1.147 ALM-26235 RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.148 ALM-26236 RRU Cascading Levels and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.149 ALM-26237 RRU Network Breakpoint 1.1.150 ALM-26238 RRU Network Topology Type and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.151 ALM-26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.152 ALM-26241 Configuration File Update Failure 1.1.153 ALM-26242 Configuration File Damaged 1.1.154 ALM-26245 Configuration Data Inconsistency 1.1.155 ALM-26250 Active Workspace Version Unavailable 1.1.156 ALM-26251 Board Type and Configuration Mismatch
3 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.157 ALM-26253 Board Software Auto-Supply Failure 1.1.158 ALM-26254 Board Software Synchronization Failure 1.1.159 ALM-26255 Automatic Version Rollback 1.1.160 ALM-26260 System Clock Failure 1.1.161 ALM-26261 External Clock Reference Not Configured 1.1.162 ALM-26262 External Clock Reference Problem 1.1.163 ALM-26263 IP Clock Link Failure 1.1.164 ALM-26264 System Clock Unlocked 1.1.165 ALM-26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 1.1.166 ALM-26266 Time Synchronization Failure 1.1.167 ALM-26270 Inter-System Communication Failure 1.1.168 ALM-26271 Inter-System Monitoring Device Parameter Settings Conflict 1.1.169 ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict 1.1.170 ALM-26273 Inter-System BBU Board Parameter Settings Conflict 1.1.171 ALM-26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict 1.1.172 ALM-26275 Inter-System Cabinet Configuration Conflict 1.1.173 ALM-26276 Inter-System Site-Level Configuration Conflict 1.1.174 ALM-26277 Inter-System Control Rights Conflict 1.1.175 ALM-26278 RF Unit Working Mode and Mode Capability Inconsistency 1.1.176 ALM-26279 Inter-System Board Installation and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.177 ALM-26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault 1.1.178 ALM-26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position 1.1.179 ALM-26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure 1.1.180 ALM-26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure 1.1.181 ALM-26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure 1.1.182 ALM-26315 Inter-BBU Port Connection Error 1.1.183 ALM-26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 1.1.184 ALM-26502 RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch 1.1.185 ALM-26503 RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 1.1.186 ALM-26504 RF Unit CPRI Interface Error 1.1.187 ALM-26506 RF Unit Optical Interface Performance Degraded 1.1.188 ALM-26507 RF Unit Optical Module Fault 1.1.189 ALM-26520 RF Unit TX Channel Gain Out of Range 1.1.190 ALM-26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Too Low 1.1.191 ALM-26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Unbalanced 1.1.192 ALM-26524 RF Unit PA Overcurrent 1.1.193 ALM-26525 RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable 1.1.194 ALM-26527 RF Unit Input Power Out of Range 1.1.195 ALM-26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed 1.1.196 ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range 1.1.197 ALM-26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch 1.1.198 ALM-26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault 1.1.199 ALM-26533 RF Unit Software Program Error 1.1.200 ALM-26534 RF Unit Overload 1.1.201 ALM-26536 RF Unit Multi-Mode Configuration Conflict 1.1.202 ALM-26538 RF Unit Clock Problem 1.1.203 ALM-26540 RF Unit AC Input Power Failure 1.1.204 ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.205 ALM-26542 RF Unit Backup Power Device Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.206 ALM-26543 RF Unit External Device Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.207 ALM-26544 RF Unit Power Surge Protector Fault 1.1.208 ALM-26545 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off Through Command 1.1.209 ALM-26546 RF Unit External Power Supply Insufficient 1.1.210 ALM-26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault 1.1.211 ALM-26752 ALD Hardware Fault
4 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.212 ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated 1.1.213 ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss 1.1.214 ALM-26755 TMA Bypass 1.1.215 ALM-26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed 1.1.216 ALM-26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.217 ALM-26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.218 ALM-26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch 1.1.219 ALM-26760 SASU Bypass 1.1.220 ALM-26765 RHUB Hardware Fault 1.1.221 ALM-26766 RHUB Software Program Error 1.1.222 ALM-26767 RHUB Overload 1.1.223 ALM-26768 RHUB Clock Problem 1.1.224 ALM-26770 UPS Surge Protection Device Fault 1.1.225 ALM-26771 Mains Breakdown with UPS 1.1.226 ALM-26772 UPS Battery Undervoltage 1.1.227 ALM-26773 UPS Failure 1.1.228 ALM-26774 RHUB AC/DC Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.229 ALM-26775 RHUB AC/DC Module Problem 1.1.230 ALM-26776 RHUB PSE Power Supply Failure 1.1.231 ALM-26777 RHUB PSE Fault 1.1.232 ALM-26780 RHUB Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 1.1.233 ALM-26781 RHUB Optical Module Type Mismatch 1.1.234 ALM-26782 RHUB Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 1.1.235 ALM-26783 RHUB CPRI Interface Error 1.1.236 ALM-26785 RHUB Optical Interface Performance Degraded 1.1.237 ALM-26786 RHUB Optical Module Fault 1.1.238 ALM-26787 RHUB-PRRU CPRI Interface Error 1.1.239 ALM-26810 License Data Loss 1.1.240 ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit 1.1.241 ALM-26812 System Dynamic Traffic Exceeding Licensed Limit 1.1.242 ALM-26830 Local User Consecutive Login Retries Failed 1.1.243 ALM-26832 Peer Certificate Expiry 1.1.244 ALM-26840 Imminent Certificate Expiry 1.1.245 ALM-26841 Certificate Invalid 1.1.246 ALM-26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed 1.1.247 ALM-28201 Local Cell Blocked 1.1.248 ALM-28203 Local Cell Unusable 1.1.249 ALM-28204 Cell DL Load Simulation Startup 1.1.250 ALM-28205 Cell Output Power too Low 1.1.251 ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline 1.1.252 ALM-28207 Carrier Wave Share Failure 1.1.253 ALM-28209 Cell No Traffic 1.1.254 ALM-28210 Frequency Separation Configuration Mismatch 1.1.255 ALM-28211 Cell Configuration Abnormal 1.1.256 ALM-28221 IMB Local Cell Blocked 1.1.257 ALM-28223 IMB Local Cell Unusable 1.1.258 ALM-28224 IMB Cell Output Power too Low 1.1.259 ALM-28225 IMB Local Cell Capability Decline 1.1.260 ALM-28226 IMB Cell Configuration Abnormal 1.1.261 ALM-28230 Base Station Service Overload 1.1.262 ALM-28244 GPS Receiver Hardware Fault 1.1.263 ALM-28245 GPS Receiver Antenna Power Problem 1.1.264 ALM-28246 GPS Receiver Antenna Fault 1.1.265 ALM-28247 GPS Receiver Software Program Error 1.1.266 ALM-28248 GPS Receiver Position Not Locked
5 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.267 ALM-28249 GPS Receiver Maintenance Link Failure 1.1.268 ALM-28250 GPS Receiver Initialization Configuration Failure 1.1.269 ALM-28253 Ethernet Link Abnormal 1.1.270 ALM-28255 Transport Configuration Failure 1.1.271 ALM-28300 Board Uplink Service Processing Channel Abnormal 1.1.272 ALM-28301 Board Downlink Service Processing Channel Abnormal 1.1.273 ALM-28302 Board BFN Abnormal 1.1.274 ALM-28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 1.1.275 ALM-28329 RF Unit Input Power Abnormal 1.1.276 ALM-28330 RF Unit Over Backward Power Alarm 1.1.277 ALM-28350 Board Configuration Inconsistent with Resource Group Configuration 1.1.278 ALM-28354 Transport Backup Not Support 1.1.279 ALM-28355 Data Configuration File Error 1.1.280 ALM-28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm 1.1.281 ALM-65033-ALM-65233 External Analog/Boolean Alarm 1.2 NodeB Event Reference 1.2.1 NodeB Event List 1.2.2 EVT-25890 SCTP Link Path Switchover 1.2.3 EVT-25893 Remote Maintenance Link Switchover 1.2.4 EVT-26212 Board Startup 1.2.5 EVT-26213 NE Startup 1.2.6 EVT-26256 NE Software Download Started 1.2.7 EVT-26257 NE Software Download Ended 1.2.8 EVT-26258 NE Software Activation Started 1.2.9 EVT-26259 NE Software Activation Ended 1.2.10 EVT-26505 RF Unit CPRI Interface Switchover 1.2.11 EVT-26526 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off 1.2.12 EVT-26528 RF Unit TX Channel Switched On 1.2.13 EVT-26535 RF Unit Startup 1.2.14 EVT-26784 RHUB CPRI Interface Switchover 1.2.15 EVT-26820 License Emergency Status Activated 1.2.16 EVT-26821 License Emergency Status Ceased 1.2.17 EVT-28200 Iub Common Procedure Failure Indication 1.2.18 EVT-28202 Local Cell Rebuild 1.2.19 EVT-28222 IMB Local Cell Rebuild 1.2.20 EVT-28251 Ethernet Configuration Changed 1.2.21 EVT-28252 IP RAN Object Reset 1.2.22 EVT-28352 Enable Downloaded Configuration File 1.2.23 EVT-28353 Disable Downloaded Configuration File 1.2.24 EVT-28380 NE Shutdown
1 Fault Management
Related Document NodeB Alarm Reference NodeB Event Reference Description This document describes NodeB alarm reference. This document describes NodeB event reference.
1.1 NodeB Alarm Reference

Purpose
This document describes all the alarms of the BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900A WCDMA, BTS3900L WCDMA,
6 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
BTS3900C WCDMA, BTS3900AL WCDMA, and DBS3900 WCDMA. The MML commands involved in this document takes NodeB_2U for example.
Version
The following table lists the product versions involved in this document. Product Name BTS3900 WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900) BTS3900A WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900A) BTS3900L WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900L) BTS3900C WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900C) BTS3900AL WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900AL) DBS3900 WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as DBS3900) Version V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00
Intended Audience
This document is intended for: Field engineers System engineers Shift operators Site maintainers Network operators
Concepts
Concept Alarm ID Alarm Name Description Unique identifier of an alarm in one product. Unique name of an alarm in one product. Alarm names clearly and accurately indicate alarm meanings. There is a one-to-one mapping between alarm names and IDs. There is only one alarm type: fault. Impact of an alarm on service quality. There are four alarm severity levels: critical, major, minor, and warning. Critical alarm: affects service quality. If a critical alarm is generated, immediate actions are necessary even when the fault occurs during non-working hours. Major alarm: affects service quality and requires immediate action during working hours. Minor alarm: generally does not affect service quality, but requires handling or observation in a reasonable amount of time to avoid more serious faults. Warning alarm: indicates a potential error that may affect service quality. It requires different actions depending on errors. Event Type There are 16 event types based on monitored objects. Power alarm: relates to the power system.
Alarm Type Alarm Level
7 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Concept
Description Environment alarm: relates to equipment room environment variables, such as temperature, humidity, and door control. Signaling alarm: relates to channel associated signaling (for example, SS1) and common channel signaling (for example, SS7). Trunk alarm: relates to the trunk system, including trunk circuits and boards. Hardware alarm: relates to hardware, such as the clock unit and CPU. Software alarm: relates to software. System alarm: generated during system operation. Communication alarm: relates to communication. Service quality alarm: relates to service quality. Unexpected operation alarm: generated when an exception occurs. OMC alarm: generated when the OMC is not working properly. Integrity alarm: generated when information is illegally modified or deleted. Operation alarm: generated when service is unavailable or inaccessible because of inappropriate operations. Physical resource alarm: generated when physical resources are damaged by a suspected security attack. Security alarm: generated when security service or a security mechanism has detected that the system encounters security attacks. Time domain alarm: generated when an event occurs at an unexpected or forbidden time.
Description Parameters Impact on the System System Actions Possible Causes Procedure
Conditions in which an alarm is generated. Parameters related to alarms. Impact of an alarm on the system or services.
Actions taken by the system when an alarm is generated. Issues that may result in an alarm. Possible causes are categorized into data configuration, hardware, software, and other causes. Procedure for clearing an alarm step by step.
Change History
For detailed alarm changes, see the release notes.
1.1.1 NodeB Alarm List

Alarm ID ALM-25600 Alarm Name Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure Monitoring Device Hardware Fault Sensor Failure Alarm Type Fault Alarm Level Major Event Type Communication
ALM-25601
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-25602
Fault
Major
Hardware
8 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-25620
Alarm Name Monitoring Device Power Supply Problem Power Supply DC Output Out of Range Mains Input Out of Range
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major
Event Type Hardware
ALM-25621
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25622
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25623 ALM-25624
Load Disconnected Fault Battery Power Unavailable Battery Current Out of Range Power Module Abnormal AC Surge Protector Fault Fault
Major/Warning Major/Warning
Power Power
ALM-25625
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25626
Fault
Major/Warning
Power
ALM-25628
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25630
Power Module and Fault Monitoring Module Communication Failure Load Fuse Broken Battery Cabin Heater Fault PMU Internal Interface Communication Failure Battery Not In Position Loss of Power Supply Redundancy Ambient Temperature Unacceptable Ambient Humidity Unacceptable Fault Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25631 ALM-25632
Major Major
Power Power
ALM-25633
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25634
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-25636
Fault
Warning
Power
ALM-25650
Fault
Major/Minor
Environment
ALM-25651
Fault
Minor
Environment
9 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-25652
Alarm Name Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable Cabinet Humidity Unacceptable Battery Temperature Unacceptable Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable TEC Cooler Fault Water Alarm Smoke Alarm Burglar Alarm Fan Stalled Diesel Generator Fault Diesel Generator Low Fuel Diesel Generator Startup Failure Loss of Solar Array Solar Array Fault Solar Controller Temperature Unacceptable
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major/Minor
Event Type Environment
ALM-25653
Fault
Minor
Environment
ALM-25654
Fault
Major/Minor
Power
ALM-25655
Fault
Major/Minor
Environment
ALM-25656
Fault
Major/Minor
Environment
ALM-25657 ALM-25670 ALM-25671 ALM-25672 ALM-25673 ALM-25695
Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault
Major Critical Critical Critical Major Major
Environment Environment Environment Environment Hardware Hardware
ALM-25696
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-25697
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-25710
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-25711 ALM-25713
Fault Fault
Major Minor
Hardware Hardware
ALM-25719
CCU Topology and Fault Configuration Mismatch Inter-CCU Port Connection Error CCU-BBU Communication Fault
Major
Environment
ALM-25720
Major
Environment
ALM-25721
Fault
Minor
Environment
10 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID
Alarm Name Failure
Alarm Type
Alarm Level
Event Type
ALM-25800
E1/T1 Loss of Signal E1/T1 Alarm Indication Signal E1/T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal E1/T1 Loss of Frame Alignment E1/T1 Loss of Multiframe Alignment E1/T1 Excessive Slip Frames E1/T1 Excessive Bit Error Rate E1/T1 Loopback Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation IMA Link Loss of Frame IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization IMA Link Remote Failure Indication IMA Link RX Fault IMA Link TX Unusable at Far End IMA Link RX Unusable at Far End
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25801
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25802
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25803
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25804
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25805
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25806
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25807 ALM-25820
Fault Fault
Minor Major
Trunk Trunk
ALM-25821
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25823
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25824
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25825
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25826 ALM-25827
Fault Fault
Major Minor
Trunk Trunk
ALM-25828
Fault
Minor
Trunk
11 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-25829
Alarm Name
Alarm Type
Alarm Level Minor
Event Type Trunk
IMA Group Startup Fault at Far End IMA Group Configuration Aborted Fault
ALM-25830
Major
Trunk
ALM-25831
IMA Group Fault Configuration Aborted at Far End IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25832
Major
Trunk
ALM-25833
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25834
IMA Group Fault Blocked at Far End NCP Fault CCP Fault ALCAP Fault AAL2 Path Fault SAAL Link Fault SAAL Link Congestion PPP/MLPPP Link Fault MLPPP Group Fault MLPPP Group Excessive Packet Loss Rate PPP Link Excessive Frame Error Rate Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25835 ALM-25836 ALM-25837 ALM-25838 ALM-25840 ALM-25841
Major Major Major Major Major Major
Communication Communication Signaling Trunk Trunk Trunk
ALM-25860
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25861
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25862
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25863
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25879
Ethernet Port Fault Broadcast Packets Exceeding Alarm Ethernet Link Fault Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25880
Major
Trunk
12 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-25881
Alarm Name MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate ETHOAM 3AH Discovery Failure ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Minor
Event Type Trunk
ALM-25882
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25883
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25884
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25885 ALM-25886 ALM-25887
IP Address Conflict Fault IP Path Fault Ethernet Trunk Link Fault SCTP Link Fault SCTP Link Congestion IKE Negotiation Failure ETHOAM 3AH Remote Loopback Ethernet Trunk Group Fault IP Remote Loopback IP Excessive Frame Error Rate IP Path Excessive Packet Loss Rate BFD Session Fault IP PM Activation Failure Remote Maintenance Link Failure Remote Maintenance Link Running Data and Configuration Mismatch Fault Fault
Minor Major Minor
Trunk Trunk Trunk
ALM-25888 ALM-25889
Fault Fault
Major Minor
Trunk Trunk
ALM-25891
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25894
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25895
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25896
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25897
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25898
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25899 ALM-25900
Fault Fault
Minor Minor
Trunk Trunk
ALM-25901
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25902
Fault
Minor
Trunk
13 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-25920
Alarm Name SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment SDH/SONET Loss of Frame SDH/SONET Loss of Signal SDH/SONET AU Loss of Pointer SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal SDH/SONET MS Remote Defect Indication SDH/SONET Loss of Cell Delineation SDH/SONET Optical Port Loopback SDH/SONET RS Trace Identifier Mismatch
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major
Event Type Trunk
ALM-25921
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25922
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25923
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25924
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25925
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25926
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25927
Fault
Warning
Trunk
ALM-25928
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25929
SDH/SONET RS Fault Excessive Bit Error Rate SDH/SONET MS Fault Excessive Bit Error Rate SDH/SONET MS Signal Degraded SDH/SONET MS Remote Error Indication SDH/SONET AU Alarm Indication Signal Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25930
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25931
Major
Trunk
ALM-25932
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25933
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25934
SDH/SONET HP Fault Unequipped Defect
Major
Trunk
14 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-25935
Alarm Name SDH/SONET HP Signal Label Mismatch SDH/SONET HP Trace Identifier Mismatch SDH/SONET HP Remote Defect Indication SDH/SONET HP Remote Error Indication Excessive Flood Packet
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Minor
Event Type Trunk
ALM-25936
Fault
Minor
Trunk
ALM-25937
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25938
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25949
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-25950
Base Station Being Fault Attacked Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure Board Temperature Unacceptable Board Clock Input Unavailable Board Input Voltage Out of Range BBU Fan Stalled BBU Fan Not at Full Speed BBU DC Output Out of Range Base Station DC Power Supply Abnormal GPS Clock Output Unavailable Fault
Major
Security
ALM-26101
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26104
Fault
Major/Minor
Environment
ALM-26106
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26107
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26110 ALM-26111
Fault Fault
Major Major
Hardware Hardware
ALM-26112
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-26113
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-26120
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26121
GPS Antenna Fault Fault
Minor
Hardware
15 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26122
Alarm Name GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient GPS Maintenance Link Failure Board Hardware Fault Board Memory Soft Failure Board Overload Board Software Program Error Board Not In Position BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure Main Control Board in Wrong Slot Board File System Damaged Board Blocked Board Powered Off Inter-Board Service Link Failure Board Not Securely Installed Transmission Optical Module Fault
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Minor
Event Type Running
ALM-26123
Fault
Minor
Running
ALM-26200
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26201
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26202 ALM-26203
Fault Fault
Minor Major
Running Running
ALM-26204
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26205
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26206
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26208
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26210 ALM-26214
Fault Fault
Major Major
Running Hardware
ALM-26215
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26216
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26220
Fault
Warning
Hardware
ALM-26221
Transmission Fault Optical Module Not In Position Transmission Optical Interface Error Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26222
Major/Minor
Hardware
16 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26223
Alarm Name Transmission Optical Interface Performance Degraded BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault BBU CPRI Optical Interface Performance Degraded BBU CPRI Interface Error RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure RRU Cascading Levels and Configuration Mismatch RRU Network Breakpoint
Alarm Type Fault
Event Type Communication
ALM-26230
Fault
Warning
Hardware
ALM-26231
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26232
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26233
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26234
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26235
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26236
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26237
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26238
RRU Network Fault Topology Type and Configuration Mismatch BBU Topology and Fault Configuration Mismatch Configuration File Update Failure Configuration File Damaged Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26240
Major
Hardware
ALM-26241
Major
Running
ALM-26242
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26245
Configuration Data Fault Inconsistency
Major
Running
17 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26250
Alarm Name Active Workspace Version Unavailable Board Type and Configuration Mismatch Board Software Auto-Supply Failure Board Software Synchronization Failure Automatic Version Rollback System Clock Failure External Clock Reference Not Configured External Clock Reference Problem IP Clock Link Failure System Clock Unlocked Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error Time Synchronization Failure Inter-System Communication Failure Inter-System Monitoring Device Parameter Settings Conflict
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major
Event Type Running
ALM-26251
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26253
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26254
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26255
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26260
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26261
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26262
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26263
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26264
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26265
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26266
Fault
Minor
Communication
ALM-26270
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26271
Fault
Warning
Running
18 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26272
Alarm Name Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict Inter-System BBU Board Parameter Settings Conflict Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict Inter-System Cabinet Configuration Conflict Inter-System Site-Level Configuration Conflict Inter-System Control Rights Conflict RF Unit Working Mode and Mode Capability Inconsistency Inter-System Board Installation and Configuration Mismatch Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure Inter-BBU Port Failure
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major/Warning
Event Type Running
ALM-26273
Fault
Major/Warning
Running
ALM-26274
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26275
Fault
Minor
Running
ALM-26276
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26277
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26278
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26279
Fault
Minor
Software
ALM-26310
Fault
Warning
Hardware
ALM-26311
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26312
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26313
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26314
Fault
Major
Hardware
19 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26315
Alarm Name Inter-BBU Port Connection Error RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault RF Unit CPRI Interface Error RF Unit Optical Interface Performance Degraded RF Unit Optical Module Fault RF Unit TX Channel Gain Out of Range RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Too Low RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Unbalanced RF Unit PA Overcurrent RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable RF Unit Input Power Out of Range
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major
Event Type Hardware
ALM-26501
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26502
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26503
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26504
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26506
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26507
Fault
Warning
Communication
ALM-26520
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26521
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26522
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26524
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26525
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26527
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26529
RF Unit VSWR Fault Threshold Crossed
Major/Minor
Hardware
20 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26530
Alarm Name RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch RF Unit Hardware Fault RF Unit Software Program Error RF Unit Overload
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Minor/Warning
Event Type Hardware
ALM-26531
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26532
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26533
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26534 ALM-26536
Fault
Minor Minor
Running Running
RF Unit Multi-Mode Fault Configuration Conflict RF Unit Clock Problem RF Unit AC Input Power Failure ALD Maintenance Link Failure RF Unit Backup Power Device Maintenance Link Failure RF Unit External Device Maintenance Link Failure RF Unit Power Surge Protector Fault RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off Through Command RF Unit External Power Supply Insufficient RET Antenna Motor Fault Fault
ALM-26538
Major
Hardware
ALM-26540
Fault
Major
Power
ALM-26541
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26542
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26543
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26544
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26545
Fault
Warning
Running
ALM-26546
Fault
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-26751
Fault
Minor
Hardware
21 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26752
Alarm Name ALD Hardware Fault RET Antenna Not Calibrated
Alarm Type Fault
Event Type Hardware
ALM-26753
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26754
RET Antenna Data Fault Loss TMA Bypass Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26755 ALM-26756
Major Major
Hardware Hardware
SASU VSWR Fault Threshold Crossed RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch Fault
ALM-26757
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26758
TMA Running Data Fault and Configuration Mismatch SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch SASU Bypass RHUB Hardware Fault RHUB Software Program Error RHUB Overload RHUB Clock Problem UPS Surge Protection Device Fault Mains Breakdown with UPS UPS Battery Undervoltage UPS Failure RHUB AC/DC Maintenance Link Failure Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26759
Minor
Hardware
ALM-26760 ALM-26765
Fault Fault
Major Major/Minor
Hardware Hardware
ALM-26766
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26767 ALM-26768
Fault Fault
Minor Major
Running Hardware
ALM-26770
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26771
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26772
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26773 ALM-26774
Fault Fault
Major Major
Hardware Hardware
22 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26775
Alarm Name RHUB AC/DC Module Problem RHUB PSE Power Supply Failure RHUB PSE Fault RHUB Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready RHUB Optical Module Type Mismatch RHUB Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault RHUB CPRI Interface Error RHUB Optical Interface Performance Degraded RHUB Optical Module Fault
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major
Event Type Hardware
ALM-26776
Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-26777 ALM-26780
Fault Fault
Major Major
Hardware Communication
ALM-26781
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26782
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26783
Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26785
Fault
Major/Minor
Communication
ALM-26786
Fault
Minor
Communication
ALM-26787
RHUB-PRRU CPRI Fault Interface Error License Data Loss Fault Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit System Dynamic Traffic Exceeding Licensed Limit Local User Consecutive Login Retries Failed Peer Certificate Expiry Fault
Major
Communication
ALM-26810 ALM-26811
Major Major
Running Running
ALM-26812
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-26830
Fault
Minor
Security
ALM-26832
Fault
Minor
Security
23 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-26840
Alarm Name Imminent Certificate Expiry Certificate Invalid Automatic Certificate Update Failed Local Cell Blocked Local Cell Unusable Cell DL Load Simulation Startup Cell Output Power too Low Local Cell Capability Decline Carrier Wave Share Failure Cell No Traffic Frequency Separation Configuration Mismatch Cell Configuration Abnormal IMB Local Cell Blocked IMB Local Cell Unusable IMB Cell Output Power too Low IMB Local Cell Capability Decline IMB Cell Configuration Abnormal Base Station Service Overload
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Minor
Event Type Security
ALM-26841 ALM-26842
Fault Fault
Major Minor
Security Security
ALM-28201 ALM-28203
Fault Fault
Minor Major
QoS QoS
ALM-28204
Fault
Minor
QoS
ALM-28205
Fault
Minor
QoS
ALM-28206
Fault
Major
QoS
ALM-28207
Fault
Minor
QoS
ALM-28209 ALM-28210
Fault Fault
Minor Minor
QoS QoS
ALM-28211
Fault
Major
QoS
ALM-28221
Fault
Minor
QoS
ALM-28223
Fault
Major
QoS
ALM-28224
Fault
Minor
QoS
ALM-28225
Fault
Major
QoS
ALM-28226
Fault
Major
QoS
ALM-28230
Fault
Minor
QoS
24 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-28244
Alarm Name GPS Receiver Hardware Fault GPS Receiver Antenna Power Problem GPS Receiver Antenna Fault GPS Receiver Software Program Error GPS Receiver Position Not Locked GPS Receiver Maintenance Link Failure GPS Receiver Initialization Configuration Failure Ethernet Link Abnormal Transport Configuration Failure
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Minor
Event Type Hardware
ALM-28245
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-28246
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-28247
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-28248
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-28249
Fault
Minor
Communication
ALM-28250
Fault
Minor
Hardware
ALM-28253
Fault
Major
Trunk
ALM-28255
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-28300
Board Uplink Fault Service Processing Channel Abnormal Board Downlink Fault Service Processing Channel Abnormal Board BFN Abnormal Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-28301
Major/Minor
Hardware
ALM-28302
Major
Hardware
ALM-28303
WBBP-WBBP Fault Interface Abnormal RF Unit Input Power Abnormal RF Unit Over Backward Power Alarm Fault
Major
Hardware
ALM-28329
Major
Hardware
ALM-28330
Fault
Major
Hardware
25 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm ID ALM-28350
Alarm Name Board Configuration Inconsistent with Resource Group Configuration Transport Backup Not Support
Alarm Type Fault
Alarm Level Major
Event Type Running
ALM-28354
Fault
Major
Running
ALM-28355
Data Configuration Fault File Error Board Startup Abnormal Alarm External Analog/Boolean Alarm Fault
Major
Running
ALM-28381
Major
Running
ALM-65033ALM-65233
Fault
Major
Environment
1.1.2 ALM-25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the BBU/RRU and the monitoring device fails or the maintenance link between monitoring devices fails.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Connect Port No. Communication Address Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Serial port No. connected to the monitoring device Communication address of the monitoring device
Impact on the System

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The system cannot monitor the status of the monitoring device. Operators cannot configure or maintain the monitoring device.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The monitoring device is configured in a wrong cabinet/subrack/slot, or configured with a wrong serial port or communication address.
26 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The monitoring device is not powered on or fails to be detected. The cable connections are faulty between the BBU/RRU and the monitoring device, between CCUs, or between a CCU and another monitoring device. The cable is loose, worn-out, or broken between the BBU/RRU and the monitoring device, between CCUs, or between a CCU and another monitoring device. The DIP switch setting of the monitoring device is wrong. The monitoring device is faulty. The BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command SCN RS485 to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot, connected serial port, and communication address of the faulty monitoring device, as well as the cabinet/subrack/slot of the device managing the faulty monitoring device are consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The information is consistent. Go to step 2. N => The information is inconsistent. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU)/RMV EMU(EMU)/RMV FMU(FMU) to remove the faulty monitoring device. Run the MML command ADD PMU(PMU)/ADD TCU(TCU)/ADD EMU(EMU)/ADD FMU(FMU) to add the monitoring device according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the monitoring device specified in the alarm location parameters is properly installed and powered on. When the power switch is turned on and the RUN indicator is on, it indicates that the monitoring device is powered on. Y => The monitoring device is properly installed and powered on. Go to step 3. N => The monitoring device is improperly installed or not powered on. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the monitoring device properly and power it on. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connections for the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cables for the monitoring device are properly connected based on the installation guide. Y => The cables are properly connected. Go to sub-step c. N => The cables are improperly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the cables properly for the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
27 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the cables for the monitoring device are functional and the connections are correct. Y => The cables are functional and the connections are correct. Go to step 4. N => The cables are loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step d. d. Reconnect or replace the cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. (Skip this step and go to step 5 if the device is not configured with the DIP switch) Check the communication address of the monitoring device on site. a. Check the DIP switch settings of the monitoring device. Y => The DIP switch settings are correct. Go to step 5. N => The DIP switch settings are incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Power off the monitoring device, set the DIP switch correctly, and then power on the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the faulty unit of the BBU on site. a. Note: If there is only one UPEU configured in the BBU or there are two UPEUs configured in the high-power-consumption BBU, replacing the UPEU interrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform the replacement in low-traffic hours. Replace the BBU environment interface unit on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform the replacement in low-traffic hours. A base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version must be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
28 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.3 ALM-25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the hardware of the monitoring device is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Some or all the monitoring functions of the monitoring device fail.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The software of the monitoring device malfunctions. The hardware of the monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the monitoring device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty monitoring device on the M2000. Wait until the startup is complete, Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Power cycle the monitoring device on site. a. Power cycle the faulty monitoring device, or remove and then insert the faulty monitoring device on site. Wait until the startup is complete, Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
29 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.4 ALM-25602 Sensor Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when a sensor is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Sensor No.
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Faulty sensor number (Battery temperature sensor 1, Battery temperature sensor 2, Cabinet humidity sensor, Cabinet temperature sensor 1, Cabinet temperature sensor 2, Cabinet ambient temperature sensor, Air inlet temperature sensor, Air outlet temperature sensor, Current sensor of the diesel generator) Type of the monitoring device
Board Type

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The system cannot monitor the alarms detected by the sensor.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable connection of the sensor is faulty. The sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure (the "Board Type" parameter is TCU.) Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
30 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check the sensor and its cable connection on site. a. Check whether the cable between the monitoring device and the sensor is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.5 ALM-25620 Monitoring Device Power Supply Problem

Description
This alarm is reported when the DC input to the monitoring device has a problem.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(DC Overvoltage, DC Undervoltage, DC Failure)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Some or all the monitoring functions of the monitoring device fail. If the monitoring device is an EDU, the devices carried on the EDU may be powered off. In this case, the ongoing services are disrupted.
System Actions
31 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
If the monitoring device is an EDU, the devices carried on the EDU are powered off.
Possible Causes
The power cable for the monitoring device is faulty. For example, the power cable is loosely connected, worn-out, or damage. The input power malfunctions. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm of the base station on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. 25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the power cable of the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the power cable between the monitoring device and the power supply device is normal. Y => The power cable is functional and its connection is correct. Go to step 3. N => The power cable malfunctions or its connection is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the power cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the input power of the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the input power voltage of the monitoring device is within the normal range. Y => The input power voltage is within the normal range. Go to step 4. N => The input power voltage is beyond the normal range. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the customer to set the input power voltage of the non-Huawei power supply device within the normal range. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
32 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.6 ALM-25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the DC output of the power system is out of range.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(DC Overvoltage, DC Undervoltage)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The DC output overvoltage may cause damage to the boards of the base station. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the boards are disrupted. The DC output undervoltage may lead to board power-off at the base station. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the boards are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC input is out of range. The PSU is faulty. The alarm threshold setting is incorrect. The battery charge is insufficient. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25622 Mains Input Out of Range 25626 Power Module Abnormal 25711 Solar Array Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
33 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the threshold of the power supply DC output out of range alarm of the power supply system. a. Run the MML command LST PMU to query the settings for the power supply DC output out of range alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is correct according to the configuration planning. Y => The alarm threshold is correct. Go to step 3. N => The alarm threshold is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD PMU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the batteries on site. a. Measure the voltage of the battery to check whether the voltage is lower than the undervoltage threshold obtained in step 2. Y => The battery voltage is lower than the alarm threshold. Go to sub-step b. N => The battery voltage is not lower than the alarm threshold. Go to step 4. b. Start the diesel generator to charge batteries. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.7 ALM-25622 Mains Input Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the mains input is out of range.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No.
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device
34 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Board Type
Type of the monitoring device
Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(AC Failure, AC Phase Loss, AC Overvoltage, AC Undervoltage)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In the case that AC failure or AC phase loss occurs: If batteries are configured, the NE is powered by batteries and operates normally until the batteries are depleted. If Load Low Voltage Disconnected (LLVD) is enabled, the load is powered off when the LLVD threshold is reached. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the load are disrupted. In the case that AC undervoltage occurs: The DC output power decreases and therefore some boards are powered off. In this case, the life span of power system is shortened. In the case that AC overvoltage occurs: The power module may stop providing power. Some boards may be powered off. In this case, the life span of power system is shortened.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The alarm threshold setting is improper. The AC Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) is switched off. The AC input power cable is faulty. The AC power network or the power distribution is faulty. The monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "AC Overvoltage" or "AC Undervoltage", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "AC Failure" or "AC Phase Loss", go to step 3. 2. Check the threshold of the mains input out of range alarm. a. Run the MML command LST PMU to query the mains input out of range alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 4. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD PMU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
35 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 3. Check the setting of the AC MCB on site. a. Check whether the AC MCB is switched on. Y => The AC MCB is switched on. Go to step 4. N => The AC MCB is switched off. Go to sub-step b. b. Switch on the AC MCB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the connections of the AC input power cable on site. a. Check whether the AC input power cable is properly connected. Y => The cable is properly connected. Go to step 5. N => The cable is improperly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the AC power network and power distribution on site. a. Check whether the AC power network and power distribution are functional. Y => The AC power network and power distribution are functional. Go to step 6. N => The AC power network or power distribution malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault in the power supply for the base station. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.8 ALM-25623 Load Disconnected

Description
This alarm is reported when the load (including the RF unit) is powered off.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device
36 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem
Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Low Voltage, High Temperature, Remote Control)

Alarm Severity Major Warning Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the load are disrupted. The load is powered off remotely, and the ongoing services carried on the load are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC input is out of range. The power module is faulty. The solar array fails to provide the DC output. The solar array is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25622 Mains Input Out of Range 25626 Power Module Abnormal 25621 Power Supply DC Output Out of Range 25711 Solar Array Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
37 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.9 ALM-25624 Battery Power Unavailable

Description
This alarm is reported when the batteries are depleted, the battery temperature is extremely high, or when the batteries are powered off manually or remotely.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device
Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Low Voltage, High Temperature, Manual Stop, Remote Control)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the batteries are disconnected due to low voltage, the base station stops working and all related services are disrupted. The services are resumed only after the AC power supply is available. When the batteries are shut down at a high temperature, the battery charging or discharging is stopped. If the AC power supply is unavailable, the base station stops working and the ongoing services are disrupted. If the AC power supply is available, the base station continues normal operation. Warning The batteries cannot provide any power.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The mains input is out of range. The power module is faulty. The batteries are overheated. The batteries are powered off manually. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25622 Mains Input Out of Range 25626 Power Module Abnormal 25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable
38 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the battery button on the panel of the PMU on site. a. Press the BAT ON button on the panel of the PMU and hold it for 5 to 10 seconds. Ensure that the batteries are powered on. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.10 ALM-25625 Battery Current Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the battery current is out of range during charging and discharging.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Loop Broken, Charging Overcurrent, Discharging Imbalance, Discharging Overcurrent)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If overcurrent occurs during battery charging, the life span of batteries is shortened. The batteries cannot work because the battery loop is broken. The voltage of the batteries is imbalanced, which makes the backup power capacity of batteries insufficient. If overcurrent occurs during battery discharging, the power consumption of the base
39 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact station decreases and therefore the cell coverage area shrinks.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The batteries are not installed. The power module is faulty. The circuit breaker of the batteries is switched off or the battery contactor is switched off. The batteries are faulty or worn-out. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check whether one of the following correlated alarms is reported on the M2000: 25626 Power Module Abnormal 25624 Battery Power Unavailable Y => A correlated alarm is reported. Go to sub-step b. N => A correlated alarm is not reported.Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "Discharging Overcurrent", go to sub-step b If "Specific Problem" is the other value, go to step 3. b. Raise the batter capacity or reduce the traffic load (for example,by shutting down an RF unit) based on the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check the batteries onsite. a. Check whether the batteries are installed. Y => The batteries are installed. Go to step 4. N => The batteries are not installed. Go to sub-step b. b. Check whether the batteries are required based on the configuration plan. Y => The batteries are required. Go to sub-step c. N => The batteries are not required. Go to sub-step d.
40 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Install the batteries. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. d. Run the MML command RMV BATTERY to remove the batteries. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the circuit breaker and fuse of the batteries on site. a. Check whether the circuit breaker is switched off or the fuse of batteries is disconnected. Y => The circuit breaker is switched off or the fuse is disconnected. Go to sub-step b. N => The circuit breaker is switched on and the fuse is connected. Go to step 5. b. Switch on the circuit breaker or replace the faulty fuse. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the difference between the battery voltage and the midpoint voltage of the battery group on site. a. Measure the battery voltage and the midpoint voltage of the battery group. Check whether their difference exceeds the threshold. If the battery voltage is larger than (midpoint voltage x 2 + 0.6) or lower than (midpoint voltage x 2 - 0.6), you can infer that the difference exceeds the threshold. Y => The difference exceeds the threshold. Go to sub-step b. N => The difference is lower than the threshold. Go to step 6. b. Inform the maintenance personnel to diagnose and clear the fault on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.11 ALM-25626 Power Module Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the power module fails.
Parameters
41 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. PSU Slot No. Board Type
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Slot number of the faulty power module Type of the monitoring device
Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Power Module Fault, Power Module Protection, Power Module Shutdown)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The power module is faulty. The faulty power module cannot provide the DC power and cannot be recovered automatically. This fault weakens the DC power capability of the base station and may affect some services. The power module self-protection is being performed. The faulty power module cannot output DC power supply, but it can be recovered automatically after the fault is rectified. The services may be affected for a while. Warning The power module is shut down. The faulty power module operates normally, but cannot output DC power supply for a while because the power module is shut down manually or the AC power supply is cut off. The services may be affected for a while.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cabinet is overheated. The mains input is out of range. The power module is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable 25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable 25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 25622 Mains Input Out of Range Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
42 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the power module on site. a. Replace the power module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.12 ALM-25628 AC Surge Protector Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the AC surge protector of the base station is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The AC surge protection function fails.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable connection between the AC surge protector and the monitoring device is loose or broken. The AC surge protector fails. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the cable connection between the surge protector and the monitoring device on site.
43 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the cable between the surge protector and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 2. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the surge protector. a. Check whether the alarm output port of the surge protector is closed. Y => The alarm output port is closed. Go to step 3. N => The alarm output port is open. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the surge protector. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.13 ALM-25630 Power Module and Monitoring Module Communication Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the monitoring module fails to communicate with the power module properly.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. PSU Slot No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Slot number of the faulty power module Type of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The power module is not installed or not in position. The faulty power module cannot
44 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact provide the DC power. This fault weakens the DC power capability of the base station and may affect some services. The power module is in position, but its communication with the monitoring module fails. The faulty power module is not in control of the monitoring module. The services may be affected for a while.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The power module is not secure or not in position. The monitoring module is not securely installed. The power module is faulty. The monitoring module is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the power module on site. a. Check whether the power module is installed in the slot of the subrack of the cabinet specified in the alarm detailed information on site. Y => The power module is installed. Go to sub-step b. N => The power module is not installed. Go to sub-step c. b. Remove the power module, and then reinstall it properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. c. Install the power module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the installation of the monitoring module on site. a. Remove the monitoring module, and then reinstall it properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the power module on site. a. Replace the power module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.
45 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
4. Replace the monitoring module on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.14 ALM-25631 Load Fuse Broken

Description
This alarm is reported when a load fuse is broken.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The equipment associated with the broken fuse is powered off, which interrupts the ongoing services carried by the equipment.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The load fuse is broken or not in position.
Procedure
1. Check the load fuse on site. a. Check whether the load fuse is installed. Y => The load fuse is installed. Go to sub-step c. N => The load fuse is not installed. Go to sub-step b. b. Install a spare fuse. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Locate the faulty fuse by checking the output voltage of the power system, the solar controller, or the equipment which is powered off, and then replace the load fuse. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
46 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.15 ALM-25632 Battery Cabin Heater Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the heater of the battery cabin is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The performance of batteries is degraded and the life span is shortened.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC input power cable of the heater is not properly connected. The heater is faulty. The temperature sensor in the battery cabin is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the battery temperature and ambient temperature on the M2000. a. After the AC power supply for the heater operates normally for one hour, run the MML command DSP PMU to query the battery temperature, and run the MML command DSP EMU to query the ambient temperature. Check whether both the battery temperature and the ambient temperature are lower than -20C. Y => Both the battery temperature and the ambient temperature are lower than -20C. Go to sub-step b. N => The battery temperature or the ambient temperature is not lower than -20C. Go to step 2. b. Replace the heater on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) state and connections of the AC input power cable of the heater on site.
47 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the AC input power cable of the heater is functional, and check whether the MCB of the heater is switched on. Y => The cable is functional and the MCB is switched on. Go to step 3. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, incorrectly connected, or the MCB is not switched on. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable, or switch on the MCB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the temperature sensor in the battery cabin on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.16 ALM-25633 PMU Internal Interface Communication Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the PMU cannot communicate with the DSAC (signal access board) properly.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The system cannot monitor the status of the monitoring device. The system cannot configure or maintain the monitoring device.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The communication cable between the DSAC and the monitoring device fails. The DSAC fails. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the connections of the communication cable on site.
48 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the cable between the DSAC and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 2. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected.. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the DSAC on site. a. Replace the DSAC. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.17 ALM-25634 Battery Not In Position

Description
This alarm is reported when the batteries fail to be detected.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The batteries cannot supply the backup power. Therefore, the entire system is powered off when the AC input fails.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
49 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The battery parameters are incorrectly set. The batteries are not installed or the cable connections are abnormal. The circuit breaker of the battery cabinet is not switch on. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the battery configuration on the M2000. a. Check whether the cabinet needs to be configured with batteries based on the configuration plan on the M2000. Y => The batteries need to be configured. Go to step 2. N => The batteries do not need to be configured. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV BATTERY to remove the batteries on the M2000. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 2. Check the installation of batteries on site. a. Check whether the batteries are installed on site. Y => The batteries are installed. Go to step 3. N => The batteries are not installed. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the batteries properly. Then, switch on the circuit breaker. c. Run the MML command RST BRD on the M2000 to reset the corresponding monitoring device. Alternatively, power cycle or reseat the corresponding monitoring device on site. Wait until its startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the battery loop on site. a. Check whether the battery loop is functional and all circuit breakers are switched on. Y => The battery loop is functional and all circuit breakers are switched on. Go to step 4. N => The battery loop malfunctions or a circuit breaker is not switched on. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the cables of batteries. c. Run the MML command RST BRD on the M2000 to reset the corresponding monitoring device. Alternatively, power cycle or reseat the corresponding monitoring device on site. Wait until its startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site.
50 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.18 ALM-25636 Loss of Power Supply Redundancy

Description
This alarm is reported when N+1 backup of power modules cannot be achieved because the number of configured power modules in the power system is insufficient.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Load current Battery current Voltage Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Load current Battery current DC Voltage

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact N+1 backup of power modules cannot be achieved. The power supply capability of the power system will be insufficient if a power module malfunctions.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The number of configured power modules is insufficient and N+1 backup of power modules cannot be achieved.
Procedure
1. Add a power module on site. a. Install a power module on site. Then, configure the new power module by running the MML command ADD PSU on the M2000. Wait for at least 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Repeat step 1 until the alarm is cleared or until all the slots are occupied. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
51 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.19 ALM-25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the ambient temperature is too high or too low.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The device may be damaged because of a high temperature. In this case, the ongoing services are disrupted. The normal operation of the device is affected, and the ongoing services may be disrupted.
Minor
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The ambient temperature in the equipment room is abnormal. The cable connection is faulty. The temperature sensor malfunctions. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the threshold setting for the ambient temperature alarm of the monitoring device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EMU to query the threshold of ambient temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
52 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the ambient temperature in the equipment room on site. a. Check whether the ambient temperature in the equipment room is normal by checking the environment monitoring device (like the thermometer) in the equipment room. Y => The temperature is within the normal range. Go to step 3. N => The temperature is out of range. Go to b. b. Check the air conditioner or other air-conditioning device in the equipment room, and clear the fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the temperature sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.20 ALM-25651 Ambient Humidity Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the ambient humidity is too high or too low.
Parameters
Parameter Name Parameter Description
53 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem
Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The equipment may be damaged, and the life span may be shortened.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The ambient humidity in the equipment room is abnormal. The cable connection is faulty. The humidity sensor malfunctions. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the threshold setting for the ambient humidity alarm of the monitoring device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EMU to query the threshold of ambient humidity alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the ambient humidity of the equipment room on site. a. Check whether the humidity in the equipment room is normal. Y => The humidity in the equipment room is within the normal range. Go to step 3. N => The humidity in the equipment room is out of range. Go to sub-step b. b. Check the air conditioner in the equipment room, and clear the fault if any. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the humidity sensor and the monitoring device on site.
54 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the humidity sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.21 ALM-25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the cabinet temperature is too high or too low.
Parameters

Minor
System Actions
55 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
None
Possible Causes
The ambient temperature is out of range. The heat dissipation system of the cabinet is faulty. The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The cable connection of the sensor is faulty. The sensor is faulty. The monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable 25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable 25673 Fan Stalled Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the threshold setting for the cabinet temperature alarm on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST TCU to query the threshold of cabinet temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD TCU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable.
56 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the temperature sensor of the cabinet on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.22 ALM-25653 Cabinet Humidity Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the cabinet humidity is too high or too low.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The normal operation of the device is affected, and the services may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The ambient humidity is out of range. The heat dissipation system of the cabinet is faulty. The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The cable connection of the sensor is faulty. The sensor is faulty.
57 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25651 Ambient Humidity Unacceptable 25673 Fan Stalled Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the threshold setting for the cabinet humidity alarm on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EMU to query the threshold of cabinet humidity alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the humidity sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the cabinet humidity sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site.
58 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.23 ALM-25654 Battery Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the battery temperature is too high or too low.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major/Minor Alarm Impact The performance of batteries is degraded and the life span is shortened.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cabinet temperature is out of range. The heater in the battery cabin is faulty. The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The cable connection between the battery temperature sensor and the monitoring device is faulty. The battery temperature sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable 25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable 25673 Fan Stalled 25632 Battery Cabin Heater Fault
59 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the threshold setting for the battery temperature alarm of the monitoring device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST BATTERY to query the threshold of cabinet temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD BATTERY to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the battery temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the battery temperature sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.24 ALM-25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable

60 de 526 13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the temperature at the air outlet of the cabinet is too high or too low, or the temperature difference between the air outlet and the air inlet is excessive.
Parameters
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low, Cabinet Air Inlet-to-Outlet Temperature Difference Too Large)

Minor
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cabinet temperature is out of range. The heat dissipation system of the cabinet is faulty. The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The cable connection of the sensor is faulty. The sensor is faulty. The air filter is blocked. The monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable 25673 Fan Stalled Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
61 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm according to the alarm detailed information on the M2000. If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet Air Inlet-to-Outlet Temperature Difference Too Large", go to step 7. If "Specific Problem" is "Too High" or "Too Low", go to step 3. 3. Check the threshold setting for the cabinet air outlet temperature alarm on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU)/LST TCU(TCU) to query the threshold of cabinet air outlet temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration plan. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 4. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU)/MOD TCU(TCU) to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 5. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the temperature sensor of the cabinet air outlet on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
62 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Check the air filter on site. a. Check whether the air inlet or air outlet of the cabinet is blocked by an foreign object. Y => The air inlet or air outlet is blocked by an foreign object. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no foreign object at the air inlet or air outlet. Go to sub-step c. b. Remove the foreign object from the the air inlet or air outlet. c. Replace the air filter by referring to the user manual of the product. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.25 ALM-25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the temperature at the air inlet of the cabinet is too high or too low.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The device may be damaged because of a high temperature. In this case, the ongoing services are disrupted. The normal operation of the equipment is affected, and the services may be disrupted.
Minor
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The heat dissipation system of the cabinet malfunctions. The ambient temperature is out of range. The cable connection of the sensor is faulty. The sensor is faulty. The monitoring device is faulty.
63 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 25673 Fan Stalled Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the cabinet temperature on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable 25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable Y => The correlated alarm exists. The cabinet temperature is out of range. Go to step 3. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. The cabinet temperature is within the normal range. Go to step 4. 3. Clear the cabinet temperature alarm. a. Locate the cause of the alarm according to the alarm detailed information on the M2000. If "Specific Problem" is "Too High", go to sub-step b. If "Specific Problem" is "Too Low", go to sub-step c. b. Replace the fan box on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. c. (Skip this sub-step and go to step 4 if no heater is configured) Check whether the heater is working on site. Y => The heater is working. Go to step 4. N => The heater is not working. Go to sub-step d. d. Replace the heater on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct.
64 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 5. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the temperature sensor of the cabinet air inlet on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.26 ALM-25657 TEC Cooler Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the air conditional of the Thermal Energy Converter (TEC) malfunctions.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The base station works properly. However, the temperature of the batteries may be too high, thus affecting the safe operation of the batteries.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable connection of the TEC is faulty. The TEC module group is faulty.
65 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the corresponding monitoring device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the monitoring device where the faulty TEC is located. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the cable connection between the TEC and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the TEC and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the TEC on site. a. Arrange the cables of the TEC, and remove foreign objects around the fan. Then, reinstall the cables and power on the TEC. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the TEC module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.27 ALM-25670 Water Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when the equipment room or the cabinet is waterlogged.
Parameters
66 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Critical Alarm Impact The device is damaged and the services may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The alarm disable function of the water alarm is configured incorrectly. The equipment room or the cabinet is waterlogged. The cable connection between the water sensor and the monitoring device is faulty. The water sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if the board type is not EMU or PMU.) Check the configuration of the water sensor on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to check whether the status of the water alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The status of the water alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 2. N => The status of the water alarm is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to disable the water alarm. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the equipment room or the cabinet on site. a. Check whether the equipment room or the cabinet is waterlogged on site. Remove the water, and then waterproof the equipment room and the cabinet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device on site.
67 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the water sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.28 ALM-25671 Smoke Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when high density smoke is detected in the equipment room.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Critical Alarm Impact The equipment may be burnt out.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The alarm disable function of the smoke alarm is configured incorrectly.
68 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The equipment room or the equipment is on fire. The cable connection between the smoke sensor and the monitoring device is faulty. The smoke sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if the board type is not EMU or PMU.) Check the configuration of the smoke sensor on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to check whether the status of the smoke alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The status of the smoke alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 2. N => The status of the smoke alarm is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to disable the smoke alarm. Then, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR EMUALM(EMU) to clear the smoke alarm. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the equipment room or the equipment. a. Check whether the equipment room or the equipment is on fire on site. Extinguish the fire if any. If there is no fire, go to step 3. After the fire is extinguished, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR EMUALM(EMU) to clear the smoke alarm on the M2000. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the correlated sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Then, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR EMUALM(EMU) on the M2000 to clear the smoke alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the smoke sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Then, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR
69 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
EMUALM(EMU) on the M2000 to clear the smoke alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Then, run the MML command CLR PMUALM(PMU)/CLR EMUALM(EMU) on the M2000 to clear the smoke alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.29 ALM-25672 Burglar Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when a person enters the equipment room or the door of the cabinet is open.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Door Status Alarm, Infrared Alarm)

Alarm Severity Critical Alarm Impact The equipment may be damaged or stolen.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The function of the door status or infrared alarms is configured incorrectly. The door of the equipment room or the cabinet is open. The cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device is faulty. The sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if the board type is not EMU or PMU.) Check the configuration on the M2000.
70 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Run the MML command LST EMU(EMU)/LST PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to check whether the status of the door status alarm or infrared alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The status of the door status alarm or infrared alarm is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 2. N => The status of the door status alarm or infrared alarm is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD EMU(EMU)/MOD PMU(PMU) on the M2000 to disable the door status alarm or infrared alarm. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the door of the equipment room or the cabinet on site. a. Check whether the door of the equipment room or the cabinet is open on site. Y => The door is open. Go to sub-step b. N => The door is closed. Go to step 3. b. Close the door. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the parameter "Board Type" is "EMU" according to the alarm detailed information. Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step d. N => The board type is not EMU. Go to step 3. d. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the cable connection between the sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the correlated sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether "Board Type" is "EMU". Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step d.
71 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The board type is not EMU. Go to step 4. d. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the door status sensor or infrared sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether "Board Type" is "EMU". Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step c. N => The board type is not EMU. Go to step 5. c. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether "Board Type" is "EMU". Y => The board type is EMU. Go to sub-step c. N => The board type is not EMU. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command CLR EMUALM on the M2000 to clear the burglar alarm. Wait for two minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.30 ALM-25673 Fan Stalled

Description
This alarm is reported when a fan is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name
Parameter Description
72 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Fan No.
Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Faulty fan number (Inner air circulation fan, Outer air circulation fan, Main fan, Extension fan group 1) Type of the monitoring device
Board Type

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The normal operation of the equipment is affected, and the services may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable connection of the fan is faulty. The fan is blocked. The fan is worn-out. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty. The fan speed cannot be controlled.
Procedure
1. Reset the corresponding monitoring device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD on the M2000 to reset the monitoring device where the fan is located. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. (For the NodeB, skip this step and go to step 3.) Check the cable connection between the fan and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the fan and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the fan module on site.
73 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Remove the fan subrack. Eliminate foreign objects around the fan, and then reinstall the fan subrack. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the fan box. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.31 ALM-25695 Diesel Generator Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the diesel generator cannot supply the power because the diesel generator startup fails or an error occurs during the operation of the diesel generator.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact There is no AC power supply. The system may be powered off.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The alarm cable connection between the diesel generator and the monitoring device is faulty. The diesel generator is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the alarm cable connection between the diesel generator and the monitoring device on site.
74 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the alarm cable between the diesel generator and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 2. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the alarm cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the diesel generator on site. a. Check for alarms related to diesel generator on the control panel of the diesel generator on site. Y => The diesel generator is faulty. Go to sub-step b. N => The diesel generator is functional. Go to step 3. b. Contact the relevant professionals to repair the diesel generator. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.32 ALM-25696 Diesel Generator Low Fuel

Description
This alarm is reported when the fuel in the diesel generator is insufficient.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact There is no AC power supply. The system may be powered off.
System Actions
75 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
None
Possible Causes
The fuel in the diesel generator is insufficient. The alarm cable connection is faulty. The sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the fuel in the diesel generator on site. a. Check whether the fuel in the diesel generator is sufficient. Y => The fuel is sufficient. Go to step 2. N => The fuel is insufficient. Go to sub-step b. b. Shut down the diesel generator, and add fuel to a proper level. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the alarm cable connection between the diesel generator and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the alarm cable between the diesel generator that reports the alarm and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 3. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the alarm cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the sensor on site. a. Check whether the alarm output port of the sensor for the diesel generator is functional. Y => The alarm output port of the sensor is functional. Go to step 4. N => The alarm output port of the sensor malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the corresponding monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
76 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.33 ALM-25697 Diesel Generator Startup Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the diesel generator fails to be started.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The diesel generator cannot provide the power supply.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The diesel generator is faulty. The fuel in the diesel generator is insufficient. The diesel generator is shut down. The power cable that transmits the startup signals of the diesel generator is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25695 Diesel Generator Fault 25696 Diesel Generator Low Fuel Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the operating status of the diesel generator on site. a. Check whether the controller of the diesel generator works in auto mode. Y => The diesel generator is in auto mode. Go to step 3.
77 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The diesel generator is not in auto mode. Go to sub-step b. b. Changes the operating status of the diesel generator to auto mode. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the power cable that transmits the startup signals of the diesel generator on site. a. Check whether the power cable that transmits the startup signals of the diesel generator is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 4. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the corresponding monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.34 ALM-25710 Loss of Solar Array

Description
This alarm is reported when the loop of the solar array is broken or the modules of the solar array are lost.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Array No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Solar array No. If the array No. is 0, it indicates that the array is unknown. Type of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The solar array cannot provide the power supply to the system.
System Actions
None
78 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The solar array cannot receive any sunshine for a long period. The solar array is lost. The loop of the solar array is broken, or the Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) is switched off. The solar array is shielded from sunshine. The monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the weather. a. Check whether the weather has remained cloudy and rainy for at least four days. Y => It has been cloudy and rainy for more than four days. In this case, ignore the alarm. No further action is required. N => It has not been cloudy or rainy. Go to step 2. 2. Check the solar array on site. a. Check whether the solar array is in position on site. Y => The solar array is in position. Go to step 3. N => The solar array in not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the solar array at the required position. For details about the installation, see the Power2000 Quick Installation Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the MCB of the solar array on site. a. Check whether the MCBs of all solar arrays are switched on. Y => The MCBs are switched on. Go to step 4. N => The MCBs are switched off. Go to sub-step b. b. Switch on the MCBs. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the solar array on site. a. Check whether there is any shield around the solar array on site. Y => There is a shield around the solar array. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no shield around the solar array. Go to step 5. b. Remove the shield. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.
79 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
5. Replace the corresponding monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.35 ALM-25711 Solar Array Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the open-circuit voltage/current or the operating voltage/current of the solar array is out of range.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Array No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Solar array No. If the array No. is 0, it indicates that the array is unknown. Type of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The solar array cannot provide the power supply for the system.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The solar array is lost. The connection mode of the solar array is incorrect. The PSU is short-circuited or disconnected. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25710 Loss of Solar Array Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
80 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the connection mode of the solar array on site. a. Check whether the connection mode of the solar array is consistent with the site planning. For the detailed cable connections, see the Power2000 Quick Installation Guide. Y => The connection mode is consistent with that in the site planning. Go to step 3. N => The connection mode is inconsistent with that in the site planning. Go to sub-step b. b. Set the connection mode of the solar array according to the site planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the PSU on site. a. Check whether the MOS transistor of the PSU is damaged on site. Y => The MOS transistor is damaged. Go to sub-step d. N => The MOS transistor is functional. Go to sub-step b. b. On the control panel of the solar array, set the state of solar array to OFF. Then, use a clamp meter to check whether the open-circuit current of the PSU is larger than 2 A. Y => The open-circuit current is larger than 2 A. Go to sub-step d. N => The open-circuit current is 0. Go to sub-step c. c. On the control panel of the solar array, set the state of solar array to ON. Then, use a multimeter to check whether the operating voltage of the PSU is larger than 5 V DC. Y => The operating voltage is larger than 5 V DC. Go to sub-step d. N => The operating voltage is within the normal range. Go to step 4. d. Use a screwdriver to remove the PSU. Then, install a new PSU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.36 ALM-25713 Solar Controller Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the internal temperature of the solar controller is too high.
Parameters
81 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Type of the monitoring device Specific Problem of the alarm(Too High, Too Low)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The normal operation of the equipment is affected, and the solar array may fail to provide any output power.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The ambient temperature is out of range. The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. The internal temperature of the solar controller is too high. The cables of the temperature sensor are faulty. The temperature sensor is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25650 Ambient Temperature Unacceptable 25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. (For the NodeB, skip this step and go to step 3.) Check the threshold setting for the solar controller temperature alarm on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST PMU to query the threshold of the solar controller temperature alarm. Check whether the alarm threshold is proper according to the configuration planning. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3.
82 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD PMU to set the alarm threshold based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the internal temperature of the solar controller on site. a. Use a thermometer to measure whether the internal temperature of the solar controller is higher than the threshold of the solar controller temperature alarm. Y => The temperature is higher than the threshold. Go to sub-step b. N => The temperature is not higher than the threshold. Go to step 4. b. The heat dissipation inside the solar controller fails. If the ventilation loop is blocked, remove the foreign objects and wait for 20 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connection between the temperature sensor and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the sensor and the monitoring device is functional and the connection is correct. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to step 5. N => The cable is loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the temperature sensor on site. a. Replace the sensor. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.37 ALM-25719 CCU Topology and Configuration Mismatch

Description
83 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is reported when the user-configured inter-CCU topology is inconsistent with the actual inter-CCU topology.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact CCUs cannot share control information. Device monitoring may malfunction.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Data configuration of a CCU is incorrect. The inter-CCU cables are incorrectly connected.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the inter-CCU topology on the M2000: 25600 Monitoring Device Maintenance Link Failure 25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the configuration of inter-CCU topology on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CCU to query the inter-CCU topology. Check whether the configured networking mode and the port connection conform to the site plan. Y => The configuration conforms to the site plan. Go to step 3. N => The configuration does not conform to the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD CCU to modify the inter-CCU topology. Ensure that the configuration conforms to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
84 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the inter-CCU topology on site. a. Check whether the inter-CCU topology conforms to the site plan on site. Y => The inter-CCU topology conforms to the site plan. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The inter-CCU topology does not conform to the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables. Ensure that the inter-CCU topology conforms to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.38 ALM-25720 Inter-CCU Port Connection Error

Description
An inter-CCU port can be an FE_L port type or an FE_R port type. Inter-CCU ports of the same type cannot be connected, and a ring network is not allowed if inter-CCU ports are connected. This alarm is reported when inter-CCU ports of the same type are connected, or a ring network is set up in the case of an inter-CCU port connection.
Parameters
Specific Problem Fault type (FE_L connected to FE_L, FE_R connected to FE_R, Ring network, Other network)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact CCUs cannot share control information. Device monitoring may malfunction.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Inter-CCU ports of the same type are connected. A ring network is set up after inter-CCU ports are connected. An inter-CCU port is connected to a non-inter-CCU port.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000.
85 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm information. If "Specific Problem" is "FE_L connected to FE_L" or "FE_R connected to FE_R", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Ring network", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "Other network", go to step 4. 2. Check for the connection of inter-CCU ports of the same type on site. a. Based on alarm parameters, locate the faulty inter-CCU port and the connected cable. Check whether the faulty inter-CCU port is connected to an inter-CCU port of the same type. Y => The inter-CCU port is connected to an inter-CCU port of the same type. Go to substep b. N => The inter-CCU port is connected to an inter-CCU port of a different type. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables based on the engineering plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check for a ring topology of inter-CCU connection on site. a. Based on alarm parameters, locate the faulty inter-CCU port and the connected cable. Check whether a ring topology of inter-CCU connection exists on the inter-CCU port. Y => A ring topology of inter-CCU connection exists. Go to sub-step b. N => A ring topology of inter-CCU connection does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables based on the engineering plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Check for connection between an inter-CCU port and a non-inter-CCU port onsite. a. Based on alarm parameters, locate the faulty inter-CCU port and the connected cable. Check whether the faulty inter-CCU port is connected to a non-inter-CCU port. Y => An inter-CCU port is connected to a non-inter-CCU port. Go to substep b. N => An inter-CCU port is not connected to a non-inter-CCU port. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconnect the inter-CCU cables based on the engineering plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.39 ALM-25721 CCU-BBU Communication Failure

Description
In a multi-mode base station, this alarm is reported when communication fails between a CCU and a BBU that
86 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
does not control the CCU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Radio Access Technology Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Port number, reserverd parameter Radio access technology (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The status of monitoring devices becomes unknown.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The BBU is not powered on or fails to be detected. The cable connections between the BBU and the monitoring device are incorrect. The cable connections between the BBU and the monitoring device are loose, worn-out, or damaged. The BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty BBU on the M2000: 26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26204 Board Not In Position 26214 Board Powered Off 26216 Board Not Securely Installed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the site configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CCU to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot of the
87 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
BBU is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The information is consistent. Go to step 2. N => The information is inconsistent. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU)/RMV EMU(EMU)/RMV FMU(FMU) to remove the faulty monitoring device. Run the MML command ADD PMU(PMU)/ADD TCU(TCU)/ADD EMU(EMU)/ADD FMU(FMU) to add the monitoring device according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the BBU status on site. a. Check whether the BBU is properly installed and powered on. When the power switch is set to ON and the RUN LED is lighted, it indicates that the BBU is powered on. Y => The BBU is properly installed and powered on. Go to step 4. N => The BBU is not properly installed or not powered on. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the required board properly into the BBU and power it on. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connections of the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable connections are proper between the monitoring device and the BBU based on the installation guide. Y => The cable connections are proper. Go to sub-step c. N => The cable connections are improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the cables between the monitoring device and the BBU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the cables between the monitoring device and the BBU are functional and the connections are correct. Y => The cables are functional and the connections are correct. Go to step 5. N => The cables are loose, worn-out, damaged, or incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step d. d. Reconnect or replace the cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty part in the BBU on site. a. Note: If there is only one UPEU configured in the BBU or there are two UPEUs configured in the high-power-consumption BBU, replacing the UPEU interrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform the replacement in low-traffic
88 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
hours. Replace the BBU environment interface unit on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this replacement in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version must be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.40 ALM-25800 E1/T1 Loss of Signal

Description
This alarm is reported when Loss of Signal (LOS) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Port number of the E1/T1

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.
System Actions
The system disables the associated E1/T1 link.
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured. The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. The local device is faulty. The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site.
89 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct. Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2. N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable, loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3. N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site. a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional. Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6. N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site. a. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the transmission trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer device. a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device.
90 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.41 ALM-25801 E1/T1 Alarm Indication Signal

Description
This alarm is reported when the all 1s signal (Alarm Indication Signal, abbreviated as AIS) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured. The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. The local device is faulty. The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct. Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2. N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable,
91 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3. N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site. a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional. Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6. N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Check the peer device. a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.42 ALM-25802 E1/T1 Remote Alarm Indication Signal

Description
The peer E1/T1 device sends Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) to the local E1/T1 device when the peer E1/T1 device cannot detect the frame synchronization signals correctly. This alarm is reported when Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board
92 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Port No.
Port number of the E1/T1

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is configured incorrectly. The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. The local device is faulty. The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct. Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2. N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable, loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3. N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site. a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional. Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6. N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site.
93 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 7. N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the transmission trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer device. a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.43 ALM-25803 E1/T1 Loss of Frame Alignment

Description
This alarm is reported when Loss of Frame Alignment (LFA) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.
Parameters

94 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured. The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. The local device is faulty. The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct. Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2. N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable, loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3. N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site. a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional. Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6. N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty board on site.
95 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 7. N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the transmission trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer device. a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.44 ALM-25804 E1/T1 Loss of Multiframe Alignment

Description
This alarm is reported when Loss of Multiframe Alignment (LMFA) is detected on the E1/T1 RX port.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the E1/T1 link are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is incorrectly configured. The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty.
96 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The local device is faulty. The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct. Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 2. N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Check for the damaged cable, loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is normal. Go to step 3. N => The E1/T1 transmission link is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local E1/T1 device on site. a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional. Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 6. N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional.
97 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 7. N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the transmission trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer device. a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.45 ALM-25805 E1/T1 Excessive Slip Frames

Description
This alarm is reported when the number of slip frames in one hour on the E1/T1 link exceeds the preset threshold.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The quality of services carried on the E1/T1 link decreases. The ongoing services may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The local clock of the NE malfunctions. The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the grounding requirements. The performance of the E1/T1 transmission link is poor.
Procedure
1. Check the local clock of the NE on the M2000.
98 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 26262 External Clock Reference Problem Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Then, wait for ten minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board on the M2000 or on site. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the E1/T1 configuration on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 configuration is correct. Y => The E1/T1 configuration is correct. Go to step 4. N => The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure the E1/T1 link properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the E1/T1 grounding on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements. Y => The E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements. Go to step 5. N => The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the requirements. Go to sub-step b. b. Ground the E1/T1 transmission cables properly and then wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Check for the damaged cable, loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Go to step 6. N => The E1/T1 transmission link malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.
99 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
6. Check the local E1/T1 device on site. a. Check whether the local E1/T1 device is functional. Y => The local E1/T1 device is functional. Go to step 8. N => The local E1/T1 device is faulty. Go to step 7. 7. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8. 8. Check the E1/T1 transmission trunk between the local device and the peer device on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Y => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is functional. Go to step 9. N => The E1/T1 transmission trunk is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the transmission engineer of the customer to troubleshoot the fault on the transmission trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 9. Check the peer device. a. Troubleshoot the fault on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.46 ALM-25806 E1/T1 Excessive Bit Error Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the bit error rate (BER) on the E1/T1 link exceeds the preset threshold (1E-5 by default, user-definable).
Parameters

Alarm Severity Alarm Impact
100 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity Minor
Alarm Impact The quality of services carried on the E1/T1 link decreases. The ongoing services may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The local clock of the NE malfunctions. The E1/T1 configuration is incorrect. The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the grounding requirements. The performance of the E1/T1 transmission link is poor.
Procedure
1. Check the local clock of the NE on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 26262 External Clock Reference Problem Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local E1/T1 configuration is consistent with the peer E1/T1 configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the line code of the faulty E1/T1 is consistent with that of the peer E1/T1. Y => The line code of the faulty E1/T1 is consistent with that of the peer E1/T1. Go to step 3. N => The line code of the faulty E1/T1 is inconsistent with that of the peer E1/T1. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET E1T1 to change the line code of the local E1/T1. Ensure that the line code of the local E1/T1 is consistent with that of the peer E1/T1. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the E1/T1 grounding on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements. Y => The E1/T1 grounding meets the requirements. Go to step 4. N => The E1/T1 grounding does not meet the requirements. Go to sub-step b. b. Ground the E1/T1 transmission cables properly and then wait for 15 minutes.
101 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the E1/T1 transmission link on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Check for the damaged cable, loose connector, or bent/broken pin on the connector. Y => The E1/T1 transmission link is functional. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The E1/T1 transmission link malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.47 ALM-25807 E1/T1 Loopback

Description
This alarm is reported when the user sets the local or remote loopback on the E1/T1 link through the MML command, or when the E1/T1 physical loopback is performed.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Loopback Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Port number of the E1/T1 Loopback type (Remote Loopback, Local Loopback, Physical Loopback)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The E1/T1 link is unusable.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user sets the local or remote loopback on the E1/T1 link. The E1/T1 physical loopback is performed.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 loopback mode on the M2000. a. Check the E1/T1 loopback mode according to the alarm detailed information.
102 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
If "Loopback Mode" is "Remote Loopback" or "Local Loopback", Go to step 2. If "Loopback Mode" is "Physical Loopback", Go to step 3. 2. Cancel the E1/T1 loopback on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the faulty E1/T1 link is in remote loopback or local loopback mode. Y => The E1/T1 loopback mode is "Remote Loopback" or "Local Loopback". Go to sub-step b. N => The E1/T1 loopback mode is not "Remote Loopback" or "Local Loopback". Go to step 3. b. Run the MML command SET E1T1LOP to cancel the E1/T1 loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Cancel the E1/T1 physical loopback on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 physical loopback exists. Y => The E1/T1 physical loopback exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The E1/T1 physical loopback does not exist. Go to step 4. b. Reconnect the E1/T1 cable to cancel the physical loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Cancel the remote loopback of the peer device. a. Check whether the remote loopback exists on the peer device of the E1/T1 link. Y => The remote loopback exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The remote loopback does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Cancel the remote loopback of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.48 ALM-25820 Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation

Description
This alarm is reported when Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) occurs on the Fractional ATM link.
Parameters
103 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Link No.
Link number of the fractional ATM

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the Fractional ATM link are disrupted.
System Actions
The system disables the associated Fractional ATM link.
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty. The phase-locked loop of the receive clock is out of synchronization. The configuration of the Fractional ATM link mismatches between the local end and the peer end.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 link and local clock on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the Fractional ATM link on the M2000: E1/T1-Correlated Alarms. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step b. b. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 26262 External Clock Reference Problem Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. c. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the Fractional ATM link configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST FRAATM to query the local Fractional ATM link configuration. b. Query the peer Fractional ATM link configuration. Check whether the local configuration matches the peer configuration, including the number of occupied timeslots and timeslot numbering. Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 3. N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV FRAATM,ADD FRAATM to change the local Fractional ATM link configuration. Ensure that the local Fractional ATM link configuration matches the peer configuration. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
104 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.49 ALM-25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation

Description
This alarm is reported when Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) occurs on the IMA/UNI link.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Link No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Link number of the IMA/UNI

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In the case of the User Network Interface (UNI) link, the ongoing services carried on the link are disrupted. In the case of the Inverse Multiplexing over ATM (IMA) link, the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
System Actions
The system disables the associated IMA/UNI link.
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty. The configuration of the IMA link group/UNI link is incorrect. The local IMA is faulty. The peer IMA is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 link on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA/UNI link on the M2000: Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
105 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the link type on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IMALNK and LST UNILNK to check the link type. In the case of the IMA link, Go to step 3. In the case of the UNI link, Go to step 7. 3. Check the configuration of the IMA link group on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to query the configuration of the local IMA link group. b. Query the configuration of the peer IMA link group. Check whether the local configuration matches the peer configuration, including scramble mode, 16th timeslot support, and IMA protocol version. Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 4. N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command MOD IMAGRP to change the local IMA group configuration. Ensure that the local IMA group configuration matches the peer. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the local IMA link on the M2000. a. Perform the IMA link loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Reconfigure the IMA link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
106 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the peer IMA. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Check the UNI link configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST UNILNK to query the local UNI link configuration. b. Query the configuration of the peer UNI link. Check whether the local configuration matches the peer configuration, including the parameter of the 16th timeslot support. Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 8. N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV UNILNK,ADD UNILNK to change the local UNI link configuration. Ensure that the local UNI link configuration matches the peer. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.50 ALM-25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame

Description
This alarm is reported when Loss of IMA Frame (LIF) occurs.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Link No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Link number of the IMA

107 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity Major
Alarm Impact The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
System Actions
The system disables the associated IMA link.
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty. The configuration of the IMA link group is incorrect. The local IMA is faulty. The peer IMA is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 link on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000: Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the configuration of the IMA link group on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to query the configuration of the local IMA link group. b. Query the configuration of the peer IMA link group. Check whether the local configuration matches the peer configuration, including scramble mode and IMA protocol version. Y => The local configuration matches the peer configuration. Go to step 3. N => The local configuration does not match the peer configuration. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command MOD IMAGRP to change the local IMA group configuration. Ensure that the local IMA group configuration matches the peer. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local IMA link on the M2000. a. Perform the IMA link loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
108 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Reconfigure the IMA link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.51 ALM-25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization

Description
This alarm is reported when Link Out of Delay Synchronization (LODS) occurs on the IMA link.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
109 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty. The local IMA link configuration is incorrect. The local IMA is faulty. The peer IMA is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the E1/T1 link on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000: Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the local configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the loopback is set for the E1/T1 link that bears the faulty IMA link. Note that the E1/T1 link number is the IMA link number. Y => The loopback is set for the E1/T1 link. Go to sub-step b. N => The loopback is not set for the E1/T1 link. Go to step 3. b. Run the MML command SET E1T1LOP to set NO LOOP for this link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the local IMA link on the M2000. a. Perform the IMA link loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Reconfigure the IMA link. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
110 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.52 ALM-25825 IMA Link Remote Failure Indication

Description
The remote IMA module sends the Remote Failure Indicator (RFI) to the local IMA module when the remote IMA module detects an error in the receive link, such as Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD), Loss of IMA Frame (LIF), or Link Out of Delay Synchronization (LODS). This alarm is reported when the local IMA module receives the RFI from the remote IMA module.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty.
111 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The remote IMA link is faulty. The local IMA is faulty. The peer IMA is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the remote IMA link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000: E1/T1-Correlated Alarms 25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame 25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization 25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the local IMA link on the M2000. a. Perform the IMA link loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Reconfigure the IMA link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b.
112 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.53 ALM-25826 IMA Link RX Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the received IMA parameters (symmetry mode, frame length, IMA ID, protocol version, link number, and ICP offset) mismatch between the local and peer of the IMA link or when the received IMA parameters are improper.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The IMA link is unusable, and the bandwidth of the relevant IMA link group is reduced. If the IMA link is the only link in the IMA group, the ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 cables bearing the IMA link are incorrectly connected.
Procedure
1. Check the connected E1/T1 cables on site. a. Check whether the TX cable and RX cable of the E1/T1 link are short-circuited. Y => The TX cable and RX cable of the E1/T1 link are short-circuited. Go to sub-step b. N => The TX cable and RX cable of the E1/T1 link are not short-circuited. Go to sub-step c. b. Adjust the E1/T1 connections properly. Ensure that the TX/RX of each E1/T1 cable is correctly connected to the peer end. c. Run the MML command RST IMAGRP to reset the IMA link group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
113 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.54 ALM-25827 IMA Link TX Unusable at Far End

Description
This alarm is reported when the IMA TX link at the far end is unusable.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The IMA link at the far end is unusable.
Procedure
1. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.55 ALM-25828 IMA Link RX Unusable at Far End

Description
This alarm is reported when the IMA RX link at the far end is unusable.
Parameters
114 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Link No.
Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Link number of the IMA

System Actions
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link bearing the remote IMA RX link is faulty. The remote IMA RX link is blocked. The remote IMA link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the IMA link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000: E1/T1-Correlated Alarms 25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame 25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization 25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
115 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.56 ALM-25829 IMA Group Startup at Far End

Description
This alarm is reported when the IMA group at the far end is started.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Group No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board IMA group number

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
System Actions
The system automatically disables the IMA links of the IMA group and disables the IMA group.
Possible Causes
The IMA group at the far end is being started.
Procedure
1. Check the state of the peer IMA group. a. Check whether the peer IMA group is being established. Y => The peer IMA group is being established. Go to sub-step b. N => The peer IMA group is already established. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Wait until the peer IMA group establishment is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.57 ALM-25830 IMA Group Configuration Aborted

Description
This alarm is reported when the parameter settings of the local IMA group are inconsistent with the parameter settings of the remote IMA group, or when some IMA links of the IMA group are looped in the case of the IMA group reset.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board
116 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Group No. Specific Problem
Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board IMA group number Specific Problem of the alarm(Configuration Aborted, Link Deleted in the Group)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
System Actions
If the cause of the alarm is "Link Deleted in the Group", the system deletes the looped IMA links in the IMA group.
Possible Causes
The parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group are inconsistent. There is at least one looped IMA link in the IMA group.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Check the cause of the alarm according to the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "Configuration Aborted", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Link Deleted in the Group", go to step 5. 2. Check the parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group on the M2000. a. Obtain the parameter settings of the peer IMA group. b. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to check the parameter settings of the local IMA group. c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local IMA group are consistent with those of the peer IMA group, including scramble mode and IMA protocol version. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3. 3. (Skip this step and go to step 4 if the scramble mode at both ends is consistent) Change the scramble mode on the M2000. a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the scramble mode at both ends. b. Run the MML command SET SCRAM to change the scramble mode of the IMA group. Ensure that the scramble mode is consistent at both ends. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. (Skip this step and contact Huawei customer service center if the IMA protocol version at both ends is consistent) Change the IMA protocol version on the M2000.
117 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the IMA protocol version at both ends. b. Reconfigure the IMA group to change the IMA protocol version of the IMA group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Check for the looped link in the IMA group on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP E1T1 to check whether the status of the port for the IMA link is looped. Y => The status of the port is looped. This indicates that an IMA link is looped. Go to step 6. N => The status of the port is not looped. This indicates that no IMA link is looped. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Release the looped IMA link on the M2000. a. Check the E1/T1 link bearing the IMA link. Release the looped IMA link. b. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.58 ALM-25831 IMA Group Configuration Aborted at Far End

Description
This alarm is reported when the IMA group at the far end does not accept parameter settings of the local IMA group.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group are inconsistent.
Procedure
118 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Check the parameter settings of the local and peer IMA group on the M2000. a. Obtain the parameter settings of the peer IMA group. b. Run the MML command LST IMAGRP to check the parameter settings of the local IMA group. c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local IMA group are consistent with those of the peer IMA group, including scramble mode and IMA protocol version. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 2. 2. (Skip this step and go to step 3 if the scramble mode on both ends is consistent) Change the scramble mode on the M2000. a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the scramble mode at both ends. b. Run the MML command SET SCRAM to change the scramble mode of the IMA group. Ensure that the scramble mode is consistent at both ends. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. (Skip this step and contact Huawei customer service center if the IMA protocol version at both ends is consistent) Change the IMA protocol version on the M2000. a. Perform the parameter negotiation on the IMA protocol version at both ends. b. Reconfigure the IMA group to change the IMA protocol version of the IMA group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.59 ALM-25832 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient

Description
This alarm is reported when the number of activated links in the IMA group is less than the required number in the local IMA group for activation.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the IMA group are disrupted.
119 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The IMA link is faulty. The E1/T1 link is faulty. The E1/T1 cable is connected incorrectly.
Procedure
1. Check the local IMA link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000: E1/T1-Correlated Alarms 25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame 25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization 25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. The E1/T1 cable may malfunction. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the E1/T1 cable is correctly connected. a. Run the MML command STR E1T1OFFLTST on the M2000 to check whether the offline test on the E1/T1 link bearing the associated IMA group can be successfully started. Y => The offline test can be successfully started. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The offline test cannot be started. Go to sub-step b. b. Check the local and peer E1/T1 connections on site. Ensure that the RX (TX) end of the local E1/T1 cable is connected to the TX (RX) end of the corresponding peer E1/T1 cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.60 ALM-25833 IMA Group Activated Links Insufficient at Far End

Description
This alarm is reported when the number of activated links in the IMA group at the far end is less than the required number of links in the IMA group at the far end for activation.
Parameters
120 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Group No.
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board IMA group number

System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The IMA link is faulty. The E1/T1 link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the E1/T1 link that bears the IMA link on the M2000: E1/T1-Correlated Alarms 25823 IMA Link Loss of Frame 25824 IMA Link Out of Delay Synchronization 25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. The E1/T1 cable malfunctions. Go to step 2. 2. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. a. Check whether the peer IMA is normal. Y => The peer IMA is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer IMA malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer IMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.61 ALM-25834 IMA Group Blocked at Far End
121 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the IMA group at the far end is blocked.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The IMA group at the far end is blocked.
Procedure
1. Check the state of the peer IMA group. a. Check whether the peer IMA group is blocked. Y => The peer IMA group is blocked. Go to sub-step b. N => The peer IMA group is not blocked. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Unblock the peer IMA group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.62 ALM-25835 NCP Fault

Description
The NodeB Control Port (NCP), which can be carried on the SCTP or SAAL link, consists of the active NCP and the standby NCP. This alarm is reported when the bearing links for both the active and the standby NCPs are faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to ENABLE. And this alarm is reported when the current NCP bearing link is faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to DISABLE.
Parameters
Parameter Name NCP Port Type Master NCP State Parameter Description NCP port type (Master NCP, Slave NCP) Master NCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)
122 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Slave NCP State
Slave NCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The signaling link between the base station and the RNC is faulty. In this case, the ongoing services are disrupted.
System Actions
The system disables the associated NCP link.
Possible Causes
The bearing links for both the active and the standby NCPs are faulty. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link bearing the NCP are inconsistent with the PVC attributes on the peer end. The attribute settings of the SAAL link bearing the NCP are incorrect. The IP route between the NE and the RNC is not configured for the SCTP link bearing the NCP. The attribute settings of the SCTP link bearing the NCP are incorrect. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the bearing link type on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty NCP. Check whether the SCTP link is configured. Y => The SCTP link is configured. Go to step 2. N => The SCTP link is not configured. Go to step 5. 2. Check the physical link bearing the SCTP on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the associated bearing link. b. Check the link bearing the SCTP. Check for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms on the link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step d. c. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. d. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route between the NE and the RNC is configured for the link bearing the SCTP. Y => The IP route is configured. Go to step 3. N => The IP route is not configured. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
123 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the SCTP link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000: 25888 SCTP Link Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 4. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 4. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SCTP link bearing the faulty NCP. Then, run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the parameter settings of the associated link. b. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link bearing the faulty NCP, such as the local IP address, local SCTP port number, peer IP address, and peer SCTP port number. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 5. N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP to remove the faulty NCP. d. Run the MML command MOD SCTPLNK to modify the configuration of the SCTP link bearing the faulty NCP. e. Run the MML command ADD IUBCP to rebuild the associated NCP. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the link bearing the SAAL on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty NCP. Check whether the SAAL link is configured. Y => The SAAL link is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => The SAAL link is not configured. Go to step 8. b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the associated physical link bearing the SAAL link. c. Check the link (UNI/IMA/Fractional ATM/SDH/SONET) bearing the SAAL. Check for Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step d. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 6. d. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
124 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the SAAL link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000: 25840 SAAL Link Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 7. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 7. Check the PVC attributes and parameter settings of the SAAL link bearing the NCP. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SAAL link bearing the NCP. b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL link and the ATM link. c. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes. Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 8. N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step d. d. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP and RMV SAALLNK to remove the NCP and the associated SAAL link. e. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK and ADD IUBCP to rebuild the NCP link. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those on the peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Reset the faulty board. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.63 ALM-25836 CCP Fault

Description
The Communication Control Port (CCP), which can be carried on the SCTP or SAAL link, consists of the active CCP and the standby CCP. This alarm is reported when the bearing links for both the active and the standby CCPs are faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to ENABLE. And this alarm is reported when the current CCP bearing link is faulty if the CP Switch Flag is set to DISABLE.
125 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name CCP Port No. CCP Port Type Master CCP State Slave CCP State Parameter Description CCP port number CCP port type (Master CCP, Slave CCP) Master CCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured) Slave CCP state (Normal, Abnormal, Not Configured)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services over the CCP port are affected. In this case, the radio link control (RLC) malfunctions on the CCP port.
System Actions
The system disables the associated CCP port.
Possible Causes
The bearing links for both the active and the standby CCPs are faulty. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link bearing the CCP are inconsistent with the PVC attributes on the peer end. The attribute settings of the SAAL link bearing the CCP are incorrect. The IP route between the NE and the RNC is not configured for the SCTP link bearing the CCP. The attribute settings of the SCTP link bearing the CCP are incorrect. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the physical link type of the bearing link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty CCP. Check whether the SCTP link is configured. Y => The SCTP link is configured. Go to step 2. N => The SCTP link is not configured. Go to step 5. 2. Check the physical link type bearing the SCTP on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the associated link bearing the SCTP. Check the link bearing the SCTP for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPPcorrelated alarms on the link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step c. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.
126 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route between the NE and the RNC is configured for the link bearing the faulty CCP. Y => The IP route is configured. Go to step 3. N => The IP route is not configured. Go to sub-step d. d. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the SCTP link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000: 25888 SCTP Link Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 4. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 4. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SCTP link bearing the faulty CCP. Then, run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to query the parameter settings of the associated link. b. Check the parameter settings of the SCTP link bearing the faulty CCP, such as the local IP address, local SCTP port number, peer IP address, and peer SCTP port number. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 5. N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP to remove the faulty CCP. d. Run the MML command MOD SCTPLNK to modify the configuration of the SCTP link bearing the faulty CCP. e. Run the MML command ADD IUBCP to rebuild the associated CCP. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the physical link bearing the SAAL on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the bearing link for the faulty CCP. Check whether the SAAL link is configured. Y => The SAAL link is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => The SAAL link is not configured. Go to step 8. b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the associated physical link bearing the SAAL link.
127 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Check the link (UNI/IMA/Fractional ATM/SDH/SONET) bearing the SAAL link. Check for Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the physical link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step d. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 6. d. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the SAAL link on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000: 25840 SAAL Link Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 7. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 7. Check the parameter settings of the SAAL link and the PVC bearing the CCP. a. Run the MML command LST IUBCP to query the number of the SAAL link bearing the CCP. b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL link and the ATM link. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes. Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 8. N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV IUBCP and RMV SAALLNK to remove the CCP and the associated SAAL link. d. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK and ADD IUBCP to rebuild the CCP link. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those on the peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Reset the faulty board. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.64 ALM-25837 ALCAP Fault
128 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the Access Link Control Application Part (ALCAP) signaling communication fails because the transmission link bearing the ALCAP is faulty or because the ALCAP state is improper.
Parameters
Parameter Name Node Type Node No. Parameter Description ALCAP node type (MASTER LOCAL, HUB, ADJNODE, SLAVE LOCAL) ALCAP node number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The calling services fails and the base station cannot provide the services.
System Actions
The system disables the associated ALCAP link.
Possible Causes
The physical link bearing the ALCAP is faulty. The PVC attributes of the link bearing the ALCAP are inconsistent with the PVC attributes on the peer end. The attribute settings of the SAAL link bearing the ALCAP are incorrect. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the physical link bearing the SAAL on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST AAL2NODE to query the SAAL link bearing the faulty ALCAP. b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the associated physical link bearing the SAAL link for the ALCAP. c. Check the link (UNI/IMA/Fractional ATM/SDH/SONET) bearing the SAAL link. Check for Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the physical link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step d. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. d. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the PVC attributes and parameter settings of the SAAL link bearing the ALCAP on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST AAL2NODE to query the number of the SAAL link bearing the ALCAP.
129 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL link and the ATM link. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes. Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 3. N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV AAL2NODE and RMV SAALLNK to remove the ALCAP and the associated SAAL link. d. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK and ADD AAL2NODE to rebuild the ALCAP link. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those on the peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.65 ALM-25838 AAL2 Path Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the data transmission or reception on the ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 (AAL2) Path is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name AAL2 Path No. Parameter Description AAL2 path number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The data transmission or reception on the AAL2 Path is faulty. In this case, some or all the ongoing services carried on the NE using the AAL2 Path are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The upper-level NE resets. The PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path) of the current-level NE is inconsistent with that of the upper-level NE. The activated physical link bearing the AAL2 Path is faulty. The E1/T1 or optical connection between the NE and the RNC is faulty.
130 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The board on the NE side is faulty. The board on the RNC side is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the upper-level NE on the M2000. a. Check whether the current NE has an upper-level NE according to the network plan. Y => The current NE has an upper-level NE. Go to sub-step b. N => The current NE does not have an upper-level NE. Go to step 2. b. Check whether the upper-level NE is reset. Y => The upper-level NE is reset. Go to sub-step c. N => The upper-level NE is not reset. Go to sub-step d. c. Wait until the upper-level NE reset is complete and starts to operate normally. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. On the upper-level NE side, run the MML command LST TREELNKPVC to check whether the PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path) of the current-level NE is consistent with that of the upper-level NE. Y => The PVC configuration is consistent. Go to step 2. N => The PVC configuration is inconsistent. Go to sub-step e. e. On the upper-level NE side, run the MML commands RMV TREELNKPVC and ADD TREELNKPVC to remove and add the PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path) according to the network plan. Ensure that the PVC configuration (VPI/VCI of the AAL2 Path) of the current-level NE is consistent with that of the upper-level NE. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the physical link bearing the AAL2 Path on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check for E1/T1-correlated alarms, Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the physical link bearing the AAL2 Path. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the handling suggestions associated with the E1/T1, UNI, IMA, Fractional ATM, or SDH/SONET alarms. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the E1/T1 cables or optical fibers on site. a. Check whether the E1/T1 cables or optical fibers are correctly connected to the peer device. Check for incorrect connections between the local and peer device. Check for crossed pair connections.
131 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The E1/T1 cables or optical fibers are correctly connected. Go to step 4. N => The E1/T1 cables or optical fibers are incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace or reconnect the E1/T1 cables or optical fibers properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check that the AAL2 Path is activated on the peer device. a. Check whether the AAL2 Path is activated on the peer device. Y => The AAL2 Path is activated. Go to step 6. N => The AAL2 Path is not activated. Go to sub-step b. b. Activate the AAL2 Path on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Reset the peer board on the AAL2 Path. a. Reset the peer board on the AAL2 Path. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.66 ALM-25840 SAAL Link Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) link is unusable.
Parameters
Parameter Name SAAL Link No. Parameter Description SAAL link number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the base station are disrupted.
System Actions
None
132 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The physical link bearing the SAAL link is faulty. The SAAL link configuration on the local device is inconsistent with that on the peer device. The Ethernet cables are not connected properly.
Procedure
1. Check the physical link bearing the SAAL on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check for E1/T1-correlated alarms, Fractional ATM/UNI/IMA-correlated alarms, or SDH/SONET-correlated alarms on the physical link bearing the SAAL link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the parameter settings of the SAAL link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST SAALLNK to query the attributes of the associated SAAL link and the ATM link. Check whether the local settings are consistent with the peer settings, including port number, VPI, VCI, PVC bandwidth, and SAAL attributes. Y => The local settings are consistent with the peer settings. Go to step 3. N => The local settings are inconsistent with the peer settings. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV SAALLNK to remove the associated SAAL link. c. Run the MML command ADD SAALLNK to rebuild the SAAL link. The PVC attributes of the SAAL link and the SAAL attributes should be consistent with those on the peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Verify the Ethernet cable connections between devices. a. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to veriy the Ethernet cable connections between devices in the bearer network, check whether the connections are consistent with the configurations. Y => The Ethernet cable connections are consistent with the configurations. Go to step 4. N => The Ethernet cable connections are inconsistent with the configurations. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to reconnect the Ethernet cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000.
133 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. b. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.67 ALM-25841 SAAL Link Congestion

Description
This alarm is reported when the data transmitted on the SAAL link is discarded because the data transmission bandwidth exceeds the data bearing bandwidth of the SAAL link.
Parameters
Parameter Name SAAL Link No. Bandwidth (bit/s) Parameter Description SAAL link number Transmit bandwidth

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The key information may be discarded due to insufficient bandwidth. In this case, the services are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The SAAL bandwidth is insufficient.
Procedure
1. Check the alarm information on the M2000 to learn the actual SAAL link bandwidth. a. Consult the network planners. If necessary, reconfigure the bandwidth based on service requirements. b. Add the SAAL bandwidth according to the new network plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.68 ALM-25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault
134 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the PPP/MLPPP link status is changed from UP to DOWN.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. PPP/MLPPP Link No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board PPP/MLPPP link number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the status of the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) link is DOWN, the services carried on the PPP link are disrupted. When the status of the Multi-Link Point-to-Point Protocol (MLPPP) link is DOWN, the bandwidth of the MLPPP group is decreased.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty. The parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link are inconsistent.
Procedure
1. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the PPP/MLPPP link on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link on the M2000. a. Check the parameter settings of the peer PPP/MLPPP link. b. Run the MML command LST PPPLNK/LST MPLNK to check the parameter settings of the local PPP/MLPPP link. c. Check whether the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. (In the case of the PPP link, check the following parameters: local IP address, peer IP address, timeslot number, authentication type, user name, and password. In
135 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
the case of the MLPPP link, check the timeslot number.) Y => The parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link are consistent. Go to step 4. N => The parameter settings at both ends of the PPP/MLPPP link are inconsistent. Go to step 3. 3. Reconfigure the PPP/MLPPP link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RMV PPPLNK/RMV MPLNK to remove the PPP/MLPPP link. b. Run the MML command ADD PPPLNK/ADD MPLNK to add the PPP/MLPPP link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the status of the negotiation on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST PPPLNK,RMV MPLNK,ADD MPLNK to reset the PPP link or reconfigure the MLPPP link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.69 ALM-25861 MLPPP Group Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the MLPPP group status is changed from UP to DOWN.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Group No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board MLPPP group number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The services carried on the MLPPP group are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The E1/T1 link is faulty. The parameter settings on the two ends of the MLPPP group are inconsistent. All the links in the MLPPP group are faulty.
136 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check for the alarms related to the E1/T1 on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the E1/T1 link that bears the MLPPP group on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the consistency of the parameter settings at both ends of the MLPPP group on the M2000. a. Check the parameter settings of the peer MLPPP group. b. Run the MML command LST MPGRP to check the parameter settings of the local MLPPP group. c. Check whether the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings of the MLPPP group. The parameters are local IP address, peer IP address, authentication type, user name, and password. Y => The parameter settings at both ends of the MLPPP group are consistent. Go to step 3. N => The parameter settings at both ends of the MLPPP group are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Run the MML command RMV MPGRP,ADD MPGRP to set the parameters related to the MLPPP group correctly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the MPlink in the MLPPP group on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST MPLNK to query the MPlink in the MLPPP group. Y => The MPlink exists. Go to step 4. N => The MPlink does not exist. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD MPLNK to add the MPlink in the MLPPP group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the status of the negotiation on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST MPGRP to reset the MLPPP group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
137 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.70 ALM-25862 MLPPP Group Excessive Packet Loss Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the packet loss rate of the MLPPP group exceeds the preset threshold (100 permil by default, user-definable).
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Group No. Packet Loss Rate (per mill) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board MLPPP group number Packet loss rate of the MLPPP group

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The services carried by the MLPPP group may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The setting of the threshold is improper. The quality of the E1/T1 transmission is so poor that the transmission delay of MLPPP links in the MLPPP group differs greatly from each other.
Procedure
1. Check the packet loss rate threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST MPGRP to query the packet loss rate threshold of the MLPPP group. Check whether the threshold is proper according to the configuration plan. Y=> The threshold is proper. Go to step 2. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV MPGRP,ADD MPGRP to reconfigure the packet loss rate threshold of the MLPPP group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b.
138 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.71 ALM-25863 PPP Link Excessive Frame Error Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the Frame Error Rate (FER) of the PPP link exceeds the threshold (10 permil by default, user-definable).
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Link No. Current FER(per mill) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board PPP Link number Current frame error rate

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the PPP link may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The preset threshold is improper. The E1/T1 transmission performance is poor.
Procedure
1. Check the FER threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST PPPLNK to query the FER threshold of the PPP link. Check whether the FER threshold is proper according to the configuration plan. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV PPPLNK,ADD PPPLNK to modify the FER threshold of the PPP link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
139 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.72 ALM-25879 Ethernet Port Broadcast Packets Exceeding Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when the average number of broadcast packets received on the Ethernet port per second reaches the alarm threshold within a detection period.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Receive Bc. Packets Per Sec. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Ethernet port number Average number of broadcast Packets received in a second among the 30 seconds before the alarm is generated

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The quality of services carried on the Ethernet port deteriorates. In serious cases, the ongoing services may be interrupted.
System Actions
None.
Possible Causes
The alarm threshold is not set properly. Network loop exists on the network, the network adapter is faulty, or cables are not connected properly. Some programs or protocols that may generate broadcast packets exist on the network, such as hackers or viruses.
Procedure
1. Check the alarm threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check whether the Ethernet port is configured properly.
140 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y=>The Ethernet port is configured properly. Go to step 2. N=>The Ethernet port is not configured properly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to reset the alarm threshold. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the operating status of the peer device. a. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the peer device to check whether the peer device or port works properly. Y=>The peer device or port works properly. Go to step 3. N=>The peer device or port does not work properly. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the peer device to rectify faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the network loop. a. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the transmission device to check the intermediate transmission device. Y=>Network loop exists on the transmission path. Go to sub-step b. N=>No network loop exists on the transmission path. Go to step 4. b. Identify and rectify loop faults based on the network topology. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the programs or protocols that may generate broadcast packets. a. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the transmission device to check whether the network experiences attacks from viruses or hackers, such as Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) or Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packets, port scanning, or error packets. Y=>The network experiences attacks from viruses or hackers. Go to sub-step b. N=>The network does not experience attacks from viruses or hackers. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Contact maintenance engineers responsible for the transmission device to remove viruses or isolate the network. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.73 ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault

Description
141 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is reported when the Ethernet link is disconnected.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Ethernet port number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the Ethernet link are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are inconsistent with those of the peer Ethernet port. The Ethernet transmission link is faulty. The local Ethernet is faulty. The peer Ethernet is faulty.
Procedure
1. Remotely check the settings of the local and the peer Ethernet ports. a. Check the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port. b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port. c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the peer Ethernet port, including port attribute, maximum transfer unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 2. e. Check whether the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3. 2. Set the local Ethernet parameters on the M2000.
142 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to modify the Ethernet port parameters, such as port attribute, maximum transfer unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the parameter settings are consistent on the local end and peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 3. Set the peer Ethernet parameters. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the peer Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the local Ethernet port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the Ethernet cable connected to the local Ethernet port on site. a. Check whether the LED on the Ethernet port is blinking normally. Y=> The LED is blinking normally. Go to step 6. N => The LED is not blinking normally. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the Ethernet cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the peer Ethernet. a. Check whether the peer Ethernet is functional. Y => The peer Ethernet is functional. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer Ethernet malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.74 ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the Frame Error Rate (FER) at the MAC layer on the Ethernet port exceeds the preset threshold (10 permil by default, user-definable).
143 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Current FER(per mill) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Ethernet port number Current frame error rate

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The transmission quality of the Ethernet link decreases. The ongoing services may even be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are inconsistent with those of the peer Ethernet port. The transmission performance of the Ethernet cable may be poor.
Procedure
1. Remotely check the settings of the local and the peer Ethernet ports. a. Check the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port. b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port. c. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the peer Ethernet port, including port attribute, maximum transfer unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Check whether the parameter settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 2. e. Check whether the parameter settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 4. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3. 2. Set the local Ethernet parameters on the M2000. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML
144 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
command SET ETHPORT to modify the Ethernet port parameters, such as port attribute, maximum transfer unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the parameter settings are consistent on the local end and peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 3. Set the peer Ethernet parameters. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the peer Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the local Ethernet port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the FER threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT to check whether the parameter "MAC Frame Error Rate Occur Threshold" for the Ethernet port is set properly. Y => The packet loss threshold is proper. Go to step 6. N => The packet loss threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to change the setting of the parameter "MAC Frame Error Rate Occur Threshold" for the Ethernet port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the Ethernet cable connected to the local Ethernet port on site. a. Check whether the LED on the Ethernet port is blinking normally. Y => The LED is blinking normally. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The LED is not blinking normally. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the Ethernet cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.75 ALM-25882 ETHOAM 3AH Discovery Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the IEEE 802.3ah standard cannot be applied to the Ethernet port for
145 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
implementation of Ethernet Operation, Administration and Management (OAM).
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The OAM monitoring for the Ethernet link fails.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect. The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect. The Ethernet link is faulty. The ETHOAM 3AH settings are inconsistent with the network plan. The working modes of ETHOAM 3AH at both the local end and the peer end are set to PASSIVE. The peer device does not support the IEEE 802.3ah standard.
Procedure
1. Check for the alarms correlated to the Ethernet on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check for the correlated alarm on the Ethernet port: Ethernet-Correlated Alarms Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 2. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet port bearing ETHOAM 3AH is activated. Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Go to step 9. N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 3. 3. Check the settings of the local Ethernet port and the peer Ethernet port on the M2000.
146 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port. b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the local Ethernet port. c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are port attribute, maximum transmission unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 6. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4. e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 6. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 5. 4. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, port speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 5. Change the settings of the peer Ethernet port. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, port speed, and duplex mode of the peer end. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the local Ethernet port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site. a. Check whether the LEDs are running properly on the Ethernet port. Y => The LEDs are running properly. Go to step 8. N => The LEDs are running improperly. Go to sub-step b.
147 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Replace the Ethernet cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check the peer Ethernet. a. Check whether the peer Ethernet works properly. Y => The peer Ethernet works properly. Go to step 9. N => The peer Ethernet works improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault of the peer Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 9. Check the ETHOAM 3AH settings based on the network plan. a. Run the MML command LST ETHOAM3AH to check whether the ETHOAM 3AH settings are consistent with the network plan. Y => The ETHOAM 3AH settings are consistent with the network plan. Go to step 10. N => The ETHOAM 3AH settings are inconsistent with the network plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH,ACT ETHOAM3AH to change the ETHOAM 3AH settings. Ensure that the ETHOAM 3AH settings are consistent with the network plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 10. 10. Check the working modes of ETHOAM 3AH at the local end and the peer end on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST ETHOAM3AH to check whether the working mode of ETHOAM 3AH is set to ACTIVE. Y => The working mode is set to ACTIVE. Go to step 11. N => The working mode is set to PASSIVE. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the engineer at the peer end to check whether the working mode of ETHOAM 3AH is set to ACTIVE. Y => The working mode is set to ACTIVE. Go to step 11. N => The working mode is set to PASSIVE. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH,ACT ETHOAM3AH to change the working mode of ETHOAM 3AH to ACTIVE at the local end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 11. 11. Check that the peer device supports the IEEE 802.3ah standard. a. Check whether the peer device supports the IEEE 802.3ah standard.
148 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The peer device supports the IEEE 802.3ah standard. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer device does not support the IEEE 802.3ah standard. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH to deactivate the local IEEE 802.3ah detection function. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.76 ALM-25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects a faulty Ethernet port. This alarm is not used any more. The alarm information, however, is reserved in the alarm reference and northbound interface data to keep compatibility with the northbound interface.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried over the Ethernet port deteriorate. The services may even be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect. The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect. The Ethernet link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet port bearing the OAM3AH is activated. Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 2.
149 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check the settings of the local Ethernet port and the peer Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port. b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the local Ethernet port. c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are Port Attribute, Maximum Transmission Unit, Speed, and Duplex. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3. e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4. 3. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 4. Change the settings of the peer Ethernet port on the M2000. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode of the peer end. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED is running properly on the Ethernet port. Y => The RUN LED is running properly. Go to step 7.
150 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The RUN LED is running improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the Ethernet cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer Ethernet. a. Check whether the peer Ethernet works properly. Y => The peer Ethernet works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer Ethernet works improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault of the peer Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.77 ALM-25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station is informed that the peer Ethernet port is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried over the Ethernet port deteriorate. The services may even be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect. The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect. The Ethernet link is faulty. The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
151 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet port bearing the OAM3AH is activated. Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 2. 2. Check the settings of the local Ethernet port and the peer Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port. b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the local Ethernet port. c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are Port Attribute, Maximum Transmission Unit, Speed, and Duplex. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3. e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4. 3. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 4. Change the settings of the peer Ethernet port on the M2000. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode of the peer end. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet port.
152 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED is running properly on the Ethernet port. Y => The RUN LED is running properly. Go to step 7. N => The RUN LED is running improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the Ethernet cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer Ethernet. a. Check whether the peer Ethernet works properly. Y => The peer Ethernet works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer Ethernet works improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault of the peer Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.78 ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict

Description
This alarm is reported when the IP address of the device conflicts with the IP address of an external device.
Parameters
Parameter Name IP Address Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Interface Type Interface No. Parameter Description IP address Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Interface type (PPP, PPPOE, MP, ETHERNET, TRUNK, LOOPINTF) Interface number

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The services over the conflicting IP address of the device are disrupted.
System Actions
The system automatically disables the conflicting IP address of the device.
153 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The IP address of the device is incorrectly configured. The IP address of the external device is incorrectly configured.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of the conflicting IP address of the device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST DEVIP/DSP DEVIP to query the configuration of the conflicting IP address of the device. Then, check whether the configured IP address is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The configured IP address is correct. Go to step 2. N => The configured IP address is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV DEVIP/RMV OMCH to delete the conflicting IP address. c. Run the MML command ADD DEVIP to add a correct IP address according to the configuration plan of the IP addresses. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the configuration of the IP address of the external device. a. Check whether the configured IP address of the external device is correct. Y => The configured IP address is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The configured IP address is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the external device to change the conflicting IP address. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.79 ALM-25886 IP Path Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when it is detected that the IP path cannot communicate with the peer devices.
Parameters
Parameter Name IP Path No. Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Description Parameter Description IP path number Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Peer description information
154 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The services carried on the IP path cannot be normally processed.
System Actions
The system automatically disables the faulty IP path.
Possible Causes
The link bearing the IP path is faulty. The peer route of the IP path is not configured. The Ping detection is enabled on the IP path, but the route of the bearing network is incorrectly configured, or the Ping message is blocked by the bearing network. The hardware of the board carrying the IP path is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the corresponding bearing link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPPATH to query the corresponding link bearing the faulty IP path. b. Check for the Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms of the link bearing the faulty IP path on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step c. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. c. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the route on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route to the peer devices is configured for the corresponding link bearing the faulty IP path. Y => The IP route to the peer devices is configured. Go to step 3. N => The IP route to the peer devices is configured. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add the IP route to the peer devices for the corresponding link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the configuration of the bearing network. a. Contact the administrator of the bearing network to check whether the route of the bearing network is correctly configured and the Ping message is not blocked. Y => The route of the bearing network is correctly configured. Go to step 4. N => The route of the bearing network is incorrectly configured. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the engineers responsible for network administration to correct the network
155 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
configuration. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.80 ALM-25887 Ethernet Trunk Link Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the Ethernet trunk link is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Group No. Link No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Group number of the trunk link Link number in the trunk group

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The Ethernet trunk link cannot bear the services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The settings of the local Ethernet port are incorrect. The settings of the peer Ethernet port are incorrect. The Ethernet link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the status of the Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ETHPORT to check whether the status of the Ethernet port bearing the trunk link is activated. Y => The status of the Ethernet port is activated. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
156 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The status of the Ethernet port is not activated. Go to step 2. 2. Remotely check the settings of the local and the peer Ethernet ports. a. Check the settings of the peer Ethernet port. b. Run the MML command LST ETHPORT,DSP ETHPORT to check the settings of the local Ethernet port. c. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with those of the peer Ethernet port. The related parameters are Port Attribute, Maximum Transmission Unit, Speed, and Duplex. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step d. d. Check whether the settings of the local Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step e. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 3. e. Check whether the settings of the peer Ethernet port are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step 4. 3. Change the settings of the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RMV ETHTRKLNK to remove the Ethernet trunk sublink. b. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Run the MML command SET ETHPORT to change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. c. Run the MML command ADD ETHTRKLNK to add the Ethernet trunk sublink. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 4. Remotely change the settings of the peer Ethernet port. a. (For NodeBs, port attribute of the Ethernet port is unchangeable.) Change the Ethernet port attribute, maximum transmission unit, speed, and duplex mode of the peer end. Ensure that the local parameter settings are consistent with the peer parameter settings. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reset the local Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.
157 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
6. Check the Ethernet cables connected to the Ethernet port on site. a. Check whether the LEDs are running properly on the Ethernet port. Y => The LEDs are running properly. Go to step 7. N => The LEDs are running improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the Ethernet cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the peer Ethernet network. a. Check whether the peer Ethernet network works properly. Y => The peer Ethernet network works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer Ethernet network works improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the peer Ethernet network. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.81 ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) link cannot process services.
Parameters
Parameter Name SCTP Link No. Description Parameter Description SCTP link number Peer description information

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The SCTP link cannot process signaling.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The link bearing the SCTP is faulty. The parameter settings of the local device are inconsistent with those of the peer device. The route to the peer devices is unreachable. The Ethernet cables are not connected properly.
158 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The peer device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the alarms correlated to the bearing link on the M2000. a. Check for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms on the (ETH/PPP/MLPPP) link bearing the SCTPLNK on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the parameter settings on both ends of the SCTP link on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST SCTPLNK to check whether the configuration parameters of the local SCTP link are consistent with the configuration plan (such as the local IP address, local SCTP port No., peer IP address, and peer SCTP port No.). Y=> The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 3. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step b. b. Run the MML command MOD SCTPLNK to modify the incorrect configuration parameters. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the IP route on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the IP route to the peer device is configured for the link bearing the faulty SCTP. Y => The IP route to the peer device is configured. Go to step 4. N => The IP route to the peer device is not configured. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route to the peer device for the link bearing the SCTP. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the configuration of the bearing network. a. Consult the engineers responsible for the bearing network. Check whether the route settings of the bearing network are correct, and the Ping messages are not blocked. Y => The configuration of the bearing network is correct. Go to step 5. N => The configuration of the bearing network is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the engineers responsible for the bearing network to modify the network configuration. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
159 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Verify the Ethernet cable connections between devices. a. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to veriy the Ethernet cable connections between devices in the bearer network, check whether the connections are consistent with the configurations. Y => The Ethernet cable connections are consistent with the configurations. Go to step 6. N => The Ethernet cable connections are inconsistent with the configurations. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact engineers responsible for the bearer network to reconnect the Ethernet cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the peer device. a. Check whether the peer device works properly. Y => The peer device works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer device does not work properly. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.82 ALM-25889 SCTP Link Congestion

Description
This alarm is reported when the SCTP sending buffer is occupied by a large number of data that requires to be retransmitted and the occupancy rate of the data to the buffer reaches the congestion triggering threshold.
Parameters
Parameter Name SCTP Link No. Current transmit buffer usage (%) Congestion Triggering Threshold (%) Congestion Clearance Threshold (%) Description Parameter Description SCTP link number Current Sending Buffer Usage Triggering threshold of congestion Clearance threshold of congestion Peer description information

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The services are disrupted because the data cannot be transmitted due to insufficient space of the sending buffer.
160 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The data of the receiving buffer is not processed by the peer device in time. Therefore, the available space of the receiving buffer is insufficient, which leads to the failure of receiving the data. As a result, a large number of data that requires to be retransmitted exists in the sending buffer at the local end, and then the congestion occurs. When the packet loss occurs in the lower-layer link, a great number of data waits for retransmitting in the sending buffer, which leads to the congestion. The lower-layer link is instantaneously intermittent due to the reset of the FE port or PPP, or other causes. The SCTP does not process the data congested in the sending buffer in a timely manner during the link intermittence but retransmits the old data in the sending buffer. Subsequently, the new data is placed in the sending buffer, which leads to the congestion.
Procedure
1. Check for the alarms correlated to the bearing link on the M2000. a. Check for Ethernet-correlated alarms or PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms on the (ETH/PPP/MLPPP) link bearing the SCTPLNK on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.83 ALM-25891 IKE Negotiation Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects the failure of the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation with the peer device.
Parameters
Parameter Name Peer Name Parameter Description IKE Peer Name

161 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The system cannot perform bearer services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The Ethernet link is faulty. The parameters configured for the local device are inconsistent with the parameters configured for the peer device. The certificate is invalid.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm of the Ethernet port on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the Ethernet port on the M2000: 25880 Ethernet Link Fault 26832 Peer Certificate Expiry 26841 Certificate Invalid 26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the local configuration parameters on the M2000. a. Run the MML commands LST IKEPEER and LST IKEPROPOSAL to check whether all the configuration parameters of the IKE Peer and all the configuration parameters of the IKE security association are consistent with those of the configuration plan. Y=> The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 3. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to step b. b. Run the MML commands MOD IKEPEER and MOD IKEPROPOSAL to modify the IKE configuration parameters that are inconsistent with those of the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the peer device. a. Check whether the peer device works properly. Y => The peer device works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer device does not work properly. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault of the peer device.
162 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.84 ALM-25894 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Loopback

Description
This alarm is reported when the ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback occurs with the cooperation of the local end.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The Ethernet port cannot carry any service.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback test is initiated at the peer end.
Procedure
1. Check whether the ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback test is in progress with the cooperation of the local end on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ETHOAM3AH to check whether the ETHOAM 3AH remote loopback test is in progress with the cooperation of the local end. Y => The remote loopback test is in progress with the cooperation of the local end. Go to sub-step b. N => The remote loopback test is not in progress with the cooperation of the local end. Go to step 2. b. Wait till the test is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 2. Stop the ETHOAM 3AH loopback test at the peer end. a. Request the peer engineers to stop the ETHOAM 3AH loopback test. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
163 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Disable the remote loopback test at the peer end. a. Run the MML command DEA ETHOAM3AH,ACT ETHOAM3AH, set the Loopback Flag to DISABLE so that the remote loopback function is disabled. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.85 ALM-25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the Ethernet trunk group is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Group No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Group number of the trunk link

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The service over the trunk port cannot be processed.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The FE/GE port configured as the port in the local trunk group is faulty. The FE/GE port configured as the port in the peer trunk group is faulty. The ports in the local trunk group and those in the peer trunk group are incorrectly connected. The configuration parameters of the trunk group on the local end are inconsistent with those on the peer end.
Procedure
1. Check for the alarm correlated with the local Ethernet on the M2000. a. Check whether the correlated alarm of the ports in the Ethernet trunk group exists on the M2000. 25887 Ethernet Trunk Link Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2.
164 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check for the correlated alarms of the peer Ethernet. a. Check whether the correlated alarm of the ports in the trunk group of the peer Ethernet exists. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. b. Rectify the fault in the ports in the trunk group of the peer Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the ports in the trunk group of the local Ethernet are correctly connected to those of the peer Ethernet. a. Run the MML command LST ETHTRK to obtain the port number of the local trunk group. Then, contact the maintenance engineers of the peer devices to obtain the port number of the peer trunk group. b. Check whether the ports in the trunk group of the local Ethernet are correctly connected to those of the peer Ethernet. Y=> The ports are correctly connected. Go to step 5. N => The ports are incorrectly connected. Go to step 4. 4. Reconnect the ports in the trunk group of the local Ethernet to the ports in the trunk group of the peer Ethernet. a. Connect the ports correctly. For example, it is queried that the GE/FE ports 0 and 1 at both ends are in the Ethernet trunk group but port 0 at the local end is connected to port 2 at the peer end. In this case, reconnect port 0 at the local end to port 0 or port 1 at the peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check that the Ethernet trunk group configuration at both ends is consistent. a. Contact the maintenance engineers of the peer devices to obtain the configuration of the trunk group and its ports of the peer Ethernet. Run the MML command LST ETHTRK to query the configuration of trunk group of the local Ethernet. b. Check whether the configuration of the Ethernet trunk group at both ends is consistent. (Specifically, check the related parameters "Trunk Type" and "ArpProxy", and check the number of members in the trunk group and the Ethernet ports.) Y => The configuration of the Ethernet trunk group at both ends is consistent. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The configuration of the Ethernet trunk group at both ends is inconsistent. Go to
165 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
step 6. 6. Modify the configuration of the trunk group of the local Ethernet. a. Run the MML command MOD ETHTRK to reconfigure the parameters related to the trunk group of the Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Modify the configuration of the trunk group of the peer Ethernet. a. Reconfigure the parameters related to the trunk group of the peer Ethernet. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.86 ALM-25896 IP Remote Loopback

Description
This alarm is reported when the IP remote loopback is enabled on the interface board.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact After the IP remote loopback is enabled, the corresponding IP data packet is looped back to the peer end, and thus the quality of services deteriorates.
System Actions
The system disables the corresponding IP link.
Possible Causes
The IP remote loopback is enabled on the interface board.
Procedure
1. Cancel the loopback or wait for the loopback timeout. a. Run the MML command SET UDPLOOP to set the loopback mode to "NOLOOP" to disable the IP remote loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y=> The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
166 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.87 ALM-25897 IP Excessive Frame Error Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the packet loss rate of the IP layer exceeds the alarm threshold of the IP layer. This alarm is not used any more. The alarm information, however, is reserved in the alarm reference and northbound interface data to keep compatibility with the northbound interface.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Interface Type Interface No. Packet Loss Rate (per mill) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Interface type (PPP, PPPOE, MP, ETHERNET, TRUNK, LOOPINTF) Interface number Packet loss rate of the IP layer

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The IP data packet of the NE is discarded, which leads to the deterioration of the quality of services carried on this port.
System Actions
When this alarm is reported and the packet loss rate is too high, the system disables the corresponding IP link.
Possible Causes
The packet is discarded due to an error (for example, an external attack) during the resolving of the IP header. The packet is discarded due to the failure in the segmentation and reassembling of the packet. The packet is discarded due to insufficient resources in the system (for example, no resource is allocated to the memory). This cause is of low probability.
Procedure
1. Check that the bearing link works properly. a. Check for the E1/T1-correlated alarms, Ethernet-correlated alarms, or PPP/MLPPPcorrelated alarms on the associated link. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
167 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check that the bearing network is configured properly. a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the static route is configured. Y => The static route is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => The static route is not configured. Go to sub-step c. b. Run the MML command DSP IPRT to check whether the dynamic route is configured correctly. Y => The dynamic route is configured correctly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The dynamic route is configured incorrectly. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV IPRT to delete the incorrect route and run the MML command ADD IPRT add the IP route to the peer device for the corresponding bearing link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y=> The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.88 ALM-25898 IP Path Excessive Packet Loss Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the average packet loss rate is higher than the preset alarm threshold during 10 minutes, in the case that the IP PM function is activated on the uplink of the IP path.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. IP Path No. Packet Loss Rate (per mill) Description Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board IP path number Packet loss rate of the IP path Peer description information

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The data packet on the link between the NE and the RNC is discarded, and the services carried on this IP path cannot be performed normally.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The bandwidth configuration of the IP path on the NE side is inconsistent with that on the RNC side. The bit error rate (BER) or frame error rate (FER) of the link bearing the IP path is extremely high.
168 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The bandwidth of the physical link between the NE and the RNC is restricted.
Procedure
1. Check that the bandwidth of the IP path is configured correctly. a. Run the MML command LST IPPATH to check whether the receive bandwidth and transmit bandwidth of the IP path are consistent with those configured on the RNC . Y=> The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 2. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconfigure the receive bandwidth and transmit bandwidth of the IP path to keep them consistent with those configured on the RNC. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check for the correlated alarm of the link bearing the IP path on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check for the correlated alarm of the link bearing the IP path: Ethernet-correlated alarms PPP/MLPPP-correlated alarms Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the bandwidth of the physical link between the NE and the RNC. a. Contact the network plan engineers to check whether the configured bandwidth of the link between the RNC and the NE meets the service requirements. If the configured bandwidth cannot meet the service requirements, the network replan is required. b. Increase the link bandwidth according to the network replan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.89 ALM-25899 BFD Session Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session between the base station and the destination IP address is faulty.
Parameters
169 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. BFD No.
Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board BFD process number

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The fast fault location of the BFD on the link fails between the base station and the destination IP address.
System Actions
The route handover is triggered when the BFD session in reliability detection is configured.
Possible Causes
The local transmission port is faulty. The local BFD session configuration is incorrect. The local route configuration is incorrect. The peer device is faulty or its configuration is incorrect. The transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the local transmission port. a. On the M2000, check for the correlated alarm of the faulty port or transmission link at the physical layer or link layer. Ethernet-correlated alarms 25885 IP Address Conflict Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the local BFD session configuration. a. Run the MML command LST BFDSESSION to query the configuration of the local BFD session. b. Consult the maintenance personnel in charge of the peer device for the configuration of the peer BFD session. Check whether the local BFD session configuration is consistent with the peer BFD session configuration. The related parameters are "Source IP Address", "Destination IP Address", and "Hop Type". Y => The local BFD session configuration is consistent with the peer BFD session configuration. Go to sub-step c.
170 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The local BFD session configuration is inconsistent with the peer BFD session configuration. Go to sub-step d. c. Check whether the "Hop Type" parameter is "Single Hop" or "Multiple Hops". Y => The "Hop Type" parameter is "Single Hop". Go to sub-step e. N => The "Hop Type" parameter is "Multiple Hops". Go to step 3. d. Run the MML command RMV BFDSESSION,ADD BFDSESSION to modify the local BFD session configuration according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. e. Run the MML command LST DEVIP to check the subnet mask of the source IP address of the BFD session. Based on the subnet mask, decide whether the source IP address and the destination IP address of the BFD session are in the same network segment. Y => The source IP address and the destination IP address of the BFD session are in the same network segment. Go to step 4. N => The source IP address and the destination IP address of the BFD session are not in the same network segment. Go to sub-step f. f. Check whether the IP address of the device is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The IP address of the device is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 4. N => The IP address of the device is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to step g. g. Run the MML commands RMV BFDSESSION and RMV DEVIP to delete the conflicting IP address. h. Run the MML commands ADD DEVIP and ADD BFDSESSION to add the correct IP address based on the IP address plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 3. Check the route in the case of the multi-hop BFD. a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the route is configured for the destination IP address of the BFD session. Y => The route is configured. Go to step 4. N => The route is not configured. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the destination IP address of the BFD session. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the peer device or the peer BFD configuration. a. Check whether the peer device is faulty (incorrect configuration, for example).
171 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The peer device is faulty. Go to sub-step b. N => The peer device is functional. Go to step 5. b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the peer device to rectify the fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the transmission network. a. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the transmission network to check for the faulty intermediate nodes. Y => A faulty intermediate node exists. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no faulty intermediate node. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the intermediate devices to rectify the fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.90 ALM-25900 IP PM Activation Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the IP Performance Monitoring (PM) is in deactivated state.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No.
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board
Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board Slot No. Session ID Alarm Cause Slot number of the faulty board IP PM Session ID Alarm Cause (Activation timeout, DSCP modified, Activation of peer ippmsession is forbidden, Peer rule out of range, Peer version is not supported, Backward activation of peer ippmsession is not supported, Request of four turple(DSCP) in backward activation of ippmsession is not supported, long-time without FM frame received, long-time without BR frame received ) Specific Problem of the alarm(Downlink, Uplink)
Specific Problem

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The data packet loss or delay on the link between the base station and the peer device cannot be detected.
System Actions
172 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
None
Possible Causes
The bearing link of IP PM is faulty. The IP PM configured on the peer device side is inconsistent with that configured on the base station side. The boards on the peer device side do not support the IP PM.
Procedure
1. Check for alarms correlated to the bearing link on the M2000. a. Check for alarms correlated to the bearing link of IP PM on the M2000: Ethernet-Correlated Alarms Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the IP PM configurations on both sides on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP IPPMSESSION to check whether the DSCP configured for the IP PM session is consistent with the DSCP configured on the peer device side. Y => The DSCP configured on the base station side is consistent with the DSCP on the peer device side. Go to step 3. N => The DSCP configured on the base station side is inconsistent with the DSCP on the peer device side. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV IPPMSESSION,ADD IPPMSESSION to change the DSCP on the base station side. Ensure the DSCP consistency between the base station side and the peer device side. Then, wait for eight seconds. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Remotely check that the peer board that is configured with the peer IP address supports the IP PM function. a. Remotely check whether the peer board that is configured with the peer IP address supports the IP PM function or whether the peer board is configured with the corresponding IP path. Y => The peer board supports the IP PM function or is configured with the corresponding IP path. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The peer board does not support the IP PM function or is not configured with the corresponding IP path. Go to sub-step b. b. On the peer device side, configure the peer IP address of IP PM on the board that supports the IP PM function, or configure the corresponding IP path for the peer board.
173 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.91 ALM-25901 Remote Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station cannot be maintained because of the Operation and Maintenance CHannel (OMCH) failure.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The OMCH is broken, and the user cannot maintain the remote equipment.
System Actions
The base station attempts to re-establish the OMCH.
Possible Causes
The OMCH is not configured. The OMCH is configured incorrectly. The transmission network is faulty. The M2000 malfunctions. Security authentication fails.
Procedure
1. Check the data configuration of the remote maintenance link on site. a. Run the MML command LST OMCH to check whether the OMCH is configured. Y => The OMCH is configured. Go to step b. N => The OMCH is not configured. Go to sub-step c. b. Check whether the data configuration of the OMCH is consistent with the configuration plan, such as local IP address and peer IP address. Y => The data configuration is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step e. N => The data configuration is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step d. c. Run the MML command ADD OMCH to configure the data of the OMCH based on the configuration plan.
174 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. d. Run the MML command MOD OMCH to configure the data of the OMCH based on the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. e. Run the MML command LST OMCH to check whether the parameter "binding route" is set to "YES". Y=> A IP route is bound to the OMCH. Go to step 2. N=> No IP route is bound to the OMCH. Go to sub-step f. f. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the configuration of the IP route used by the OMCH is correct according to the site plan. Y => The configuration of the IP route is correct. Go to step 2. N => The configuration of the IP route is incorrect. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command RMV IPRT and ADD IPRT to modify the configuration of the IP route according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check for the correlated alarms on site. a. Check for the correlated alarms of the OMCH on the LMT: 25821 IMA/ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation 25820 Fractional ATM Link Loss of Cell Delineation 25860 PPP/MLPPP Link Fault 25861 MLPPP Group Fault 25880 Ethernet Link Fault 25885 IP Address Conflict 25891 IKE Negotiation Failure 25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault 25921 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame 25922 SDH/SONET Loss of Signal 26832 Peer Certificate Expiry 26841 Certificate Invalid 26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
175 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the M2000. a. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the M2000 to check whether the M2000 is operating properly and the configuration of base station is correct on the M2000. Y => The M2000 is operating properly and the configuration of base station is correct on the M2000. Go to step 4. N => The M2000 is not operating properly or the configuration of base station is not correct on the M2000. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the M2000 to rectify the fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check for faults in the transmission network on site. a. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the transmission network to check whether a fault exists. Y => A fault exists. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no fault. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Contact the maintenance personnel in charge of the transmission network to rectify the fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.92 ALM-25902 Remote Maintenance Link Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
Description
This alarm is reported when the running data of the remote maintenance link (OMCH) detected by the base station is inconsistent with the OMCH data in the configuration file.
Parameters
Parameter Name OMCH Active/Standby Flag Parameter Description OMCH active/standby flag (Active OMCH, Standby OMCH)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The OMCH may fail. The subscribers may fail to access the network.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
176 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The OMCH configuration of the base station has errors. The data in the configuration file is inconsistent with the active data on the base station. The data configuration of other devices on the OMCH has errors.
Procedure
1. Query the result of automatic establishment of the remote maintenance channel a. Run the MML command DSP DHCPRSLT to check the value of the "BS Running State" parameter. Y => The value of the "BS Running State" parameter is "NORMAL". Go to step 2. N => The value of the "BS Running State" parameter is "OMCH auto-establish is running". Go to step 4. 2. Check the OMCH data configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML commands LST OMCH and DSP OMCH to check whether the configured OMCH data is consistent with the running OMCH data. Y => The configured OMCH data is consistent with the running OMCH data. Contact the engineers responsible for the corresponding device on the OMCH. Ask them to modify the data configuration of the corresponding device according to the configuration plan. N => The configured OMCH data is inconsistent with the running OMCH data. Go to step 3. 3. Modify the OMCH data configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD OMCH to modify the OMCH data configuration according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Verify that the transmission configuration of the base station is correct on the M2000. a. View the data configuration of the remote maintenance link for the base station on the M2000. Run the MML command DSP DHCPRSLT to display the data configuration. Then, check whether the data configuration displayed on the M2000 is consistent with the data configuration obtained by running the MML command. The relevant parameters include Local IP, Local Mask, Destination IP, Destination Mask, Next Hop IP, Interface Type, Bearer Type, and VLAN ID of the remote maintenance link. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to step 5. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Prepare a correct configuration file of the base station on the M2000, and then go to step 5. 5. Download and activate the configuration file on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DLD CFGFILE to download the configuration file. b. Run the MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the configuration file. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
177 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.93 ALM-25920 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment

Description
This alarm is reported when Out Of Frame (OOF) is detected on the optical RX port.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over the optical port are disrupted.
System Actions
The system disables the corresponding optical link.
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format between the local end and the peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port.
178 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site. a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber. Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5. N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. (Skip this step and go to step 7 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7.
179 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
7. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 9. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 9. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.94 ALM-25921 SDH/SONET Loss of Frame

Description
This alarm (abbreviated as LOF) is reported when the alarm SDH/SONET Loss of Frame Alignment persists on the optical RX port for 3 ms.
Parameters
180 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

System Actions
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
181 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site. a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber. Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5. N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. (Skip this step and go to step 7 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8.
182 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
8. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 9. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 9. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.95 ALM-25922 SDH/SONET Loss of Signal

Description
This alarm (abbreviated as LOS) is reported when the amplitude of signals on the optical RX port is lower than the preset threshold for 100 us. That is, all 0s signals are received.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly.
183 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The RX and TX ends of the local optical fiber are reversely connected. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site. a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber.
184 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5. N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check that the local optical fiber is incorrectly connected on site. a. Check whether the local optical fiber is incorrectly connected. Y => The local optical fiber is incorrectly connected. Go to sub-step b. N => The local optical fiber is correctly connected. Go to step 6. b. Replace or reconnect the optical fiber. Ensure that the optical fiber is correctly connected. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. (Skip this step and go to step 8 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 9.
185 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
9. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 10. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 10. 10. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.96 ALM-25923 SDH/SONET AU Loss of Pointer

Description
This alarm is reported when an unknown administration unit pointer is detected on the optical port.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET AU No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number SDH/SONET administrative unit number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the port is an unchannelized optical port, the optical links cannot carry services. If the port is a channelized optical port, the E1/T1 links in the administration unit cannot carry services.
System Actions
Possible Causes
186 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol.
187 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.97 ALM-25924 SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal
188 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when bit 6 to bit 8 of the K2 bytes in three consecutive frames received by the optical port are 111.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The internal clock of the system is faulty (when the sending clock of the optical port uses the external 8 kHz clock), or the clock of the peer device is faulty (when the sending clock of the optical port uses the recovery clock of the receiving end). The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the setting of the sending clock of the optical port on site. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the sending clock of the local optical port is the same as that in the network plan. Y => The working mode is the same as that in the networking plan, and the working mode is the external 8 kHz clock or the recovery clock of the receiving end. Go to sub-step c. N => The working mode is different from that in the networking plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the working mode of the sending clock of the local optical port, and then wait for 30 minutes.
189 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command DSP CLKSTAT to check whether the status of the clock is normal. Y => The clock is operating properly. Go to step 2. N => The clock malfunctions. Go to sub-step d. d. Troubleshoot the clock failure of the NE with recommended actions of clock-related alarms in this document. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Check for faults in the clock of the peer device and perform troubleshooting. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module.
190 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.98 ALM-25925 SDH/SONET MS Remote Defect Indication

Description
This alarm is reported when the peer end sends a defect indication signal to the local end because the alarm SDH/SONET MS Alarm Indication Signal or the alarm SDH/SONET MS Excessive Bit Error Rate is detected on the optical RX port of the peer end.
Parameters
191 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No.
Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The data carried over the optical port is lost, and the services carried over the optical port may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the optical module does not match the optical fiber, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3.
192 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8.
193 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.99 ALM-25926 SDH/SONET Loss of Cell Delineation

Description
This alarm (abbreviated as LCD) is reported when the optical port link fails to recover the cell data from the SDH frame.
Parameters

System Actions
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is incompatible with the optical fiber. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty.
194 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check that the local optical module matches the optical fiber on site. a. Check whether the local optical module matches the optical fiber. Y => The local optical module matches the optical fiber. Go to step 5. N => The local optical module does not match the optical fiber. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the local optical module with an optical module that is compatible with the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5.
195 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
5. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. (Skip this step and go to step 7 if the optical module is already replaced) Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 9. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 9. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
196 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.100 ALM-25927 SDH/SONET Optical Port Loopback

Description
This alarm is reported when a user sets link loopback for the optical port chip on site or on the M2000.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The services carried over the optical port are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
A user sets link loopback for the optical port chip on site or on the M2000.
Procedure
1. Check the loopback status of the optical port. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the local/remote loopback exists on the optical port. Y => The local/remote loopback exists. Go to step 2. N => The local/remote loopback does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Cancel the loopback on the optical port. a. Run the MML command SET STM1LOP to set "NOLOOP" on the optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.101 ALM-25928 SDH/SONET RS Trace Identifier Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the trace identifier J0 received by the optical port is different from the trace identifier J0 expected.
Parameters
197 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No.
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The receiving optical link is broken. In this case, the ongoing services carried over the optical port are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The J0 is incorrectly set on the local device or does not match. The J0 is incorrectly set on the peer device or does not match. The multiplexing configuration of the optical transmission link is incorrect, or the optical fiber is incorrectly connected.
Procedure
1. Check the settings of J0 on site and on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to check whether J0 configured on the local device is the same as J0 received. Y => J0 configured on the local device is the same as J0 received. Go to step 2. N => J0 configured on the local device is different from J0 received. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET SDHJ0J1 to change the setting of J0 on the local device to ensure that J0 is the same as J0 received. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is correct. Y => The service configuration is correct. Go to step 3. N => The service configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to change the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
198 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Y => The configuration is proper, and the connection is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The configuration is improper, or the connection is incorrect. Go to step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to correct the configuration or the connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.102 ALM-25929 SDH/SONET RS Excessive Bit Error Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the bit error rate of the regeneration section exceeds the signal invalid threshold because of poor signal quality over the optical port.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The data carried over the optical port is lost, or the services carried over the optical port are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty.
199 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module.
200 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.103 ALM-25930 SDH/SONET MS Excessive Bit Error Rate

Description
This alarm is reported when the bit error rate of the multiplex section exceeds the signal invalid threshold because of poor signal quality over the optical port.
Parameters
201 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No.
Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The data carried over the optical port is lost, or the services carried over the optical port are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b.
202 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b.
203 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.104 ALM-25931 SDH/SONET MS Signal Degraded

Description
This alarm is reported when the error bit rate of the multiplex section exceeds the signal degradation threshold.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The data carried over the optical port is lost, or the services carried over the optical port are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
204 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.
205 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.105 ALM-25932 SDH/SONET MS Remote Error Indication

Description
When the peer optical port detects that the bit error rate of the remote regeneration section exceeds the threshold, the peer optical port sends the M1 byte to the local device. This alarm is reported when the local device detects the remote error bit indication through the B2 byte.
Parameters
206 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
SDH/SONET Port No.
SDH/SONET port number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The data carried over the optical port is lost, and the service quality is degraded.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
207 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
208 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.106 ALM-25933 SDH/SONET AU Alarm Indication Signal

Description
This alarm is reported when the administration unit received by the optical port is all 1s (including AU-PTR).
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET AU No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number SDH/SONET administrative unit number

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Services carried by the administration unit of the optical port are disrupted, and the E1/T1 links in the administration unit cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position. The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, the device is faulty, or the peer device sends an indication signal for generating the alarm. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
209 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly.
210 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.107 ALM-25934 SDH/SONET HP Unequipped Defect

Description
This alarm is reported when C2 bytes in five consecutive frames sent over the high-order path of the optical port are all 0s.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. SDH/SONET Port No. SDH/SONET HP No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board SDH/SONET port number SDH/SONET high-order path number
211 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The equipped data cannot be recovered from the VC3 or VC4 frame. The services carried over the optical port are disrupted, and the E1/T1 links in the high-order path cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The C2 byte is set to all 0s. The multiplexing configuration of the transmission link or the optical fiber connection is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of C2. a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to query the overhead byte of the optical port and check whether the value of C2 is TUG STRUCT. Y => The value is TUG STRUCT. Go to step 2. N => The value is not TUG STRUCT. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to change the value of C2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Y => The multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The multiplexing configuration is improper and the connection is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to change the multiplexing configuration and the connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.108 ALM-25935 SDH/SONET HP Signal Label Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the C2 byte received by the high-order path of the optical port is different from the C2 byte expected.
212 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The equipped data cannot be recovered from the SDH frame. The services carried over the optical port are disrupted, and the E1/T1 links in the high-order path cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The signal label (C2) expected by the local device is different from the signal label (C2) sent by the peer device. The service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is incorrect. The multiplexing configuration of the transmission link or the optical fiber connection is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of C2. a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to query the overhead byte of the optical port and check whether the value of C2 is TUG STRUCT. Y => The value is TUG STRUCT. Go to step 2. N => The value is not TUG STRUCT. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to change the value of C2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is correct. Y => The service configuration is correct. Go to step 3. N => The service configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
213 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
them to change the service configuration of the SDH service. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Y => The multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The multiplexing configuration is improper and the connection is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to change the multiplexing configuration and the connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.109 ALM-25936 SDH/SONET HP Trace Identifier Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the trace identifier J1 received by the high-order path of the optical port is different from the trace identifier J1 expected.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The E1/T1 links in the high-order path cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The channel trace byte expected by the local device is different from the channel trace byte sent by the peer device. The service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is incorrect.
214 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The multiplexing configuration of the transmission link or the optical fiber connection is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the channel trace bytes configured on the local device and the peer device. a. Run the MML command DSP SDHJ0J1 to check whether the channel trace bytes configured on the local device and the peer device are the same. Y => The channel trace bytes are the same. Go to step 2. N => The channel trace bytes are different. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the channel trace bytes to be sent. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the service configuration of the optical port on the peer device is correct. Y => The service configuration is correct. Go to step 3. N => The service configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to change the service configuration of the SDH service. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the multiplexing configuration and connection of the optical transmission link. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to check whether the multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Y => The multiplexing configuration is proper and the connection is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The multiplexing configuration is improper and the connection is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the optical transmission link, and ask them to change the multiplexing configuration and the connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.110 ALM-25937 SDH/SONET HP Remote Defect Indication

Description
This alarm is reported when the local device receives a message from the peer device indicating the high-order path tracing identifier mismatch (HP-TIM) or high-order path signal label mismatch (HP-SLM) for signals received
215 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
on the peer end.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The E1/T1 links in the peer high-order path cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
216 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask
217 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.111 ALM-25938 SDH/SONET HP Remote Error Indication

Description
When the remote optical port detects the error bit, it sends the number of error blocks to the local device. This alarm is reported when the local device detects that the number of remote error blocks exceeds the threshold.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Serious defects exist in the TX direction of the E1/T1 link of the high-order path, which may result in loss of data over the link or service degradation.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. The local optical module is not securely installed or not in position.
218 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The local optical connector is not securely installed. The local optical connector is dirty. The local optical module is faulty. The local optical sub-board is faulty. On the peer end, the configuration of the optical port is incorrect, the optical connection is faulty, or the device is faulty. The optical transmission link is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the working mode of the local optical port on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP STM1 to check whether the working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. (Check the transmit clock settings based on the network plan, and check the consistency of frame format and multiplexing mode between the local and peer end.) Y => The working mode of the local optical port is set correctly. Go to step 2. N => The working mode of the local optical port is set incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET STM1 to change the settings of the working mode of the local optical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the local optical module is in position on site. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the local optical module is in position. Y => The local optical module is in position. Go to step 3. N => The local optical module is not in position. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the optical module on the local board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the connector of the optical fiber is fixed to the optical module on the board securely on site. a. Reinsert the connector of the optical fiber into the optical module on the board securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Clean the connector of the local optical fiber on site. a. Remove the connector and clean it by using absorbent cotton with absolute alcohol. Then, insert the connector properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
219 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check that the local optical sub-board works properly. a. Connect the TX port of the optical sub-board and its RX port by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. You can infer that the local optical sub-board is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 7. 7. Check that the peer device with the optical port works properly. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to check whether the optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Y => The optical port configuration, cable connection, and functionality of the peer device are proper. Go to step 8. N => The optical port configuration, cable connection, or functionality of the peer device is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer optical device, and ask them to rectify the fault on the peer optical device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check that the optical transmission link works properly. a. Check for the faults in the optical transmission link, and rectify the faults. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.112 ALM-25949 Excessive Flood Packet

Description
This alarm is reported when the flood packet rate reaches the specified threshold after the excessive flood packet alarm switch is turned on.
220 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is not used any more. The alarm information, however, is reserved in the alarm reference and northbound interface data to keep compatibility with the northbound interface.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Flood Packet Type Current received packet rate(packet/s) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Flood attack packet type (ARP, ICMP, TCP, SYN, UDP) Current received flood packet rate

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board CPU usage increases, the performance deteriorates, and packets may be discarded, affecting the quality of services. In serious cases, the ongoing services may be interrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The parameter settings of the protection against flood packets or the alarm are not set properly. The base station receives large quantities of flood packets from peer devices.
Procedure
1. Check the parameter settings of the protection against flood packets and the alarm at the local end. a. Run the MML command LST FLOODDEFEND to check whether the local end is protected against flood packets. Y=>The local end is protected against flood packets. Go to sub-step b. N=>The local end is not protected against flood packets. Go to sub-step c. b. Based on the flood packet type and receive rate, check whether the threshold for protecting against flood packets and the alarm threshold are set properly. Y=>The threshold for protecting against flood packets and the alarm threshold are set properly. Go to step 2. N=>The threshold for protecting against flood packets or the alarm threshold is not set properly. Go to sub-step d. c. Run the MML command MOD FLOODDEFEND to set the parameters related to the protection against flood packets based on the packet type and receive rate. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. d. Run the MML command MOD FLOODDEFEND to modify the parameters related to the alarm and the protection against flood packets.
221 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the security of the peer devices. a. Check whether the peer devices in the bearer network work properly and whether they keep sending large quantities of flood packets to the local device. Y=>The peer devices do not work properly and the peer devices keep sending large quantities of flood packets to the local device. Go to sub-step b. N=>The peer devices work properly and they do not keep sending large quantities of flood packets to the local device. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Contact the network administrator to modify the network configuration and to restrict the packet receive rate. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.113 ALM-25950 Base Station Being Attacked

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station is under flood attack, invalid packet attack, Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) spoofing, and IPSec replay.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Excessive Flood Packet, Excessive Invalid Packet, ARP Snoofing, IPSec Replay)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The packet forwarding capability of transmission boards is decreased. If the packet forwarding capability of transmission boards is exceeded, packet loss occurs, affecting service quality.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The base station is under the flood attack. The base station is under the invalid packet attack.
222 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The base station is under the ARP spoofing. The base station is under the IPSec replay.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. If "Specific Problem" is "Excessive Flood Packets", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Excessive Invalid Packets", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "ARP Spoofing", go to step 6. If "Specific Problem" is "IPSec Replay", go to step 7. 2. Check the settings of flood packet defense and the alarm parameters on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST FLOODDEFEND to check whether the settings of the flood packet type, flood packet defense threshold, and flood packet alarm threshold are appropriate. Y => The settings are appropriate. Go to step 5. N => The settings are inappropriate. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD FLOODDEFEND to change the flood packet type, flood packet defense threshold, and flood packet alarm threshold. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 3. Check the invalid packet alarm threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the setting of the invalid packet alarm threshold is appropriate. Y => The setting is appropriate. Go to step 4. N => The setting is inappropriate. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET IPGUARD to change the invalid packet alarm threshold. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Find out the attack source based on the buffered packets on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to check whether the discarded packets are invalid packets. Y => The discarded packets are invalid packets. Go to step 5. N => The discarded packets are not invalid packets. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD ACLRULE to change the filter for invalid packets. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Check the interconnected devices on the M2000.
223 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check the interconnected devices to locate the source of the invalid or flood packets. Request the network administrator to correct the network configuration to limit the rate of invalid or flood packets. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Query the ARP blacklist of the peer device. a. Run the MML command DSP ARPSPOOFING to query the IP address with different MAC addresses. Then, find out the attack source. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Check the IPSec replay alarm threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPGUARD to check whether the setting of the IPSec replay alarm threshold is appropriate. Y => The setting is appropriate. Go to step 8. N => The setting is inappropriate. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET IPGUARD to change the IPSec replay alarm threshold. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Check the source of the replayed packets on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP INVALIDPKTINFO to check the type and contents of the packets that are discarded because of incompliance with the IPSec replay rules. Then, find out the attack source. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.114 ALM-26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure

Description
CANBUS is a type of communication bus which is used for device management in the base station. This alarm is reported when the CANBUS communication fails between the main control board and other boards.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board
224 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The user fails to power on/off the board, perform hot plugging, or obtain the electronic label. The voltage and temperature of the board cannot be monitored. In this case, the board reliability decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The board does not exist or is not securely installed. The board is powered off. The board hardware is faulty. The hardware of the main control board (in the subrack that houses the board) is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26204 Board Not In Position 26214 Board Powered Off 26216 Board Not Securely Installed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reseat the faulty board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4. 4. Reseat the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site.
225 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Reseat the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.115 ALM-26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the board temperature is out of normal range. The rated operating temperature range is a hardware specification of boards. This range varies depending on the type of the board.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Current Board Temperature (C/F) Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Current board temperature (Celsius and Fahrenheit inclusive)
Specific Problem of the alarm(Temperature too High, Temperature too Low)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board is automatically powered off to prevent burnout when the temperature of the board becomes excessively high. Services carried on the board are interrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function or is a main control board.
226 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The board that works in an extremely high-temperature or low-temperature environment for long may be running improperly. In this case, the quality of services carried on the board decreases.
System Actions
When the board temperature is too high, the BBU fans are set to full speed.
Possible Causes
The ambient temperature of the BBU subrack is extremely high or low. The BBU fans are stalled. The temperature sensor for the board is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the BBU that houses the faulty board on the M2000. 26110 BBU Fan Stalled 26111 BBU Fan Not at Full Speed 26204 Board Not In Position (the BBU fan unit not in position) 25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.116 ALM-26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable

Description
227 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is reported when the board detects that the clock input signals are unavailable.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are interrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
If one of the two clock inputs malfunctions, the system automatically switches to the other clock input. If both of the clock inputs malfunction, the system automatically disables the faulty board and isolates the board from all other boards.
Possible Causes
The board is not securely installed. The board hardware is faulty. The main control board is not securely installed. The hardware of the main control board is faulty. The BBU subrack is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the main control board on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26216 Board Not Securely Installed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
228 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4. 4. Reseat the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Reseat the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.117 ALM-26107 Board Input Voltage Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the board detects that the input voltage is extremely high or low.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Overvoltage, Undervoltage)
229 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The power monitoring board is faulty. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the power monitoring board on the M2000: 26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.118 ALM-26110 BBU Fan Stalled

Description
This alarm is reported when the rotation speed of the BBU fan is extremely low.
Parameters
230 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type
Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The heat dissipation capability of the BBU is degraded. The BBU that works in a high-temperature environment for long may be running improperly. In this case, the life cycle of the BBU decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
There are foreign objects in the BBU fan. The BBU fan is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the BBU fan module on site. a. Remove the BBU fan module on site. Clean the air inlet and air outlet of the fan module. Remove foreign objects. Then, reinstall the fan module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the BBU fan module on site. a. Remove the faulty fan module and install a spare fan module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.119 ALM-26111 BBU Fan Not at Full Speed

Description
This alarm is reported when the actual rotation speed of the BBU fan is lower than 80% of the preset full speed.
Parameters
231 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The heat dissipation capability of the BBU is degraded. The BBU that works in a high-temperature environment for long may be running improperly. In this case, the life cycle of the BBU decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
There are foreign objects in the BBU fan. The BBU fan is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the BBU fan module on site. a. Remove the BBU fan module on site. Clean the air inlet and air outlet of the fan module. Remove foreign objects. Then, reinstall the fan module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the BBU fan module on site. a. Remove the faulty fan module and install a spare fan module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.120 ALM-26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the 12 V DC output of the power module in the BBU is out of range (overvoltage or undervoltage).
Parameters

232 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The boards in the BBU may be reset or powered off unexpectedly. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the BBU are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC mains supply fails or the power cabinet is faulty, resulting in an improper -48 V DC input supplied for the BBU. The cables for the power module are faulty or are not properly connected. The power module is not switched on. The power module of the BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the site on the M2000: 25622 Mains Input Out of Range 25626 Power Module Abnormal Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the cable connections for the power module onsite. a. Check whether the cables are functional and are properly connected to the power module. Y => The cables are functional and are properly connected to the power module. Go to step 3. N => The cables are faulty or are improperly connected to the power module. Go to substep b. b. Reconnect or replace the cables. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the switch on the panel of the power module on site. a. Check whether the switch on the panel of the power module is set to off. Y => The switch is set to off. Go to sub-step b. N => The switch is set to on. Go to step 4. b. Set the switch of the power module to on.
233 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the power module on site. a. Replace the BBU power module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.121 ALM-26113 Base Station DC Power Supply Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the input voltage of the BBU is lower than the preset alarm threshold.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Input Voltage(0.1V) Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board BBU input voltage Specific Problem of the alarm(Overvoltage, Undervoltage)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The BBU may be powered off. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the BBU are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC mains or the power system malfunctions. The power module of the BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the AC mains and the power system on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 25622 Mains Input Out of Range 25626 Power Module Abnormal Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to sub-step c.
234 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. c. Check whether the power system is provided by Huawei. Y => The power system is provided by Huawei. Go to step 2. N => The power system is provided by a third-party manufacturer. Go to sub-step d. d. Contact the maintenance personnel of the third-party manufacturer responsible for the power system. Ask them to check whether the AC mains and the power system are functional. Y => The AC mains and the power system are functional. Go to step 2. N => The AC mains or the power system malfunctions. Go to sub-step e. e. Contact the maintenance personnel of the third-party manufacturer responsible for the power system. Ask them to rectify the fault in power supply. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the power module on site. a. Replace the BBU power module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.122 ALM-26120 GPS Clock Output Unavailable

Description
This alarm is reported when the GPS 1PPS clock output is unavailable.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The base station fails to synchronize to the GPS clock. The system clock may be unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide services.
System Actions
235 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The GPS satellite card is reset.
Possible Causes
The software of the GPS satellite card is running improperly. The hardware of the GPS satellite card is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the board holding the GPS satellite card on the M2000. a. Confirm the type of the board that is connected with the faulty GPS satellite card. If the board is the Universal Satellite card and Clock Unit (USCU), go to sub-step b. If the board is the main control board, go to sub-step c. If the GPS satellite card uses Remote GPS (RGPS), go to step 3. b. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF to reset the USCU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. c. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the board holding the GPS satellite card on site. a. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the shielding layer and the core wire on the GPS connector. Check whether the voltage is in the range 4 V to 6 V. Y => The voltage is in the normal range. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The voltage is beyond the normal range. The GPS satellite card is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the board, which is the USCU or main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS and the RRU on site. a. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS and the RRU on site. Rectify the faults on cable connections, including improper or damaged connections. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b.
236 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Replace the RGPS module by referring to the RGPS installation manual. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.123 ALM-26121 GPS Antenna Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the connection between the GPS satellite card and the antenna is broken, or when the feeder current is too low or too high.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Antenna Short-Circuited, Antenna Open-Circuited)

System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The GPS satellite card hardware is faulty. The signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector is open-circuited or short-circuited. The GPS surge protector is faulty. The GPS feeder is open-circuited or shot-circuited. The antenna is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the satellite card on site a. Disconnect the GPS feeder from the board, and measure the voltage between the shield layer and the wire of the GPS feeder using a multimeter. Check whether the voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V. Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to sub-step c.
237 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the satellite card is faulty. Go to step b. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. c. Reconnect the GPS feeder to the board. Then, go to step 2. 2. Check the signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector on site. a. Disconnect the signal cable from the Protect end on the GPS surge protector, and measure the voltage between the shield layer and the wire of the signal cable using a multimeter. Check whether the voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V. Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to sub-step c. N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector is open-circuited or short-circuited. Go to step b. b. Replace the signal cable between the BBU and the GPS surge protector. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. c. Reconnect the signal cable to the Protect end on the GPS surge protector. Go to step 3. 3. Check the GPS surge protector on site. a. Disconnect the GPS feeder from the GPS surge protector, and measure the voltage between the shield layer and the wire of the GPS feeder at the Surge end using a multimeter. Check whether the voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V. Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to sub-step c. N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the GPS surge protector is faulty. Go to step b. b. Replace the GPS surge protector according to the GPS Satellite Antenna System Quick Installation Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. c. Reconnect the GPS feeder to the GPS surge protector. Go to step 4. 4. Check the feeder on site. a. Disconnect the GPS feeder from the antenna, and measure the voltage between the shield layer and the wire of the GPS feeder using a multimeter. Check whether the voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V. Y => The voltage is 5 +/- 0.5 V, go to step 5. N => The voltage is not 5 +/- 0.5 V, the feeder is open-circuited or short-circuited. Go to step b. b. Check whether the GPS feeder connector is rusty. If it is rusty, go to step c. If it is not rusty, go to step d.
238 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Remove rust from the GPS feeder connector, reconnect the GPS feeder to the antenna, and waterproof the GPS feeder connector. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step d. d. Replace the feeder according to the GPS Satellite Antenna System Quick Installation Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. 5. Replace the antenna on site. a. Replace the antenna according to the GPS Satellite Antenna System Quick Installation Guide. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.124 ALM-26122 GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient

Description
This alarm is reported when the number of locked satellites at a site is insufficient.
Parameters

System Actions
None
Possible Causes
239 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The GPS antenna is faulty. The clock reference is incorrectly configured. The working mode of the GPS satellite card is incorrectly configured. Interference or barrier exists around the GPS antenna. The GPS satellite card hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty GPS satellite card on the M2000: 26121 GPS Antenna Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the clock reference on the basis of site plan on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CLKMODE to check whether the clock reference is consistent with the site plan. Y => The clock reference is consistent with the site plan. Go to step 3. N => The clock reference is inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET CLKMODE to change the clock reference. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the working mode of the GPS satellite card on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST GPS to check whether the working mode of the GPS satellite card is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The working mode of the GPS satellite card is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 4. N => The working mode of the GPS satellite card is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD GPS to change the working mode of the GPS satellite card. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check for the interference or barrier around the GPS antenna on site. a. Check the surroundings of the GPS antenna, and then rectify the fault by referring to the installation manual of GPS antenna system.
240 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the GPS satellite card on site. a. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the shielding layer and the core wire on the GPS connector. Check whether the voltage is in the range 4 V to 6 V. Y => The voltage is in the normal range. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The voltage is beyond the normal range. The GPS satellite card is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.125 ALM-26123 GPS Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link for the GPS satellite card fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The base station cannot communicate with the GPS satellite card.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The software of the GPS satellite card is running improperly. The GPS satellite card hardware is faulty. The cables connected to the GPS satellite card are faulty.
241 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Reset the board holding the GPS satellite card on the M2000. a. Check the board connected with the GPS antenna. If the board is the Universal Satellite card and Clock Unit (USCU), go to sub-step b. If the board is the main control board, go to sub-step c. If the GPS satellite card uses Remote GPS (RGPS), go to step 3. b. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the USCU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. c. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the board holding the GPS satellite card on site. a. Use a multimeter to measure the voltage between the shielding layer and the core wire on the GPS connector. Check whether the voltage is in the range 4 V to 6 V. Y => The voltage is in the normal range. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The voltage is beyond the normal range. The GPS satellite card is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the board, which is the USCU or main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS and the RRU on site. a. Check the cable connections between the RGPS and the USCU or between the RGPS and the RRU on site. Rectify the faults on cable connections, including improper or damaged connections. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the RGPS module by referring to the RGPS installation manual. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.126 ALM-26200 Board Hardware Fault
242 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the board hardware is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board may be disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function. Minor Some functions of the board fail. The board reliability decreases. The services carried on the board may malfunction in the long term.
System Actions
If a critical component of the board is faulty, the faulty board is isolated from all other boards. Meanwhile, the faulty board begins automatic software reloading and resets.
Possible Causes
The board temperature is out of range. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000: 26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off.
243 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.127 ALM-26201 Board Memory Soft Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when part of data in the memory of the processor in the board is overwritten due to external electromagnetic interference or radiation.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The service processing capability of the board decreases. The ongoing services carried on the board may even be disrupted. The service processing capability of the peer mode is decreased or the services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
The system resets the faulty processor.
Possible Causes
External electromagnetic interference or radiation exists.
244 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check the automatic clearance of the fault. a. Check whether the alarm persists for more than five minutes. Y => The alarm persists for more than five minutes. Go to step 2. N => The alarm persists for less than five minutes. Go to sub-step b. b. Wait until the system automatic actions are complete; the process lasts for about five minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.128 ALM-26202 Board Overload

Description
This alarm is reported when the processor usage of the board is excessive.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The user access success rate and service quality may decrease. Long-term CPU overload may result in delayed response or timeout for maintenance tasks of the board. The test or tracing tasks with low priority may be automatically suspended or terminated.
System Actions
The flow control is started. The test or tracing tasks with low priority may be automatically suspended or terminated.
Possible Causes
Too many configuration or maintenance operations are performed on the board.
245 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Too many test, tracing, or statistical tasks are started on the board. The board software program error occurs.
Procedure
1. Stop all the site configuration and maintenance operations on the M2000. a. Stop all the site configuration and maintenance operations. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Stop all the site test, tracing, and statistical tasks on the M2000. a. Stop all the site test, tracing, and statistical tasks. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y =>The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N =>The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.129 ALM-26203 Board Software Program Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the board software program error occurs.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The faulty board cannot work normally. The service processing capability of the board decreases, or the ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The service processing capability of the peer mode is decreased or the services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
246 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
The board or component is automatically reset.
Possible Causes
The board software program error occurs. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the automatic clearance of the fault. a. Check whether the alarm persists for more than five minutes. Y => The alarm persists for more than five minutes. Go to step 2. N => The alarm persists for less than five minutes. Go to sub-step b. b. Wait until the system automatic actions are complete; the process lasts for about five minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board onsite. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.130 ALM-26204 Board Not In Position

Description
This alarm is reported when the board-in-position signal is not detected.
Parameters
247 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board cannot work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
The system automatically disables the board and isolates the board from all other boards.
Possible Causes
The board does not exist or is not securely installed. The backplane slot is faulty. The board hardware is faulty. The main control board (in the subrack that houses the board) is not securely installed. The hardware of the main control board is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the backplane slot in the BBU on site. a. Remove the board. Then, check whether there is any bent or broken pin in the backplane slot that holds the board. Y => The backplane slot that holds the board malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. N => The backplane slot that holds the board is normal. Go to step 3. b. Check whether there is another idle backplane slot compatible with the board. Y => There is another idle backplane slot. Go to sub-step c. N => There is no idle backplane slot. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the board in the faulty slot. d. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add the board in the idle slot. e. Remove the board from the faulty slot and install it in the idle slot. Wait until the board startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board on site.
248 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4. 4. Reseat the main control board properly in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Reseat the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.131 ALM-26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the main control board and the other boards in the subrack malfunctions.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board may not work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function.
249 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The board automatically resets because of memory soft failure or software program error. The board file system is being formatted due to errors. The board is not installed or is not securely installed. The board hardware is faulty. The board is powered off. The hardware of the main control board (in the subrack that houses the board) is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check whether any of the following correlated alarms is reported on the faulty board on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26202 Board Overload 26203 Board Software Program Error 26204 Board Not In Position 26208 Board File System Damaged 26214 Board Powered Off 26216 Board Not Securely Installed Y => A correlated alarm is reported. Go to sub-step b. N => A correlated alarm is not reported. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the state of board file system on site. a. Check whether the RUN indicator on the faulty board blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s).
250 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The RUN indicator blinks quickly. The board file system is being formatted. Go to sub-step b. N => The RUN indicator does not blink quickly. The board file system is not being formatted. Go to step 4. b. Wait until the RUN indicator on the board blinks slowly (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Generally, the file system formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Remove and then insert the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Removing and inserting the main control board interrupts the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Reseat the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Replace the main control board in the subrack that houses the faulty board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. A base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.132 ALM-26206 Main Control Board in Wrong Slot

Description
251 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is reported when the actual slot of the main control board is inconsistent with its configured slot.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The data configuration of the main control board cannot take effect.
System Actions
The system automatically sets the configuration and running status of the active main control board to be configured.
Possible Causes
The actual slot of the main control board is inconsistent with its configured slot. The main control board is not configured.
Procedure
1. Check the actual cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the main control board is configured. Y => The main control board is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => The main control board is not configured. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the slot configured for the main control board is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The slot configured for the main control board is consistent with the configuration plan. It indicates that the fault is located at the actual installation of the main control board. Go to step 4. N => The slot configured for the main control board is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 3. 2. Add a main control board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add a main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Modify the data configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add a main control board. Then, run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the wrong data configuration on the M2000.
252 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Remove the main control board and install it in the configured slot. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the configured slot of the main control board on the M2000. b. Remove the main control board, and then install it in the configured slot on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.133 ALM-26208 Board File System Damaged

Description
This alarm is reported when the board file system is damaged.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact During the process of file system formatting, the board cannot be started, the maintenance link is broken, and the ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The active workspace may be unusable when the file system of the main control board is damaged. The logs are lost when the file system of a board is damaged.
System Actions
The file system of the faulty board is automatically formatted by the system. Generally, the formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes. During this process, the RUN LED on the faulty board blinks (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s).
Possible Causes
The board flash is faulty. Power failure occurs while the board data reading or writing is in progress. In this case, the file system is damaged.
Procedure
253 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Check the state of board file system on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED on the faulty board blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). Y => The RUN LED blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The board file system is being formatted. Go to sub-step b. N => The RUN LED does not blink quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The board file system is not being formatted. Go to step 2. b. Wait until the RUN LED on the board blinks slowly (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Generally, the file system formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.134 ALM-26210 Board Blocked

Description
This alarm is reported when a board is blocked by the user.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user runs a command to block the board.
Procedure
254 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Unblock the board on the M2000. a. The purpose of blocking a board is for service test or fault isolation. After the test is complete or the fault is rectified, you are required to run the MML command UBL BRD to unblock the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.135 ALM-26214 Board Powered Off

Description
This alarm is reported when a board is powered off or cannot be powered on.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Power off Cause
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Power-off cause (Temperature Too High, Power Saving, User Command, BBU Power Not Enough, Fault, Other Cause)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the board are interrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The board is automatically powered off to prevent burnout in the case of a too high board temperature. The inter-board CANBUS communication is abnormal. The BBU DC output is abnormal. If the user enables the energy conserving strategy, the board is automatically powered off when the energy conserving condition is met. The board is powered off because of a user command. The power supply capability of the BBU power module is insufficient.
255 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000: 26104 Board Temperature Unacceptable 26101 Inter-Board CANBUS Communication Failure 26112 BBU DC Output Out of Range Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the energy conserving strategy of the board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOWPOWERPARA to check whether the energy conserving strategy of the board is consistent with the site plan. Y => The energy conserving strategy of the board is consistent with the site plan. No further action is required. N => The energy conserving strategy of the board is inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOWPOWERPARA to change the energy conserving strategy according to the site plan. Then, go to step 3. 3. Power on the board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command OPR BRDPWR to power on the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the configuration of power modules. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether only one UPEU is configured. Y => Only one UPEU is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => Two UPEUs are configured. Go to step 5. b. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add a UPEU. c. Install a UPEUc in the BBU on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the power module. a. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the installed two UPEU boards are both UPEUc boards. Y => The installed two UPEU boards are both UPEUc boards. Contact Huawei
256 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Customer Service Center. N => One of the installed two UPEU boards is not the UPEUc board. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the UPEU with a UPEUc on site. Ensure that the two UPEU boards in the BBU are both the UPEUc boards. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.136 ALM-26215 Inter-Board Service Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the inter-board communication fails on control plane or user plane in the BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. TX Board Slot No. RX Board Slot No. RX Board Type TX Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the TX(peer) board Slot number of the RX(local) board Type of the RX(local) board Type of the TX(peer)board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The boards involved in the communication may not work normally. The ongoing services carried on the boards are disrupted.
System Actions
Possible Causes
The transmit board automatically resets because of memory soft failure or software program error. The file system in the transmit board is being formatted due to errors. The transmit board is powered off. The transmit board or receive board does not exist or is not securely installed. The hardware of the transmit board or receive board is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm of the transmit board and receive board on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the transmit board and receive board on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure
257 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
26203 Board Software Program Error 26204 Board Not In Position 26208 Board File System Damaged 26214 Board Powered Off Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the state of file system of the transmit board and receive board on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED on the faulty board blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). Y => The RUN LED blinks quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The board file system is being formatted. Go to sub-step b. N => The RUN LED does not blink quickly (ON for 0.125s and OFF for 0.125s). The board file system is not being formatted. Go to step 3. b. Wait until the RUN LED on the board blinks slowly (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Generally, the file system formatting process lasts for about 40 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reseat the transmit board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the transmit board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 5. 5. Reseat the receive board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the receive board on site. a. Replace the board.
258 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.137 ALM-26216 Board Not Securely Installed

Description
This alarm is reported when the board is not securely installed.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board may not work normally. The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The board does not exist or is not securely installed. The backplane slot is faulty. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the backplane slot in the BBU on site. a. Remove the board. Then, check whether there is any bent or broken pin in the
259 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
backplane slot that holds the board. Y => The backplane slot that holds the board malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. N => The backplane slot that holds the board is normal. Go to step 3. b. Check whether there is another idle backplane slot compatible with the board. Y => There is another idle backplane slot. Go to sub-step c. N => There is no idle backplane slot. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the board in the faulty slot. d. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add the board in the idle slot. e. Remove the board from the faulty slot and install it in the idle slot. Wait until the board startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.138 ALM-26220 Transmission Optical Module Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Faulty port number Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The transmission link on the faulty port is broken. If a backup transmission port or backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.
System Actions
The system automatically isolates the faulty transmission port. If a backup transmission port or backup route
260 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
exists, a failover occurs.
Possible Causes
The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reseat the optical module on site. a. Reseat the faulty optical module on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the optical module on site. a. On the BBU side, replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.139 ALM-26221 Transmission Optical Module Not In Position

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is not in position.
Parameters
261 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The transmission link on the faulty port is broken. If a backup transmission port or backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.
System Actions
The system automatically isolates the faulty transmission port. If a backup transmission port or backup route exists, a failover occurs.
Possible Causes
Redundant transmission links are configured on the BBU. The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is not installed or securely inserted. The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty. The connecting piece on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the redundant transmission links on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST OMCH/LST AAL2PATH/LST TREELNKPVC/LST SAALLNK/LST DEVIP/LST SYNCETH to check whether the redundant transmission links are configured on the faulty port according to the site plan. Y => The redundant transmission links are configured on the faulty port. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no redundant transmission link on the faulty port. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command RMV OMCH/RMV AAL2PATH/RMV TREELNKPVC/RMV SAALLNK/RMV DEVIP/RMV SYNCETH to remove the redundant transmission links on the faulty port according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the installed optical module on site. a. On the BBU side, check whether the optical module is installed. Y => The optical module is installed. Go to sub-step c. N => The optical module is not installed. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the optical module and optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. c. Reseat the optical module. Ensure that it is securely installed. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d.
262 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
d. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reseat the board where the faulty port is located on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the board where the faulty port is located on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.140 ALM-26222 Transmission Optical Interface Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical transmission malfunctions on the transmission port of the BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Faulty port number Type of the faulty board
Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Receive No Signal, Receive Power Too High, Receive Power Too Low)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The transmission link on the faulty port is broken. If a backup transmission port or backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced. The quality of the transmission link on the faulty port decreases. If a backup transmission port or backup route exists, a failover occurs and the ongoing services are not affected. If transmission load sharing is configured on the faulty port, the available transmission bandwidth decreases and data throughput is reduced.
Minor
263 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is faulty or not installed securely, or the cable connection on the optical module is not ready. The optical connector on the transmission port of the BBU is dirty. The board where the faulty transmission port is located is faulty. The optical module on the transmission port of the peer transmission device is faulty or not installed securely, the cable connection on the optical module is not ready, or the peer transmission device is faulty. The optical connection between the BBU and the peer transmission device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty transmission port of the BBU on the M2000: 26220 Transmission Optical Module Fault 26221 Transmission Optical Module Not In Position Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the transmission port of the BBU on site. a. Reseat the optical module and connector on the faulty transmission port of the BBU on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module for transmission on the BBU on site. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module for transmission on the BBU. Then, connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
264 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. b. Disconnect the TX and RX ports of the optical module, and restore the optical connection of the BBU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. c. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Check the optical port on the peer transmission device. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer transmission device to troubleshoot the faults on the optical port of the peer transmission device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the optical connections. a. Check the optical connections between the BBU and the peer transmission device. Troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as bent fiber, deformation, or aging. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.141 ALM-26223 Transmission Optical Interface Performance Degraded

Description
This alarm is reported when the TX/RX performance of the optical module on the transmission port of the BBU deteriorates.
Parameters
265 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Faulty port number Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Optical Module Performance Degraded)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the TX/RX performance of the optical module deteriorates significantly, the quality of services carried on the transmission link may decrease significantly, or the transmission link is broken. When the TX/RX performance of the optical module deteriorates to some extent, the quality of services carried on the transmission link may decrease to some extent.
Minor
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is worn-out or not installed securely, or the cable connection on the optical module is loose. The optical connector on the transmission port of the BBU is dirty. The optical module on the transmission port of the BBU is not supported by the BBU, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical port on the peer transmission device malfunctions. The optical fibers between the BBU and the peer transmission device are bent, deformed, or worn-out. Or the length of optical fibers is excessive, which leads to a high attenuation of optical signals.
Procedure
1. Check the transmission port of the BBU on site. a. Reseat the optical module and connector on the faulty transmission port of the BBU on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.
266 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Check whether the optical module on the transmission port is supported by the BBU, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s or 2.5 Gbit/s). Y => The optical module on the transmission port is supported. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module on the transmission port is not supported. Go to sub-step d. d. Select the optical module that is supported by the BBU. e. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the optical port of the peer transmission device. a. Contact the maintenance engineers responsible for the peer transmission device to troubleshoot the faults on the optical port of the peer transmission device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the optical connections. a. Check the optical connections between the BBU and the peer transmission device. Troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as bent fiber, deformation, or aging. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Check the length of the optical link between the BBU and the peer transmission device. If the length is excessive, additional optical trunks are required. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.142 ALM-26230 BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is faulty.
Parameters
267 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The information about the optical module cannot be obtained.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the interface board of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reseat the optical module on site. a. Reseat the faulty optical module on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.143 ALM-26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready
Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is not in position or when the cable connection on the optical module or electrical port is not ready.
Parameters
268 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type
Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Faulty port number Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the link of lower-level RF units is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level RF units are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty port provides the aggregation function. In ring topology, the reliability of the link decreases. In this case, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
System Actions
In ring topology, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link.
Possible Causes
A redundant RRU chain/ring is configured. The optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is not in position, or the cable connection on the optical module or electrical port is not ready. The optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is faulty, or the cable connected to the optical module or electrical port is faulty. The connecting piece on the port of the BBU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the redundant RRU chain/ring on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RRUCHAIN to query the link networking of the faulty port. Check whether the redundant RRU chain/ring is configured according to the site plan. Y => The redundant RRU chain/ring is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no redundant RRU chain/ring. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command RMV RRUCHAIN to remove the redundant RRU chain/ring . Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the installation of the optical module, or check the cable connection on the CPRI optical module or electrical port of the BBU on site.
269 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the optical module is installed, or whether the cable is connected to the CPRI optical module or electrical port of the BBU on site. Y => The optical module is installed, and the cable is connected. Go to sub-step c. N => The optical module is not installed, or the cable is not connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the optical module or connect the cable to the CPRI optical/electrical port. c. Remove the optical module or the cable connected to the CPRI optical/electrical port, and then reinstall it securely. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. In the case that the CPRI optical port is used, replace the optical module. In the case that the CPRI electrical port is used, replace the cable connected to the CPRI electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reseat the interface board where the faulty port is located on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the interface board where the faulty port is located on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.144 ALM-26232 BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the BBU cannot properly receive signals through the optical link (at the physical layer) from the lower-level RF units.
Parameters
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port
270 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Port No. Board Type
Faulty port number Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the link of lower-level RF units is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level RF units are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty port provides the aggregation function. In ring topology, the reliability of the link decreases. In this case, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily. Minor When the performance of the optical module of the BBU and the lower-level RF unit deteriorates to some extent, the quality of services carried on the lower-level RF units may decrease to some extent.
System Actions
In ring topology, the lower-level RF units automatically switch to the normal CPRI link.
Possible Causes
The optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is faulty or not installed securely, or the cable connection on the optical module is not ready. The optical connector on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is dirty. The optical module on the port of the BBU does not match that of the lower-level RF unit, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical module on the port of the lower-level RF unit is not supported by the lower-level RF unit, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units does not match the connected optical fiber, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The interface board in the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is faulty. The lower-level RF unit is not powered on. The optical module or connector of the lower-level RF unit is improperly installed or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the lower-level RF unit is dirty. The optical module on the port of the lower-level RF unit does not match the connected optical fiber, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical link between the BBU and the lower-level RF unit is faulty. The lower-level RF unit is faulty.
271 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty port of the BBU on the M2000: 26230 BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault 26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26233 BBU CPRI Optical Interface Performance Degraded 26506 RF Unit Optical Interface Performance Degraded 26540 RF Unit AC Input Power Failure Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "Receive No Signal" or "Receive Power Too Low", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "Receive Power Too High", go to step 9. 3. Check the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units on site. a. Reseat the optical module and connector on the faulty port of the BBU on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol or a clean cigarette filter. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the optical module at one end of the link matches the optical module at the other end, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s or other rate). Note that single-mode optical modules are labeled "1310nm", while multi-mode ones are labeled "850nm". Y => The optical module at one end of the CPRI link matches the optical module at the other end. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module at one end of the CPRI link does not match the optical module at the other end. Go to sub-step d. d. On the basis of the optical module at one end of the link, select the optical module at the other end. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
272 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command DSP SFP to query the transmission mode of the optical module. The single-mode optical fiber is yellow in color and the multi-mode optical fiber is orange in color. Check whether the optical module matches the connected optical fiber, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. Y => The optical module matches the connected optical fiber. Go to step 4. N => The optical module does not match the connected optical fiber. Go to sub-step f. f. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module on the BBU on site. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module of the BBU. Then, connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. b. Disconnect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber, and restore the optical connection of the BBU. Then, Go to step 5. c. Replace the optical module. Disconnect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber, and restore the optical connection of the BBU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Check the running status of the lower-level RF unit on site. a. On the lower-level RF unit side, check whether the RUN LED on the RF unit blinks normally (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Y => The RUN LED blinks normally. Go to step 6. N => The RUN LED does not blink normally. Go to sub-step b. b. Power cycle the RF unit. Wait until the RUN LED blinks normally.
273 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the port of the lower-level RF unit on site. a. Reseat the optical module and connector on the CPRI port of the lower-level RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol or a clean cigarette filter. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the optical module on the CPRI port is supported by the lower-level RF unit, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s or other rate). Y => The optical module is supported. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module is not supported. Go to sub-step d. d. Select the optical module that is supported by the RF unit. e. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber on the lower-level RF unit on site. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module of the RF unit. Then, connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber by using a flange. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step c. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Disconnect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber, and restore the optical connection of the RF unit. Then, go to step 8. c. Replace the optical module. Disconnect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber, and restore the optical connection of the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
274 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Then, go to step 9. 8. Check the optical connections on site. a. Check the optical connections between the BBU and the lower-level RF unit. Troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as bent fiber or deformation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 9. Check the optical modules at both ends of the link and the optical fiber on site. a. Check whether the optical module of the BBU matches the optical moduleof the lower-level RF unit, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s or other rate). Note that single-mode optical modules are labeled "1310nm", while multi-mode ones are labeled "850nm". Y => The optical module at one end of the link matches the optical module at the other end. Go to sub-step c. N => The optical module at one end of the link does not match the optical module at the other end. Go to sub-step b. b. On the basis of the optical module at one end of the CPRI link, select the optical module at the other end. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the optical fiber matches the optical modules. Y => The optical fiber matches the optical modules. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The optical fiber does not match the optical modules. Go to sub-step d. d. Choose the optical fiber that matches the optical modules. Note that multi-mode optical fibers are orange, while single-mode ones are yellow. Replace the optical module. Or Replace the Optical Fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.145 ALM-26233 BBU CPRI Optical Interface Performance Degraded

Description
275 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is reported when the performance of the optical module on the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units deteriorates.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Faulty port number Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Optical Module Performance Degraded)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the performance of the optical module deteriorates significantly, the quality of services carried on the link of the RF units may decrease significantly, or the ongoing services carried on lower-level RF units may even be interrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty port provides the aggregation function. Minor When the performance of the optical module deteriorates to some extent, the quality of services carried on the link of the RF units may decrease to some extent.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units is worn-out.
Procedure
1. Check the port of the BBU connecting to the lower-level RF units on site. a. Reseat the optical module and connector on the faulty port of the BBU on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.146 ALM-26234 BBU CPRI Interface Error
276 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the link (at the link layer) between the BBU and the lower-level RF units malfunctions.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Faulty port number Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(CPRI Interface Initialization Failure, CPRI Interface Transmit Error, CPRI Interface Reception Error)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the link of lower-level RF units is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level RF units are disrupted. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty port provides the aggregation function. In ring topology, the reliability of the link decreases. In this case, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
System Actions
In ring topology, the lower-level RF units automatically switch to the normal link.
Possible Causes
If the optical transmission is used, the optical module or connector of the BBU or lower-level RF unit may be improperly installed, the optical link is faulty, or the optical module is faulty. If the electrical transmission is used, the cable connector of the BBU or lower-level RF unit may be improperly installed, or the cable is faulty. The BBU or lower-level RF unit is running improperly, or the hardware is faulty. Data configuration is incorrect if a multi-mode base station reports the alarm. As a result, the timing loop fails. In multi-mode configuration, the inter-BBU connections are abnormal or the optical module used for inter-BBU connection is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.
277 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty port of the BBU on the M2000: 26230 BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault 26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26232 BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict 26238 RRU Network Topology Type and Configuration Mismatch 26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure 26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the inter-BBU connections on the M2000. a. Based on the alarm detailed information, run the MML command LST RRUCHAIN to query the number of the chain/ring that holds the port. b. Based on the queried chain/ring number, run the MML command LST RRU/DSP RRUCHAINPHYTOPO to query the configured working mode of the RF unit. Check whether the RF unit works in dual-mode configurations and whether the main control boards of two modes are in different BBU subracks. Y => The RF unit works in dual-mode configurations and the main control boards of two modes are in different BBU subracks. Go to sub-step c. N => The RF unit does not work in dual-mode configurations, or the main control boards of two modes are in the same BBU subrack. Go to step 3. c. Run the MML command LST SOFTWARE to query the software versions of two modes. Based on the queried software versions, check whether both the two modes support inter-BBU connection. Y => Both the two modes support inter-BBU connection. Go to sub-step e. N => Either of the two modes does not support inter-BBU connection. Go to sub-step d. d. Upgrade the software of the mode that does not support inter-BBU connection by referring to the relevant upgrade guide. Ensure that both the two modes support inter-BBU connection. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty port of the BBU on the M2000: 26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure 26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step f. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. f. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions.
278 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the type of cables on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP SFP to check whether the optical module uses electrical ports for transmission. Y => The optical module uses electrical ports for transmission. Go to step 6. N => The optical module does not use electrical ports for transmission. Go to step 4. 4. Connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module on the BBU side by using an optical fiber for loopback. a. Remove the connector of the optical module in the BBU. Use the absolute alcohol to clean the connector. Then, reinstall the connector into the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the optical fibers from the optical module in the BBU. Then, connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Disconnect the optical fiber from the TX and RX ports of the optical module, and restore the optical connection of the BBU. Then, go to step 5. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the optical module on the BBU side. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fibers for the RF unit onsite. a. Remove the connector of the optical module in the RF unit. Use the absolute alcohol to clean the connector. Then, reinstall the connector into the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the optical fibers from the optical module of the RF unit. Then, connect the TX
279 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
and RX terminals of the optical fibers by using a flange. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to step d. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Replace the optical module of the lower-level RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 6. Replace the electrical cable or interface board of the RF unit onsite. a. Remove and then insert the electrical cable between the BBU and lower-level RF units on the BBU side. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the electrical cable on the BBU side. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the board in the BBU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Then, go to step 7. 7. Replace the lower-level RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF Unit on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.147 ALM-26235 RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure

Description
The BBU is connected to RF units by electrical cables or fiber optic cables. This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the BBU and an RF unit malfunctions.
Parameters
280 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type
Cabinet number of the faulty RF unit Subrack number of the faulty RF unit Slot number of the faulty RF unit Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the RF unit are interrupted.
System Actions
The RF unit automatically resets 10 minutes after the maintenance link is broken.
Possible Causes
The fiber optic cable or electrical cable between the BBU and the RF unit or between upper- and lower-level RF units is faulty. The optical module inside the BBU or RF unit is faulty. The RF unit experiences an AC power failure, is not powered on, or is running improperly. The hardware of the RF unit or BBU is faulty. The RF unit is automatically reset due to a fault, or the RF unit is manually reset. When the dual-mode CPRI MUX topology is adopted, the optical module of the baseband board working in the mode that aggregates data is faulty. When the dual-mode CPRI MUX topology is adopted, the backplane link between the baseband boards working in two modes has insufficient resources, or the backplane link is faulty. When the dual-mode CPRI MUX topology is adopted, the baseband board working in the mode that aggregates data has hardware faults, is not installed, is not powered on, or is not configured. When the dual-mode CPRI MUX topology is adopted, the hardware of the baseband board working in either side does not support backplane aggregation.
Procedure
1. Check the topology of the faulty RF unit on the M2000. (For details about the CPRI MUX topology, see the 3900 Series Base Station Technical Description.) a. Based on the alarm detailed information, run the LST RRUCHAIN command to check whether Access Type of the RRU chain/ring is set to PEERPORT(peer port). Y => Access Type of the RRU chain/ring is set to PEERPORT(peer port). Go to substep b. N => Access Type of the RRU chain/ring is set to LOCALPORT(local port). Go to step 2. b. Check whether this alarm is also reported in the mode that aggregates data on the M2000. Y => This alarm is reported in the mode that aggregates data. Clear the alarm in the mode that aggregates data. Go to step 2. N => This alarm is not reported in the mode that aggregates data. Go to step 3.
281 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the port of the RF unit on the M2000: 26234 BBU CPRI Interface Error 26230 BBU CPRI Optical Module Fault 26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26232 BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26233 BBU CPRI Optical Interface Performance Degraded 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26204 Board Not In Position 26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26502 RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch 26503 RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26504 RF Unit CPRI Interface Error 26506 RF Unit Optical Interface Performance Degraded 26507 RF Unit Optical Module Fault 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 6. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 3. Check for the correlated alarms in the mode whose data is aggregated on the M2000. a. Check whether any of the following correlated alarms is reported on a baseband board working in the mode whose data is aggregated: 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26204 Board Not In Position 26215 Inter-Board Service Link Failure Y => One of the preceding alarms is reported. Go to substep b. N => None of the preceding alarms is reported. Go to step 4. b. Clear the alarm with the recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the configuration of the baseband board in the mode that aggregates data on the M2000. a. Run the DSP BRD command to check whether the baseband board is configured in the mode that aggregates data. Y => The baseband board is configured. Go to step 5. N => The baseband board is not configured. Go to substep b.
282 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Run the ADD BRD command to add a baseband board to the mode that aggregates data. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the capability of the baseband boards working in both modes on the M2000. a. Run the DSP BRDMFRINFO to query the types of the baseband boards. Check whether the baseband boards in both sides support the CPRI MUX topology according to the DBS3900 Hardware Description. Y => The baseband boards support the CPRI MUX topology. Go to step 6. N => The baseband boards do not support the CPRI MUX topology. Go to substep b. b. Replace the baseband board with a board that supports the CPRI MUX topology. Replace the Board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the running status of the RF unit on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED on the RF unit blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Y => The RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Go to step 8. N => The RUN LED does not blink (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Go to sub-step b. b. Power cycle the RF unit. Wait until the RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.148 ALM-26236 RRU Cascading Levels and Configuration Mismatch

Description
283 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This alarm is reported when the actual RRU cascading levels mismatch the configuration.
Parameters
Parameter Name RRU Chain No. Configured Cascading Levels Actual Cascading Levels Parameter Description Number of the faulty RRU chain Configured cascading levels Cascading levels actually detected

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the actual RRU cascading levels mismatch the configuration, the RRUs that are not configured cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The maintenance link for a cascaded RRU fails, or a cascaded RRU is powered off or not installed. The RRU chain/ring configuration is incorrect. In actual networking, the RRU cascading levels are incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the RRU chain/ring configuration on the M2000. a. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether the RRU cascading levels in the chain/ring configuration are consistent with the site plan. Y => The RRU cascading levels are consistent with the site plan. Go to step 2. N => The RRU cascading levels are inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Add the RRU in the chain/ring according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the actual RRU networking on site. a. Check whether the actual RRU cascading levels are consistent with the RRU cascading levels in the site plan. Y => The actual RRU cascading levels are consistent with the site plan. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The actual RRU cascading levels are inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the RRU according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
284 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.149 ALM-26237 RRU Network Breakpoint

Description
This alarm is reported when a breakpoint is set in the RRU chain/ring.
Parameters
Parameter Name RRU Chain No. Parameter Description Number of the faulty RRU chain

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the RRUs lower than the breakpoint cannot carry services. The services carried on the lower-level RRUs in the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The port that carries the faulty chain provides the aggregation function. In ring topology, the RRUs between two breakpoints cannot carry services. In this case, the reliability of the RRU link decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
A breakpoint is set in the RRU chain/ring.
Procedure
1. Cancel the breakpoint in the RRU chain/ring on the M2000. a. Consult the customer about the reason for the breakpoint in the RRU chain/ring. Check whether it is allowed to cancel the breakpoint in the RRU chain/ring. Y => It is allowed to cancel the breakpoint. Go to sub-step b. N => It is not allowed to cancel the breakpoint. No further action is required. b. Run the MML command MOD RRUCHAIN to cancel the breakpoint in the RRU chain/ring. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.150 ALM-26238 RRU Network Topology Type and Configuration Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the user-configured RRU chain/ring topology is inconsistent with the actual RRU
285 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
chain/ring topology.
Parameters
Parameter Name RRU Chain No. Inconsistency Type Parameter Description Number of the faulty RRU chain Type of inconsistency between topology and configuration (Chain Head Configuration Error, Chain Tail Configuration Error, Dual-Star Configuration Error) Slot number of the RF interface board configured by the user
Configured Slot No. of RF Interface Board Configured Port No. of RF Interface Board Actual Slot No. of RF Interface Board Actual Port No. of RF Interface Board
Port number of the RF interface board configured by the user
Slot number of the RF interface board actually used
Port number of the RF interface board actually used

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the chain topology is configured but the ring topology is actually used, the reliability of the RRU link decreases. If the ring topology is configured but the chain topology is actually used, the RRU link is not affected.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user configures the RRU chain topology, but the RRU ring topology is actually used. The user configures the RRU ring topology, but the RRU chain topology is actually used. The topology configuration is consistent with the actual network (both are the ring topology), but there is one (only one) configured port which is inconsistent with the actually used port. In the dual-star topology, more than one RRU is connected to the RRU chain.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000: 26231 BBU CPRI Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26232 BBU Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26503 RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict 26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict
286 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the RRU chain/ring configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RRUCHAIN to check whether the configured RRU networking mode and port settings are consistent with the site plan. Y => The configured RRU networking mode and port settings are consistent with the site plan. Go to step 3. N => The configured RRU networking mode and port settings are inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. In the case of the inconsistent networking mode, change the RRU networking mode. In the case of the inconsistent port settings, run the MML command MOD RRUCHAIN to modify the RRU chain/ring port settings according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the actual RRU networking mode on site. a. Check whether the actual RRU networking mode and port settings are consistent with the site plan. Y => The actual RRU networking mode and port settings are consistent with the site plan. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The actual RRU networking mode and port settings are inconsistent with the site plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Adjust the connections between RRUs and the peer device (upper- or lower-level RRU or the BBU) according to the site plan. Ensure that the actual RRU networking mode and port settings are consistent with the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.151 ALM-26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the user-configured inter-BBU connection topology is inconsistent with the actual inter-BBU connection topology. This alarm is only reported by a 2U BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port
287 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Slot No. of the Upper-Level Board Port No. of the Upper-Level Board
Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Slot number of the board connected to the BBU Port number of the board connected to the BBU

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the BBUs are interconnected by UCIU+UCIU/UMPT, the BBUs cannot share control data, clock signal, and transmission data. Services may be interrupted. If the BBUs are interconnected by WBBPf+WBBPf, then: The baseband data and signaling exchange between BBUs are affected. Services are not provided on the side where this alarm is reported, or the service processing capability decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Data configuration is incorrect. The optical inter-BBU connections are incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the inter-BBU interface of the UCIU on the M2000: 26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault 26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position 26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure 26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure 26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to substep b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the data configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CTRLLNK to query the UCIU topology configuration in the local mode. Check whether the UCIU topology configuration is correct based on the configuration plan. Alternatively, run the MML command LST BBPLNK to query the configuration for the WBBPf+WBBPf interconnection topology. Check whether the
288 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
topology configuration is correct based on the configuration plan. Y => The topology configuration is correct. Go to step 3. N => The topology configuration is incorrect. Go to substep b. b. Run the MML command MOD CTRLLNK to modify the UCIU topology configuration in the local mode, based on the configuration plan. Alternatively, run the MML command MOD BBPLNK to modify the configuration for the WBBPf+WBBPf interconnection topology. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reconnect the inter-BBU cables onsite a. Based on the alarm parameters, locate the port on the faulty UCIU and its interconnected port on the upper-level board. Then, change the inter-BBU cable connections on the port of the UCIU based on the configuration plan. Ensure that the inter-BBU connection topology is consistent with the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.152 ALM-26241 Configuration File Update Failure

Description
During the base station operation, the updated data configuration may fail to be saved in the configuration file. This alarm is reported when the running data of a base station is inconsistent with the data in the configuration file of the base station.
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The updated data configuration fails to be saved in the configuration file. After the NE resets, the updated data configuration is lost.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The flash or file system error occurs.
Procedure
1. Reset the main control board on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours.
289 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board. Wait until the board startup is complete. b. Run the configuration command again. Check whether the alarm is reported again. Y => The alarm persists. Go to step 2. N => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. 2. Replace the main control board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. b. Run the configuration command again. Check whether the alarm is reported again. Y => The alarm persists. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
1.1.153 ALM-26242 Configuration File Damaged

Description
The system performs validity check on the configuration file in the case of startup. This alarm is reported when the configuration file is invalid.
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the configuration file is invalid, part of or all the data configuration of the system is lost. In this case, the NE may fail to carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The main control board is reset improperly or is powered off. In this case, the flash or file system error occurs, and the configuration file is damaged. The current configuration file does not match the software version.
Procedure
1. Obtain the backup configuration file for data recovery on the M2000. a. Obtain the correct configuration file from the OMC. b. Run the MML command DLD CFGFILE to download the configuration file to the NE. c. Run the MML command SET CFGFILEENB to enable the configuration file to take effect immediately.
290 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is reported again. Y => The alarm is reported again. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The alarm is not reported. No further action is required.
1.1.154 ALM-26245 Configuration Data Inconsistency

Description
This alarm is reported when the running data of the NE is inconsistent with the user-configured data during the data consistency check.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The system cannot work with the latest data that is configured by the user.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The software is running improperly.
Procedure
1. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the faulty board. Check whether the alarm is reported again. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the main control board on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board. Check whether the alarm is reported again. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.155 ALM-26250 Active Workspace Version Unavailable

Description
291 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
A base station has two storage spaces, which are active workspace and standby workspace. The active workspace stores the running software version and the standby workspace stores the earlier software version. This alarm is reported when the software version in the active workspace is incomplete, unrecognizable, or empty in the case of the NE startup.
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The NE cannot perform the software version check for boards and the board software cannot be activated. If the board software mismatches the main control software of the NE, the board cannot obtain the correct software version from the active workspace. In this case, the board cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The memory for storing software in the active workspace is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the software version in the standby workspace on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST SOFTWARE to check whether the software version in the standby workspace is usable. Y => The software version in the standby workspace is usable and is the currently expected version. Go to sub-step b. N => The software version in the standby workspace is unusable or is not the expected version. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command ACT SOFTWARE to activate the NE software in the standby workspace. Wait until the NE startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Download and activate the NE software on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DLD SOFTWARE to download the software package of the same version as that in the site plan. b. Run the MML command ACT SOFTWARE to activate the software package. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the main control board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board interrupts all the ongoing services of the base
292 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original main control board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.156 ALM-26251 Board Type and Configuration Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the actual board type in the slot is different from the configured board/sub-board type.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Hardware Type Configured Logical Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Hardware type of the faulty board Configured logical type

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Services cannot be carried on the board. The services of the peer mode are interrupted when the following conditions are met: The RF units use the CPRI MUX topology. The local mode provides the aggregation function. The faulty board is a baseband board that provides the aggregation function.
System Actions
Possible Causes
An incorrect board is configured. An incorrect board is installed in the slot.
Procedure
1. Check the board configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the type of the configured board or RF unit in the slot is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The type of the configured board or RF unit is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 2.
293 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The type of the configured board or RF unit is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Check whether the hardware type of the faulty board is a RF unit according to the alarm detailed information on the M2000. Y => The hardware type of the faulty board is a RF unit. Go to sub-step e. N => The hardware type of the faulty board is not a RF unit. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the configured board in the slot. d. Run the MML command ADD BRD to configure the correct board in the slot according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. e. Run the MML command RMV RRU to remove the configured RF unit in the slot. f. Run the MML command ADD RRU to configure the correct RF unit in the slot according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the configured sub-board type on the M2000. a. Based on the alarm detailed information, check whether the board type is the UTRP. Y => The board type is the UTRP. Go to sub-step b. N => The board type is not the UTRP. Go to step 3. b. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the sub-board type. Check whether the configured sub-board is consistent with the installed sub-board. Y => The configured sub-board is consistent with the installed sub-board. Go to step 3. N => The configured sub-board is inconsistent with the installed sub-board. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command ADD BRD to change the sub-board type according to the installed sub-board type. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Replace the board on site. a. Based on the configured board type, replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.157 ALM-26253 Board Software Auto-Supply Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects a new board type but the matching board software is
294 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
unavailable in the active workspace and the software auto-supply from the M2000 fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Services cannot be carried on the board.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The board type has never been configured earlier or the file system of the base station is damaged, and the communication between the NE and the M2000 fails. The software to be supplemented is unavailable on the M2000.
Procedure
1. Check the maintenance link for the NE on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 301 NE Is Disconnected Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Manually start the software auto-supply for the NE on the M2000. a. Check whether the software to be supplemented is available on the M2000. Y => The software to be supplemented is available on the M2000. Go to sub-step b. N => The software to be supplemented is unavailable on the M2000. Store the software to be supplemented on the M2000 and then go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SPL SOFTWARE to start the software auto-supply for the NE. Wait until the process is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
295 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.158 ALM-26254 Board Software Synchronization Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the board software mismatches the base station software, and the automatic version synchronization fails.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Possible Cause
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Possible cause of the activation failure (Board BootROM Incompatible with Software Version to be Activated, Board Flash Available Space Insufficient, Other Internal Errors)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Services cannot be carried on the board.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The board software upgrade fails during the NE software upgrade. In this case, the board BootROM upgrade fails. The available flash memory of the board is insufficient. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "Board BootROM Incompatible with Software Version to be Activated", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Board Flash Available Space Insufficient", go to step 4. If "Specific Problem" is "Other Internal Errors", go to step 3. 2. Upgrade the board BootROM version manually on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DLD SOFTWARE to manually download the board BootROM version. Select "BootROM" in the software type field. b. Run the MML command ACT SOFTWARE to manually activate the board BootROM version. Select "BootROM" in the software type field.
296 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board. Wait until the board startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Activate the board software on the M2000. a. Run the MML command ACT SOFTWARE to activate the board software. Select "Software" in the software type field. Wait until the board startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.159 ALM-26255 Automatic Version Rollback

Description
This alarm is reported when the automatic version rollback occurs in the case that the current version is improper.
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Version rollback leads to NE reset. During the reset, the ongoing services carried on the NE are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The target software version is incorrect. The target software version does not support a smooth upgrade. The OM link is abnormal after the upgrade.
Procedure
1. Check the target software version.
297 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the target software version is correct. Y => The target software version is correct. Go to sub-step 2. N => The target software version is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Choose a correct target software version. Go to sub-step 4. 2. Verify that the target software version supports a smooth upgrade. a. Check whether the target software version supports a smooth upgrade. Y => The target software version supports a smooth upgrade. Go to sub-step 3. N => The target software version does not support a smooth upgrade. Go to sub-step b. b. Change the target software version to one that supports a smooth upgrade. Go to sub-step 4. 3. Check the OM link. a. Check whether the OM link works properly after the upgrade. Y => The OM link works properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The OM link does not work properly. Go to sub-step b. b. Perform the software upgrade for the NE. 4. Evaluate the significance of software upgrade. a. Check whether the software upgrade is required. Y => The software upgrade is required. Go to sub-step b. N => The software upgrade is not required. Go to sub-step c. b. Perform the software upgrade for the NE. c. Clear the alarm manually.
1.1.160 ALM-26260 System Clock Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station uses the local crystal oscillator longer than its duration limit (90 days).
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide services.
System Actions
None
298 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The clock reference is not configured. The clock reference malfunctions. The board hardware malfunctions.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the site on the M2000: 26261 External Clock Reference Not Configured 26262 External Clock Reference Problem 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.161 ALM-26261 External Clock Reference Not Configured

Description
This alarm is reported when the external clock reference for the base station is not configured.
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The system clock may be unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The external clock reference is not configured for the base station.
Procedure
1. Add the external clock reference for the base station on the M2000. a. Run the MML command ADD GPS/ADD IPCLKLINK/ADD SYNCETH/ADD LINECLK/ADD BITS/ADD PEERCLK to add the external clock reference for the base
299 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
station according to the site plan. Check Whether the Alarm is Cleared: Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.162 ALM-26262 External Clock Reference Problem

Description
This alarm is reported in the case of clock reference loss, external clock reference unavailability due to unacceptable quality, excessive frequency deviation between the clock reference and the local oscillator, or unstable frequency of the clock reference.
Parameters
Parameter Name Specific Problem
Parameter Description Specific Problem of the alarm(Clock Reference Lost, Clock Reference Unavailable, Excessive Frequency Difference Between Clock Reference and Local Crystal Oscillator, Excessive Frequency Variation of Clock Reference, Excessive Phase Difference Between Clock Reference and Local Crystal Oscillator, Inconsistent Clock References, IPCLK Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality, SYNCETH Clock Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality, GPS Clock Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality, TOD Clock Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The base station fails to synchronize to the clock reference. The system clock may be unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
If the clock reference is GPS clock, the GPS antenna may be faulty or the number of locked GPS satellites may be insufficient. The clock reference is incorrectly configured. If the clock reference is IPCLK, the IP clock link may fail. If the clock reference is line clock, the transmission link between the base station and the clock reference may fail, or the frequency deviation between the clock reference and the local clock may be excessively large. The hardware of the UTRP, USCU, or main control board is faulty. The clock reference is unavailable due to unacceptable quality. The frequency of the clock reference is unstable.
300 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Check for this alarm on the M2000. a. Check whether this alarm is reported on a large number of base stations on the M2000. Y => This alarm is reported on a large number of base stations due to poor transmission quality or faulty clock source. Go to sub-step b. N => This alarm is reported only on a few base stations. Go to step 2. b. Obtain the clock topology, and check the clock transmission link, clock configuration, or clock source as indicated by the possible alarm cause. Wait 5 to 120 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2 2. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty clock board or port on the M2000. 26121 GPS Antenna Fault 26122 GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient 26120 GPS Clock Output Unavailable 26123 GPS Maintenance Link Failure 26263 IP Clock Link Failure 25800 E1/T1 Loss of Signal 25880 Ethernet Link Fault 25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate 25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault 25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault 25885 IP Address Conflict 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Wait for 5 to 120 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the clock reference on the basis of configuration plan on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CLKMODE to check whether the clock reference is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The clock reference is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 4. N => The clock reference is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET CLKMODE to change the clock reference according to the configuration plan. Wait for 5 to 120 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
301 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "IPCLK Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality", go to step 5. If "Specific Problem" is "Excessive Frequency Difference Between Clock Reference and Local Crystal Oscillator" or unstable frequency of the clock reference, go to step 6. . If "Specific Problem" is "SYNCETH Clock Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality", check the quality of synchronous Ethernet clock signals extracted from the upper-level network node. If "Specific Problem" is "GPS Clock Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality", check the status of GPS equipment or the environment. If "Specific Problem" is "TOD Clock Reference Unavailable due to Unacceptable Quality", check the quality of TOD clock signals. If "Specific Problem" is not one of the preceding causes, Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Handle the unavailable IP clock reference problem. a. Contact maintenance personnel of the IP Clock server to solve the unavailable IP clock reference problem so that the IP clock reference quality meets the requirements of the base station. Wait for 5 to 120 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Handle the link clock fault caused by transmission link failures. a. Contact maintenance personnel of transport equipment to restore the transmission link and hence solve the fault. Wait for 5 to 120 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.163 ALM-26263 IP Clock Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the IP clock link connected to the clock server fails.
Parameters
Parameter Name Link No. Parameter Description Link number of the faulty IP clock

302 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The base station fails to synchronize to the IP clock reference. The system clock may be unusable if the base station does not obtain the clock reference for a long period of time. As a result, the quality of services of the base station decreases, resulting in handover failure and call drop. In certain cases, the base station cannot provide services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The port used for the IP clock link is faulty. The IPCLK link is incorrectly configured. The route from the NE to the clock server is not configured. The route from the NE to the clock server is not reachable. The main control board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the port that bears the IPCLK link on the M2000. 26220 Transmission Optical Module Fault 26221 Transmission Optical Module Not In Position 26222 Transmission Optical Interface Error 26223 Transmission Optical Interface Performance Degraded 25880 Ethernet Link Fault 25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate 25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault 25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault 25885 IP Address Conflict Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the IPCLK configuration on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPCLKLINK to check whether the IP address of the clock server and the IPCLK type are consistent with the network plan. Y => The IP address of the clock server and the IPCLK type are consistent with the network plan. Go to step 3. N => The IP address of the clock server and the IPCLK type are inconsistent with the network plan. Go to sub-step b.
303 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Run the MML command RMV IPCLKLINK/ADD IPCLKLINK to change the configuration of IPCLK link. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the configuration of route from the NE to the clock server on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to query all the current routes. Check whether an IP route connecting the peer clock server exists. Y => There is an IP route connecting the peer clock server. Go to step 4. N => There is no IP route connecting the peer clock server. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route connecting the peer clock server. Then, wait for at least five minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the reachability of route from the NE to the clock server on the M2000. a. Run the MML command PING to check whether the route from the NE to the clock server is reachable. Y => The route is reachable. Go to sub-step d. N => The route is not reachable. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineer responsible for the clock server to rectify the fault on the clock server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Contact the maintenance engineer responsible for the routing device to rectify the route fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Contact the maintenance engineer responsible for the clock server to troubleshoot the improper processes of the clock server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.164 ALM-26264 System Clock Unlocked

Description
This alarm is reported when a clock phase-locked loop in the board is unlocked.
Parameters
304 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Software Phase Lock Loop Loss of Lock, Hardware Phase Lock Loop Loss of Lock)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The system clock fails after a certain period (around 90 days). The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted. The system clock fails. The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted.
Major
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The clock reference malfunctions. The clock reference is not configured. The main control board hardware is faulty. If this alarm is reported on a non-main control board, the board may not be securely installed. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the site on the M2000: 26261 External Clock Reference Not Configured 26262 External Clock Reference Problem 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
305 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the faulty board. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.165 ALM-26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the frame number received on the board for synchronization has errors.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the board are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The system clock phase-locked loop in the main control board is unlocked. This board is not securely installed. The board hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board or main control board on the M2000: 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26200 Board Hardware Fault
306 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the faulty board through power-off on the M2000. a. Reset the board through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reseat the board properly on site. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.166 ALM-26266 Time Synchronization Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the time synchronization between the NE and the time synchronization server fails.
Parameters
Parameter Name Time Source Type Parameter Description Faulty time source type (NTP, GPS)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The time of the base station fails to synchronize with the time of the M2000. As a result, the time the base station reports alarms and logs is different from the time of the M2000 and therefore inventory information on the M2000 cannot be automatically updated, possibly leading to unreliable traffic statistics.
System Actions
None
307 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The transmission port connected to the SNTP/NTP server is faulty. The time reference is incorrectly configured. The parameter settings on the SNTP/NTP client are incorrect. The route from the NE to the SNTP/NTP server is not configured or is not reachable. The SNTP/NTP server is not in service. The GPS antenna is faulty. The number of locked GPS satellites is insufficient.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the port used for time synchronization on the M2000. 25880 Ethernet Link Fault 26121 GPS Antenna Fault 26122 GPS Locked Satellites Insufficient 26120 GPS Clock Output Unavailable 26123 GPS Maintenance Link Failure 25800 E1/T1 Loss of Signal 25806 E1/T1 Excessive Bit Error Rate 25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate 25883 ETHOAM 3AH Local Fault 25884 ETHOAM 3AH Remote Fault 25885 IP Address Conflict Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the configuration of time reference on the basis of the configuration plan on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST TIMESRC to check whether the configuration of time reference is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The configuration of time reference is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 3. N => The configuration of time reference is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET TIMESRC to change the configuration of time reference. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3.
308 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
3. Check the parameter settings on the NTP/SNTP server on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST SNTPCLTPARA to check whether the IP address and port No. of the NTP/SNTP server are consistent with the network plan. Y => The parameter settings are consistent. Go to sub-step c. N => The parameter settings are inconsistent. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET SNTPCLTPARAto change the IP address and port No. of the NTP/SNTP server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command LST SNTPCLTPARA to check whether the NTP/SNTP synchronization service is started. Y => The NTP/SNTP synchronization service is started. Go to step 4. N => The NTP/SNTP synchronization service is not started. Go to sub-step d. d. Run the MML command SET SNTPCLTPARA to start the NTP/SNTP synchronization service. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the configuration of route from the NE to the NTP/SNTP server on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to query all the current routes. Check whether an IP route connecting the SNTP/NTP server exists. Y => There is an IP route connecting the SNTP/NTP server. Go to step 5. N => There is no IP route connecting the SNTP/NTP server. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route connecting the NTP/SNTP server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the reachability of route from the NE to the NTP/SNTP server on the M2000. a. Run the MML command PING to check whether the NTP/SNTP server can be connected. Y => The NTP/SNTP server can be connected. Go to sub-step d. N => The NTP/SNTP server cannot be connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance engineer responsible for the NTP/SNTP server to rectify the fault on the NTP/SNTP server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Contact the maintenance engineer responsible for the routing device to rectify the route fault.
309 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Contact the maintenance engineer responsible for the NTP/SNTP server to troubleshoot the improper processes of the NTP/SNTP server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.167 ALM-26270 Inter-System Communication Failure

Description
The main control boards in different modes of a multi-mode base station periodically exchange control information. If the main control board in one mode does not receive any handshake response message from its counterpart within about 45s, this alarm is reported This alarm is cleared when the main control board in one mode successfully receives a handshake response message from its counterpart within about 30s.
Parameters
Parameter Name Peer Mode
Parameter Description Working mode of the peer end (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The consistency check cannot be performed for inter-RAT configuration. Common alarms cannot be identified, affecting alarm monitoring.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The base station in the other mode is repeatedly reset because the connection between the base station and the base station controller or M2000 is disrupted for a long time. The base station in the other mode is repeatedly reset because the base station is installed but not configured. The base station in the other mode is reset after a software upgrade or after a reset command is issued. The main control board of the other mode is running improperly. The main control board of the current mode is running improperly. The main control board of the other mode is not installed securely. The main control board of the current mode is not installed securely. The hardware of the main control board of the other mode is faulty. The hardware of the main control board of the current mode is faulty.
310 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
In multi-mode configuration, the inter-BBU connections are abnormal or the optical module used for inter-BBU connection is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarms on the M2000. a. Check whether any of the following alarms on the faulty port of the BBU on the M2000: 26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault 26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position 26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure 26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure 26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure 26315 Inter-BBU Port Connection Error 26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch Y => A correlated alarm is reported. Go to sub-step b. N => A correlated alarm is not reported. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the status of the main control board in the other mode on the M2000. a. Click Device Panel on the M2000, and check whether the status of the main control board in the other mode is normal. Y => The status of the main control board in the other mode is normal. Go to step 3. N => The status of the main control board in the other mode is abnormal. Go to sub-step b. b. Wait 5 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the main control board of the current mode on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board of the current mode. Wait until the board startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the main control board of the other mode on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the main control board of the other mode. Wait until the board startup is complete.
311 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reseat the main control board of the current mode on site. a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Reseat the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Reseat the main control board of the other mode on site. a. Note: Removing or reseating the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Reseat the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Replace the main control board of the current mode on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Replace the main control board of the other mode on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.168 ALM-26271 Inter-System Monitoring Device Parameter Settings Conflict

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the parameter settings of a monitoring device in a mode are inconsistent with those of the same monitoring device in the other mode.
312 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Configuration Configuration item (Alarm Suppression/Enabling Settings, EMU Configuration Parameter Item Settings, Output Port Status Settings, Standby Analog Sensor Configuration, Boolean Alarm Level Configuration, Power System Controlling Parameter Settings, Battery Management Parameter Settings, Battery Group Temperature Compensation Parameter Settings, Power Module Parameter Settings, Environment Parameter Settings, Standby Parameter Settings, High-Temperature Shutdown Protection Parameter Settings, Battery Group Capacity Detection Parameter Settings, Voltage Measurement Reference Settings, Power Distribution Analog Calibration Coefficient Settings, Alarm Severity Settings, Battery Auto-Test Parameter Settings, Power System Parameter Settings, PSU Intelligent Shutdown Parameter Settings, Battery Intelligent Management Parameter Settings, Board Speed Regulation Settings, Speed Regulation Message Delivery, High/Low Temperature Alarm Threshold Settings, Heater Controlling Parameter Settings, Temperature Control Parameter Settings in the Temperature Control System, Speed Regulation Settings, Speed Regulation Message Settings, High/Low Temperature Alarm Threshold Settings of Air Inlet, Speed Regulation Controlling Parameter Settings, Environmental Alarm Suppression/Enabling Settings) Board Type Type of the monitoring device

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The parameter settings of a monitoring device in a mode are incorrect. In this case, the related data configuration may not take effect in this mode, and alarms may be falsely reported.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The parameter settings of a monitoring device in a mode are incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the parameter settings of the monitoring device in two modes on the Configuration Management Express (CME). a. Start the CME and check data consistency of the multi-mode base station based on the CME help. Check for the error(s) corresponding to the faulty monitoring device. Y => There is an error. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no error. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Based on the detected error(s) and the common parameter checklist, modify the parameter settings of the monitoring device in two modes according to the configuration plan. Ensure the parameter consistency in two modes.
313 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.169 ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the parameter settings of an RF unit in a mode are inconsistent with those of the same RF unit in the other mode, such as the working mode or other RF parameters.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Configuration Item
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Configuration item (IF Offset, TX Gain, AGC Flag, DPD Flag, PAR Flag, CPRI Port Configuration, SEM Enabling Flag, Receive Desensitivity, RTWP Correction Value, RF Desensitivity, Delay Compensation, T1/L Timing Delay Compensation, VSWR Alarm Threshold, Attenuation, ALD Current Threshold, VSWR Threshold, External Boolean Alarm Port, Alarm Parameters, Radio Interconnection Mode, Topology Type, RF Unit Working Mode Conflict) Type of the faulty RF unit Working mode of the peer end (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown)
Board Type Peer Mode

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the configured working mode of an RF unit in one mode is inconsistent with that of the same RF unit in the other mode, the software management of the RF unit is affected. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the RF unit may be affected. If other parameters of an RF unit in one mode are inconsistent with those of the same RF unit in the other mode, the data configuration of the RF unit in one mode cannot take effect. In this case, problems may occur. Warning If other parameters of an RF unit in one mode are inconsistent with those of the same RF unit in the other mode, the data configuration of the RF unit in one mode cannot take effect. In this case, problems may occur.
System Actions
If the configured working mode of an RF unit in one mode is inconsistent with that of the same RF unit in the other mode, the system does not load the board software of the RF unit.
Possible Causes
The working mode of an RF unit is incorrectly configured in one mode. The parameters of an RF unit in one mode are inconsistent with those of the same RF unit in the
314 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
other mode.
Procedure
1. Check for inconsistent settings of RF unit parameters on the M2000. a. Check the value of the "Configuration Item" parameter in the alarm information. If the value of "Configuration Item" is "Radio Interconnection Mode", go to substep b. If the value of "Configuration Item" is not "Radio Interconnection Mode", go to step 2. b. Run the LST BTSRXUBP command on the GSM side to query the TX/RX mode of the faulty RF unit. If the TX/RX mode is "Single Feeder(1TX + 2RX)", the RF unit is interconnected with another RF unit. Run the LST SEC command on the UMTS side to query the interconnection mode of the faulty RF unit. If the value of "RF Interconnection Mode" is "TRUE", the RF unit is interconnected with another RF unit. c. Check whether the settings of the RF unit interconnection mode are consistent between the GSM and UMTS sides. Y => The settings are consistent. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The settings are inconsistent. Go to substep d. d. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command on the GSM side to change the TX/RX mode of the faulty RF unit to the value specified in the configuration plan. Run the RMV SEC and ADD SEC commands on the UMTS side to change the interconnection mode of the faulty RF unit to the value specified in the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the parameter settings of the RF unit in two modes on the Configuration Management Express (CME). a. Start the CME and check data consistency of the multi-mode base station based on the CME help. Check for the error(s) corresponding to the faulty RF unit. Y => There is an error. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no error. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Based on the detected error(s) and the common parameter checklist, modify the parameter settings of the RF unit in two modes according to the configuration plan. Ensure the parameter consistency in two modes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.170 ALM-26273 Inter-System BBU Board Parameter Settings Conflict

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the parameter settings of boards in a BBU in a mode are inconsistent with those in the same BBU in the other mode.
Parameters
315 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Configuration Item Board Type
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Configuration item (Dry Contact Alarm Level Conflict, GPS Parameters Conflict, Convergency topology Conflict) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact If the configuration of dry contacts for the UPEU/UEIU in two modes is inconsistent, alarms are falsely reported on the mode with wrong configuration. If the GPS configuration for the USCU in two modes is inconsistent, the data configuration on one mode cannot take effect. Major If the networking configuration of the RF units is inconsistent between the two modes, the multi-mode RF units cannot work properly.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The configuration of dry contacts for the UPEU/UEIU in a mode is inconsistent with that in the other mode. The GPS configuration for the USCU in a mode is inconsistent with that in the other mode. The networking configuration of the RF units is inconsistent between the two modes.
Procedure
1. Check the parameter settings of the board in two modes on the Configuration Management Express (CME). a. Start the CME and check data consistency of the multi-mode base station based on the CME help. Check for the error(s) corresponding to the faulty board. Y => There is an error. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no error. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Based on the detected error(s) and the common parameter checklist, modify the parameter settings of the board in two modes according to the configuration plan. Ensure the parameter consistency in two modes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.171 ALM-26274 Inter-System Board Object Configuration Conflict

Description
316 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of a board is inconsistent in different modes, when the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of different boards is the same in different modes, or when a board supporting only a certain mode is configured for different modes.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Peer Mode
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Working mode of the peer end (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown) Type of the faulty board
Board Type
Peer Cabinet Cabinet number of the faulty board in the peer working mode No. Peer Subrack Subrack number of the faulty board in the peer working mode No. Peer Slot No. Slot number of the faulty board in the peer working mode Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Cabinet/Subrack/Slot Configuration Inconsistency on One Board, Cabinet/Subrack/Slot Configuration Conflict for Different Boards, Duplicate Configuration on One Board)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The board with configuration conflict cannot be maintained in the way that a common board is handled. In this case, the inventory information error occurs. For the RF units, the automatic software update fails in the case of software upgrades. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the RF units are disrupted. When a board supporting only one mode is configured for different modes, the board fails to work normally.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
When this alarm is reported on a monitoring board, the possible causes are as follows: Incorrect cabinet, subrack, or slot number. Incorrect cabinet or subrack number of the device managing the monitoring device. Incorrect serial port number. Incorrect communication IP address. When this alarm is reported on other boards, the possible causes are that the cabinet, subrack, or slot number of the board is incorrect. A board supporting only a certain mode is configured for different modes.
Procedure
1. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information.
317 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
If "Specific Problem" is "Duplicate Configuration on One Board", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet/Subrack/Slot Configuration Inconsistency on One Board" or "Cabinet/Subrack/Slot Configuration Conflict for Different Boards", go to step 3. 2. Remove the configured board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the board in a mode based on the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Locate the board type of the alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the board type of the alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Board Type" is a board of BBU, go to step 4. If "Board Type" is RRU, go to step 6. If "Board Type" is a monitoring device, go to step 8. 4. Check the board configuration in the current mode on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of the faulty board in the current mode is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is correct. Go to step 5. N => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove the board in the current mode. c. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add the board in the current mode. Set the cabinet/subrack/slot of the board according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the board configuration in the other mode on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of the faulty board in the other mode is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the board in the other mode on the M2000. c. Add the board in the other mode on the M2000. Set the cabinet/subrack/slot of the board according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Check the RRU configuration in the current mode on the M2000.
318 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Run the MML command LST RRU to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of the faulty RRU in the current mode is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is correct. Go to step 7. N => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV RRU to remove the RRU in the current mode. c. Run the MML command ADD RRU to add the RRU in the current mode. Set the cabinet/subrack/slot of the board according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the RRU configuration in the other mode on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of the faulty RRU in the other mode is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the RRU in the other mode on the M2000. c. Add the RRU in the other mode on the M2000. Set the cabinet/subrack/slot of the board according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 8. Check the monitoring device configuration in the current mode on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST PMU(PMU)/LST TCU(TCU)/LST EMU(EMU)/LST FMU(FMU) to check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of the faulty monitoring device in the current mode is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is correct. Go to step 9. N => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU)/RMV EMU(EMU)/RMV FMU(FMU) to remove the monitoring device in the current mode. c. Run the MML command ADD PMU(PMU)/ADD TCU(TCU)/ADD EMU(EMU)/ADD FMU(FMU) to add the monitoring device in the current mode. Set the cabinet/subrack/slot of the board according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 9. 9. Check the monitoring device configuration in the other mode on the M2000. a. On the M2000, check whether the cabinet/subrack/slot configuration of the faulty monitoring device in the other mode is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
319 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The cabinet/subrack/slot configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the monitoring device in the other mode on the M2000. c. Add the monitoring device in the other mode on the M2000. Set the cabinet/subrack/slot of the board according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.172 ALM-26275 Inter-System Cabinet Configuration Conflict

Description
In a multi-mode base station, this alarm is reported when the cabinet configuration of one mode is inconsistent with that of the other mode, such as the cabinet type.
Parameters
Parameter Name Parameter Description Cabinet No. Configuration Item Peer Mode Cabinet number of the faulty board Configuration item (Cabinet Type Configuration Conflict)
Working mode of the peer end (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The cabinet type in different modes conflicts, which affects the configuration, maintenance of the cabinet, as well as the inventory information recording.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
In a multi-mode base station, the cabinet type of one mode is incorrectly configured.
Procedure
1. Check the cabinet configuration in two modes on the Configuration Management Express (CME). a. Start the CME and check data consistency of the multi-mode base station based on the CME help. Check for the error(s) corresponding to the faulty cabinet. Y => There is an error. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no error. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Based on the detected error(s) and the common parameter checklist, modify the parameter settings of the cabinet in two modes according to the configuration plan. Ensure the parameter consistency in two modes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
320 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.173 ALM-26276 Inter-System Site-Level Configuration Conflict

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the site-level configuration in a mode conflicts with that in the other mode. The site-level configuration includes the clock reference type and deployment ID (DID).
Parameters
Parameter Name Configuration Item Peer Mode
Parameter Description Configuration item (Clock Reference Type Configuration Conflict, DeployMent Id Configuration Conflict) Working mode of the peer end (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the clock source type configured for a mode is incorrect, the clock source in the mode is unavailable. In this case, the system clock works in free-run mode. Services are not affected during a short period (three months). When the DID configured for a mode is incorrect, users cannot manage the mode by DID.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The clock reference type of a mode is incorrect. The DID of a mode is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Check the cause of the alarm based on the alarm location information. If the alarm is caused by a clock reference type configuration conflict, go to step 2. If the alarm is caused by a DID configuration conflict, go to step 4. 2. Check the clock reference type of the local mode on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CLKMODE to check whether the clock reference type of the local mode is correct according to the site plan. Y => The clock reference type of the local mode is correct. Go to step 2. N => The clock reference type of the local mode is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET CLKMODE to change the clock reference type of the local mode according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
321 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the clock reference type of the other mode on the M2000. a. Check whether the clock reference type of the other mode is correct according to the site plan. Y => The clock reference type of the other mode is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The clock reference type of the other mode is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Change the clock reference type of the other mode according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Check the DID of the local mode on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST EQUIPMENT to check whether the DID of the local mode is correct according to the site plan. Y => The DID of the local mode is correct. Go to step 5. N => The DID of the local mode is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET EQUIPMENT to change the DID of the local mode according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the DID of the other mode on the M2000. a. Check whether the DID of the other mode is correct according to the site plan. Y => The DID of the other mode is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The DID of the other mode is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Change the DID of the other mode according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.174 ALM-26277 Inter-System Control Rights Conflict

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the loading control rights are not configured or inconsistent between different modes in the base station.
Parameters
Parameter Name
322 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Peer Mode
Working mode of the peer end (UMTS, GSM, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, UMB, TD-SCDMA, Unknown)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the loading control rights conflict, the software version of the USCU and the shared RF units between different modes may be wrong. In this case, some functions of the multi-mode base station fail and the reliability decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The loading control rights are not configured after the multi-mode base station is deployed. The loading control rights are not configured after the main control board is replaced in the multi-mode base station. The loading control rights are inconsistent between the current mode and the other mode.
Procedure
1. Set the loading control rights on the M2000. a. Note: Before you set the loading control rights, query the software version of the multi-mode base station and specify the loading control rights by referring to the upgrade guide. The MML command should be executed in the mode requiring the loading control rights and with the parameter EFTIMMFLAG set to YES (becoming effective immediately). In the mode requiring the loading control rights, run the MML command SET LOADCTRL to set the loading control rights in the multi-mode base station. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.175 ALM-26278 RF Unit Working Mode and Mode Capability Inconsistency

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the configured working mode of an RF unit mismatches the actual capability of the RF unit.
Parameters
323 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
RF Unit Working Mode RF Unit Mode Capability
RF unit working mode (UO, GO, CO, WO, LO, TDLO, TDSO, GU, UL, GL, CL, TL, WL, GUL, CU) RF unit mode capability (UO, GO, CO, WO, LO, TDLO, TDSO, GU, UL, GL, CL, TL, WL, GUL, CU)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the RF unit are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The working mode of the RF unit is incorrectly configured in the system. The model of the installed RF unit is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the configured working mode of the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RRU/DSP RRUCHAINPHYTOPO to check whether the working mode of the faulty RF unit is correct according to the site plan. Y => The working mode is correct. Go to step 2. N => The working mode is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD RRU to change the working mode of the faulty RF unit according to the site plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Ensure that the actual capability of the new RF unit is consistent with the configured working mode. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.176 ALM-26279 Inter-System Board Installation and Configuration Mismatch

Description
In multi-mode configuration, this alarm is reported when the cabinet/subrack number of two main control boards in the same BBU is different, or when the cabinet/subrack number of a main control board of one mode is the same as that of the other mode in a different BBU.
Parameters
324 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Peer Cabinet No. Peer Subrack No. Peer Slot No.
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Cabinet number of the faulty board in the peer working mode Subrack number of the faulty board in the peer working mode Slot number of the faulty board in the peer working mode

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The BBU subrack and the boards in the BBU are displayed in disorder on the M2000. In addition, the inventory information record is in disorder.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
In a multi-mode base station, the cabinet/subrack number of a main control board of a mode is incorrectly configured. In a multi-mode base station, the installed position of a main control board of a mode is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the cabinet/subrack number of the BBU of each mode on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the board configuration. Check whether the cabinet/subrack number of the main control board of each mode is correctly configured, according to the configuration plan. Y => The cabinet/subrack number is correct. Go to step 2. N => The cabinet/subrack number is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV BRD to delete the board that is incorrectly configured. c. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add the board and set its cabinet/subrack/slot number according to the configuration plan. Ensure that the cabinet/subrack number of two main control boards in the same BBU is the same, and the cabinet/subrack number of a main control board of one mode is different from that of the other mode in a different BBU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the installation of main control board of each mode on site. a. Check whether the main control board of each mode is installed correctly, according to the configuration plan. Y => The main control board of each mode is installed correctly. Contact Huawei
325 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Customer Service Center. N => The main control board of a mode is installed incorrectly. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the main control board according to the configuration plan. Ensure that the main control board of each mode is installed in the correct BBU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.177 ALM-26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on an inter-BBU port is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Port Description Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Faulty port description

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The information about the optical module cannot be obtained.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module on an inter-BBU port is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty optical module on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
326 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Remove and then insert the optical module onsite. a. Remove and then insert the faulty optical module onsite. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty optical module onsite. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.178 ALM-26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on an inter-BBU port is improperly configured or when the cable for the inter-BBU electrical port is improperly connected. This alarm is only reported by a 2 U BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Port Description Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Faulty port description

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the BBUs are interconnected by UCIU+UCIU/UMPT, then: The control information, clock information, and transmission information fail to be exchanged between BBUs. A multi-mode base station cannot share power equipment, reference clocks, and transport resources. The services carried by the lower-level BBUs cannot be provided normally. If the BBUs are interconnected by WBBPf+WBBPf, then: The baseband data and signaling exchange between BBUs are affected. Services are not provided on the side where this alarm is reported, or the service processing capability decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
327 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The cable for the optical module on an inter-BBU port or for the inter-BBU electrical port is not installed or not connected securely. The cable for the optical module on an inter-BBU port or for the inter-BBU electrical port is faulty. The connecting piece on an inter-BBU port is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the configurations of inter-BBU ports on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST CTRLLNK or LST BBPLNK to query the configurations of inter-BBU ports. Check whether the configurations are correct according to the onsite plan. Y=> The configurations are correct. Go to step 2. N=> The configurations are incorrect, and extra inter-BBU ports are configured. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command RMV CTRLLNK or RMV BBPLNK to remove the extra inter-BBU ports. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check cable connections for the optical module or electrical port onsite. a. Check whether the cable for the optical module or electrical port is installed on the BBU side. Y => The cable is installed. Go to substep c. Y => The cable is not installed. Go to substep b. b. Install an optical module or install the cable for the electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. c. Remove and then insert the optical module or remove and then insert the electrical cable, and check that the optical module is connected properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. If the inter-BBU port is an optical port, Replace the optical module. If the inter-BBU port is an electrical port, replace the electrical cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Remove and then insert the faulty board onsite. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
328 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the faulty board onsite. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.179 ALM-26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical link (at the physical layer) between BBU ports fails to receive optical signals. This alarm is only reported by a 2U BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Port Description
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Faulty port description

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the BBUs are interconnected by UCIU+UCIU/UMPT, then: The control information, clock information, and transmission information fail to be exchanged between BBUs. A multi-mode base station cannot share power equipment, reference clocks, and transport resources. The services carried by the lower-level BBUs cannot be provided normally. If the BBUs are interconnected by WBBPf+WBBPf, then: The baseband data and signaling exchange between BBUs are affected. Services are not provided on the side where this alarm is reported, or the service processing capability decreases. Minor If the BBUs are interconnected by UCIU+UCIU/UMPT, the bit error rate (BER) of the control information, clock information, and transmission information exchanged between BBUs increases. As a result, the service quality of the lower-level BBU deteriorates. If the BBUs are interconnected by WBBPf+WBBPf, the bit error rate (BER) of the
329 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact baseband data and signaling exchanged between BBUs increase, affecting service quality.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module on an inter-BBU port is faulty or not installed properly, or the cable connection on the optical module is not ready. The optical connector of an inter-BBU port is dirty. The optical modules on both ends of an inter-BBU port do not match, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical module on an inter-BBU port does not match that supported by the board, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical module on an inter-BBU port does not match the connected fiber optic cable, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The UCIU is faulty. The peer board of an inter-BBU port is not powered on. The peer optical connector of an inter-BBU port or the optical module is not inserted properly, or the optical module is faulty. The peer optical connector of an inter-BBU port is dirty. The optical module on an inter-BBU port does not match the connected fiber optic cable, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The fiber optic cable between inter-BBU ports is faulty. The peer board of an inter-BBU port is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the inter-BBU port and the port of the peer board on the M2000: 26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault 26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position 26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the optical module and fiber optic cable of an inter-BBU port onsite. a. Remove and then insert the optical module and optical connector on the inter-BBU port
330 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
on the BBU side. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the optical connector from the optical module, and clean the connector using alcohol or cigarette filter tip. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the optical modules on both ends of the inter-BBU port match, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (4.9152 Gbit/s). 1310nm is labeled on a single-mode optical module, and 850nm is labeled on a multi-mode optical module. Y => The optical modules on both ends of the inter-BBU port match. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical modules on both ends of the inter-BBU port do not match. Go to sub-step d. d. Based on the type of one end of the inter-BBU port, select an optical module that matches the type. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command DSP SFP to query the transmission mode of the optical module. A blue fiber optic cable is used for the single-mode optical module, and an orange fiber optic cable is used for the multi-mode optical module. Check whether the optical module matches the connected fiber optic cable, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. Y => The optical module matches the connected fiber optic cable. Go to step 3. N => The optical module does not match the connected fiber optic cable. Go to sub-step f. f. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the running status of the peer board onsite. a. Check the running status of the peer board onsite by observing the RUN indicator on the board. Check whether the RUN indicator blinks normally (on for 1s and off for 1s). Y => The RUN indicator blinks normally. Go to step 4. N => The RUN indicator does not blink normally. Go to sub-step b. b. Rower on the peer board again and wait until the RUN indicator blinks normally (on for 1s and off for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.
331 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
4. Check the fiber optic cable onsite. a. Verify that the fiber optic cable between the BBUs is not bent or deformed. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to substep b. b. Replace the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the optical module for the BBU interconnection on the peer board onsite. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the peer board onsite. a. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to substep b. b. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.180 ALM-26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on an inter-BBU port fails to transmit data. This alarm is only reported by a 2U BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Port Description
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Faulty port description
332 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Optical Module Performance Degraded, Optical Module Transmit Error)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the BBUs are interconnected by UCIU+UCIU/UMPT, then: The control information, clock information, and transmission information fail to be exchanged between BBUs. A multi-mode base station cannot share power equipment, reference clocks, and transport resources. The services carried by the lower-level BBUs cannot be provided normally. If the BBUs are interconnected by WBBPf+WBBPf, then: The baseband data and signaling exchange between BBUs are affected. Services are not provided on the side where this alarm is reported, or the service processing capability decreases. Minor Services are not affected temporarily. If the problem remains for a long time, the alarm severity is changed to major.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module on an inter-BBU port deteriorates.
Procedure
1. Check the inter-BBU port onsite. a. Remove and then insert the optical module and optical connector of the inter-BBU port on the BBU side. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.181 ALM-26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when an inter-BBU port fails to transmit or receive data. This alarm is only reported by a 2U BBU.
Parameters
Parameter Parameter Description
333 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Port Description Specific Problem Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Faulty port description
Specific Problem of the alarm(CPRI Interface Initialization Failure, CPRI Interface Transmit Error, CPRI Interface Reception Error)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the BBUs are interconnected by UCIU+UCIU/UMPT, then: The control information, clock information, and transmission information fail to be exchanged between BBUs. A multi-mode base station cannot share power equipment, reference clocks, and transport resources. The services carried by the lower-level BBUs cannot be provided normally. If the BBUs are interconnected by WBBPf+WBBPf, then: The baseband data and signaling exchange between BBUs are affected. Services are not provided on the side where this alarm is reported, or the service processing capability decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The peer optical connector of an inter-BBU port or the optical module is not inserted properly, or the fiber optic cable fails to be connected. The electrical cable for the peer inter-BBU port is not securely connected, or the electrical cable is faulty. The peer board of an inter-BBU port does not work properly, or the hardware of the board is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty inter-BBU port on the M2000: 26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault 26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position 26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure 26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure 26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch 26315 Inter-BBU Port Connection Error
334 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the board for BBU interconnection on the M2000. a. Run the RST BRD command to reset the faulty board for BBU interconnection, and wait until the board is restarted. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to substep b. b. Run the RST BRD command to reset the peer board and wait until the board is restarted. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Remove and then insert the faulty UCIU onsite. a. Check the faulty UCIU. Reseat the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the faulty UCIU onsite. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Then, go to step 5. 5. Replace the peer board of the faulty port onsite. a. Replace the peer board of the faulty port. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.182 ALM-26315 Inter-BBU Port Connection Error

Description
An inter-BBU interface on the UCIU can be an M port or an S port. Inter-BBU interfaces of the same type cannot be connected, and a ring network is not allowed if inter-BBU interfaces are connected. This alarm is reported when inter-BBU interfaces of the same type are connected, or a ring network is set up in the case of an inter-BBU connection.
335 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Fault Type Port Description Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty port Subrack number of the faulty port Slot number of the faulty port Number of the faulty port Type of the faulty board Fault Type (S Port Connected to S Port, M Port Connected to M Port, Ring Topology) Faulty port description

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact BBUs cannot share control information, clock information, and transmission information. Services may be interrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Inter-BBU interfaces of the same type are connected, or a ring network is set up in the case of an inter-BBU connection.
Procedure
1. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "M Port Connected to M Port" or "S Port Connected to S Port", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Ring Topology", go to step 3. 2. Check the UCIU for the connection of inter-BBU ports of the same type on site. a. Based on the alarm parameters, locate the UCIU port and the connected optical fiber. Check whether the connection of inter-BBU ports of the same type exists on the UCIU port. Y => The connection of inter-BBU ports of the same type exists on the UCIU port. Go to sub-step b. N => The connection of inter-BBU ports of the same type does not exist on the UCIU port. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconnect the inter-BBU optical fibers based on the engineering plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check the UCIU for a ring topology of inter-BBU connection on site.
336 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Based on the alarm parameters, locate the UCIU port and the connected optical fiber. Check whether a ring topology of inter-BBU connection exists on the UCIU port. Y => A ring topology of inter-BBU connection exists on the UCIU port. Go to sub-step b. N => A ring topology of inter-BBU connection does not exist on the UCIU port. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconnect the inter-BBU optical fibers based on the engineering plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.183 ALM-26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upperor lower-level RF unit or the BBU) is not in position or when the cable connection on the optical module or electrical port is not ready.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Type of the faulty RF unit

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the link of lower-level RF units is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level RF units are disrupted. In ring topology, the reliability of the link decreases. In this case, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted for about ten seconds.
System Actions
In ring topology, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link.
Possible Causes
The networking of RF units is incorrect. Redundant lower-level RF units are configured. The optical module on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) is not in position, or the cable connection on the optical module or electrical port is not ready. The optical module on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF
337 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
unit or the BBU) is faulty, or the cable connected to the optical module or electrical port is faulty. The connecting piece on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for redundant lower-level RF units on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RRUCHAIN to query the link networking of the faulty RF unit. Check whether a redundant lower-level RF unit is configured according to the site plan. Y => A redundant lower-level RF unit is configured. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no redundant lower-level RF unit. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command RMV RRU to remove the redundant lower-level RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the installation of the optical module, or check the cable connection on the optical module or electrical port of the RF unit on site. a. Check whether the optical module is installed, or whether the cable is connected to the optical module or electrical port on site. Y => The optical module is installed, and the cable is connected. Go to sub-step c. N => The optical module is not installed, or the cable is not connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the optical module or connect the cable to the optical/electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. c. Reseat the optical module or the cable connected to the optical/electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Replace the optical module, or replace the cable on the electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Power cycle the RF unit on site. a. Power cycle the RF unit on site. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the RF unit on site.
338 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.184 ALM-26502 RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module installed on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) is not supported by the RF unit.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Valid Optical Module Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Type of the faulty RF unit Valid optical module type (1.25Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 3.07Gbps, 4.9Gbps, 6.14Gbps, 9.8Gbps, 3.84Gbps)
Installed Optical Module Type of the installed optical module (1.25Gbps, 2.5Gbps, 3.07Gbps, 4.9Gbps, Type 6.14Gbps, 9.8Gbps, 3.84Gbps)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) does not work normally. The services carried on the RF unit are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The type of the optical module installed on an RF unit is not supported by the RF unit. For example, an RF unit supports only an optical module of 2.5 Gbit/s, but an optical module of 1.25 Gbit/s is installed on the RF unit.
Procedure
1. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module of the RF unit on site. Ensure that the installed optical module is supported by the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
339 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.185 ALM-26503 RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical transmission on the optical link (at the physical layer) is abnormal between the RF unit and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU).
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Port Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Type of the faulty RF unit CPRI port type (Uplink, Downlink) Specific Problem of the alarm(Transmit Error, Reception Error)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the link of lower-level RF units is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level RF units are disrupted. In ring topology, the reliability of the link of RF units decreases. In this case, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
System Actions
In ring topology, the current-level RF unit automatically switches to a normal port if its uplink port is faulty.
Possible Causes
The optical module or connector of the current-level RF unit is improperly installed, or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the current-level RF unit is dirty. The current-level RF unit is faulty. The peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit) is not powered on. The optical module or connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) is improperly installed, or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) is dirty. The peer device is faulty. The optical link between the current-level RF unit and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) is faulty.
Procedure
340 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty port of the RF unit on the M2000: 26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26502 RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch 26507 RF Unit Optical Module Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the faulty port of the current-level RF unit on site. a. On the current-level RF unit side, remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the faulty port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber at the current-level RF unit on site. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module of the RF unit. Then, connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber by using a flange. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step c. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Disconnect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber, and restore the optical connection of the RF unit. Then, Go to step 4. c. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Power off the RF unit on site and then power it on. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the RF unit.
341 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Then, Go to step 4. 4. Check the running status of the peer device. a. On the peer device side, check whether the RUN LED on the peer device blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Y => The RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). The peer device is running normally. Go to step 5. N => The RUN LED does not blink (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). The peer device is running improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Reset the peer device on site. Wait until the RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the port of the peer device. a. Remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the port of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module at the peer device. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module of the peer device. Then, connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. b. Disconnect the TX and RX ports of the optical module, and restore the optical connection of the peer device. Then, Go to step 7. c. Replace the optical module of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Power Cycle the Peer Device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
342 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the optical connections on site. a. Check the optical connections between the current-level RF unit and the peer device. Replace the faulty optical fibers to troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as fiber bending or deformation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.186 ALM-26504 RF Unit CPRI Interface Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the data transmission on the link (at the link layer) is abnormal between the RF unit and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU).
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Port Type
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Type of the faulty RF unit CPRI port type (Uplink, Downlink)
Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(CPRI Interface Transmit Error, CPRI Interface Reception Error)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the link of lower-level RF units is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level RF units are disrupted. In ring topology, the reliability of the link of RF units decreases. In this case, the active link of lower-level RF units is switched over to the standby link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the
343 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
System Actions
In ring topology, the current-level RF unit automatically switches to a normal port if its uplink port is faulty.
Possible Causes
If the optical transmission is used, the optical module or connector of the RF unit or peer device may be improperly installed, or the optical link is faulty. If the electrical transmission is used, the cable connector of the RF unit or peer device may be improperly installed, or the cable is faulty. The RF unit or peer device malfunctions, or the hardware is faulty. In multi-mode configuration, the inter-BBU connections are abnormal or the optical module used for inter-BBU connection is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty port of the RF unit on the M2000: 26501 RF Unit Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26503 RF Unit Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26507 RF Unit Optical Module Fault 26502 RF Unit Optical Module Type Mismatch 26310 Inter-BBU Optical Module Fault 26311 Inter-BBU Optical Module Not in Position 26312 Inter-BBU Optical Module Receive Failure 26313 Inter-BBU Optical Module Transmit Failure 26314 Inter-BBU Port Failure 26315 Inter-BBU Port Connection Error 26240 BBU Topology and Configuration Mismatch Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Specific Problem" is "CPRI Interface Transmit Error", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "CPRI Interface Reception Error", go to step 4. 3. Check the optical connections on site.
344 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check the optical connections between the BBU and the peer end. Troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as fiber bending or deformation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connections on the faulty port of the RF unit on site. a. Check the cable connections on the optical or electrical port of the current-level RF unit on site. If the electrical transmission is used, Go to sub-step b. If the optical transmission is used, Go to sub-step d. b. Reseat the cable on the electrical port of the current-level RF unit and the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the cable on the electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. d. Remove the connector from the optical module of the current-level RF unit. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol or a clean cigarette filter. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module of the current-level RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Check the optical connections between the current-level RF unit and the peer end. Replace the faulty optical fibers to troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as fiber bending, deformation, damage, or loose optical connector/module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step f. f. Remove the connector from the optical module of the lower-level RF unit. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol or a clean cigarette filter. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module of the lower-level RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Replace the optical module of the peer end. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
345 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the running status of the RF unit or peer device on site. a. Power cycle the RF unit on site. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Power cycle the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Then, Go to sub-step d. d. Replace the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.187 ALM-26506 RF Unit Optical Interface Performance Degraded

Description
This alarm is reported when the TX/RX performance of the optical module of the RF unit deteriorates.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Type of the faulty RF unit Specific Problem of the alarm(Optical Module Performance Degraded, Reception Power Too High, Reception Power Too Low)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the TX/RX performance of the optical module deteriorates significantly, the quality of services carried on the link of the RF unit may decrease significantly, or the
346 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact ongoing services carried on the RF unit may even be disrupted.
Minor
When the TX/RX performance of the optical module deteriorates to some extent, the quality of services carried on the link of the RF unit may decrease to some extent.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module or connector of the current-level RF unit is improperly installed. Or the optical module is worn-out. The optical connector of the current-level RF unit is dirty. The optical module on the port of the current-level RF unit is not supported by the current-level RF unit, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical module or connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) is improperly installed. Or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) is dirty. The optical module on the port of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) is not supported by the peer device, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical fibers between the current-level RF unit and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RF unit or BBU) are bent, deformed, or worn-out. Or the length of optical fibers is excessive (longer than 40 km), which leads to a high attenuation of optical signals.
Procedure
1. Check the faulty port of the current-level RF unit on site. a. Remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the port of the current-level RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Examine the label on the optical module to check whether the optical module on the port is supported by the current-level RF unit, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s or other rate). Y => The optical module is supported by the RF unit. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module is not supported by the RF unit. Go to sub-step d. d. Select the optical module that is supported by the RF unit. e. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
347 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the port of the peer device on site. a. Remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the port of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Examine the label on the optical module to check whether the optical module on the port is supported by the peer device, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s or other rate). Y => The optical module is supported by the peer device. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module is not supported by the peer device. Go to sub-step d. d. Select the optical module that is supported by the peer device. e. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the optical connections on site. a. Check the optical connections between the current-level RF unit and the peer device. Replace the faulty optical fibers to troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as fiber bending or deformation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Check the length of the optical link between the current-level RF unit and the peer device. If the length is excessive (longer than 40 km), add an optical trunk or use another cascaded RF unit as the optical trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the optical fibers between the current-level RF unit and the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.188 ALM-26507 RF Unit Optical Module Fault
348 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module or electrical module on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Type of the faulty RF unit

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The information about the optical module or electrical module cannot be obtained.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module or electrical module of the RF unit is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the RF unit on the M2000: 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Query it's using optical module or electrical module: a. Run the MML command DSP BTSBRD, and query the RUNPARA of the faulty RF board, to check using optical module or electrical module. Optical module, go to step 3; Electrical module, go to step 5; 3. Reseat the optical module on site. a. Reseat the faulty optical module on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
349 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Remove and reinstall the electrical module and cable on site. a. Remove and reinstall the faulty electrical module and cable on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the electrical module and cable on site. a. Replace the electrical module and cable . Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.189 ALM-26520 RF Unit TX Channel Gain Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the difference between the actual gain and the standard gain on the TX channel of the RF unit is greater than 2.5 dB.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. TX Channel No. Board Type Input Power (0.1 dBFs) Output Power (0.1 dBm) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board TX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit Input power of the RF unit Output power of the RF unit

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact When the gain on the TX channel is extremely high, the downlink coverage of the cell is excessive. In this case, the interference caused by cross coverage occurs. When the gain on the TX channel is extremely low, coverage holes exist in the downlink coverage of the cell. In serious cases, the ongoing services carried on the
350 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact RF unit may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The hardware of the RF unit is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.190 ALM-26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Too Low

Description
This alarm is reported when the RTWP/RSSI on the RX channel of the RF unit is lower than -114 dBm. RTWP is shortened from received total wideband power, consisting of signal power and noise power. RSSI is shortened from received signal strength indicator.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. RX Channel No. Board Type RTWP (0.1 dBm) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board RX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit RTWP of the faulty RX channel

351 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The receive sensitivity of the RF unit decreases. The demodulation performance of the cell deteriorates. The uplink coverage shrinks. If the RTWP/RSSI on all RX channels of the cell is too low, the ongoing services of the cell may be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The setting of attenuation of the RF unit is incorrect. The TMA is faulty. The feeder installation is improper. For example, the feeder connector is loose, soaked or damaged, or the feeder is deformed. The RX channel of the RF unit is faulty. For example, the low-noise amplifier, frequency mixer, analog to digital converter (ADC), or field programmable gate array (FPGA) is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty port of the RF unit on the M2000: 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault 26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Wait for 10 minutes after the correlated alarm is cleared. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the attenuation of the RF unit on the M2000. a. Calculate the attenuation of the RF unit. Attenuation of RF unit = TMA gain - feeder loss Where, feeder loss can be obtained from the acceptance report of the base station. The installation personnel measure the feeder loss during the base station installation. b. Run the MML command MOD RXBRANCH to set the attenuation on the main RX channel and diversity RX channel of the RF unit to the calculated attenuation. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command MOD RXBRANCH to set the attenuation on the main RX channel and diversity RX channel of the RF unit to 0. Then, wait for ten minutes.
352 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. d. Run the MML command MOD RXBRANCH to set the attenuation on the main RX channel and diversity RX channel of the RF unit back to the calculated attenuation. Then, Go to step 3. 3. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit on site. a. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the TMA on site. a. Replace the TMA. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Power cycle the RF unit on site. a. Power cycle the RF unit on site. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit, and then wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.191 ALM-26522 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Unbalanced

Description
This alarm is reported when the difference between the RTWP/RSSI of the main RX channel and the RTWP/RSSI of the diversity RX channel exceeds 10 dB. RTWP is shortened from received total wideband power, consisting of signal power and noise power. RSSI is shortened from received signal strength indicator.
Parameters
353 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Carrier No. Board Type RTWP of Main RX Channel (0.1 dBm) RTWP of Diversity RX Channel (0.1 dBm)
Carrier number Type of the faulty RF unit RTWP of the main RX channel RTWP of the diversity RX channel

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The receive sensitivity of the RF unit decreases. The demodulation performance of the cell deteriorates. The uplink coverage shrinks.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The main RX channel or diversity RX channel of the RF unit is faulty. The setting of attenuation on the RX channel of the RF unit is incorrect. External interferences exist only on the main or diversity antenna of the RF unit. The feeder connected to the RF unit is faulty, which results in a high passive intermodulation power of the main or diversity antenna. The feeder installation is improper. For example, the feeder connector is loose, soaked or damaged, or the feeder is deformed.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the RF unit on the M2000: 26521 RF Unit RX Channel RTWP/RSSI Too Low 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault 26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to substep b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the parameter settings of the RF unit on the M2000. a. Calculate the attenuation on the RX channel of the RF unit. b. Run the MML command MOD RXBRANCH to set the attenuation on the main and diversity RX channels of the RF unit to the calculated attenuation. c. Wait for 40 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
354 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. On the LMT, check for external interference on the main and diversity antennas. a. On the LMT, start the uplink frequency scanning . Check whether the external interferences exist (by distinct bulges near the uplink frequencies in the scanned diagram). Y => The external interference exists. Go to sub-step b. N => A single cell uses a 4R or higher configuration and there is not interference. Go to step 4. N => A single cell uses a 2R or lower configuration and there is not interference. Go to step 5. b. Eliminate the external interference. c. Wait for 40 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 4. Locate the faulty channel on the M2000. a. On the LMT, start the uplink frequency scanning. Monitor the results for 30 minutes to locate the faulty channel (whose RTWP or RSSI is lower than that of other channels). Go to step 5. 5. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit on site. a. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit. Then, wait for 30 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Power cycle the RF unit on site. a. Power cycle the RF unit on site. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Then, wait for 30 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.192 ALM-26524 RF Unit PA Overcurrent
355 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when the operating current of the Power Amplifier (PA) on a TX channel of the RF unit is beyond the normal range.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. TX Channel No. Board Type Input Power (0.1 dBFs) PA Temperature (C/F) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board TX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit Input power of the RF unit Temperature of the PA

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RF unit automatically switches off the TX channel. The ongoing services carried on the TX channel are disrupted.
System Actions
The RF unit automatically switches off the faulty TX channel. The system waits for one minute and then switches on the TX channel. After five minutes, the system checks the alarm. If the alarm persists, the RF unit automatically switches off the TX channel again. If the alarm persists after three switching-on attempts, the system alters to switch on the TX channel every 30 minutes, until the alarm is cleared or the RF unit is reset by the user.
Possible Causes
The hardware of the RF unit is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
356 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.193 ALM-26525 RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable

Description
This alarm is reported when the operating temperature of an RF unit is out of the normal range. The rated operating temperature range is a hardware specification of RF units. This range varies depending on the type of the RF unit.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type PA Temperature (C/F) Board Temperature(C/F) Output Power (0.1 dBm) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty RF unit Temperature of the PA Temperature of the board Output power of the RF unit

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RF unit automatically switches off the TX channel to prevent the hardware from being burned out because of high temperature. The ongoing services carried on the RF unit are disrupted. The reliability of internal components of the RF unit may decrease when operating in a high-temperature environment for a long period of time. Meanwhile, the quality of services carried on the RF unit decreases.
Minor
System Actions
When the temperature of an RF unit exceeds the major alarm threshold, the RF unit automatically switches off the TX channel. When the temperature of the RF unit drops to a certain value, the RF unit switches on the TX channel again. To protect the power amplifier (PA) from being damaged by frequent switching-on and -off, this alarm cannot be cleared after the TX channel has been switched off and on for three times. Under that circumstance, users need to solve the temperature problem onsite and then manually reset the RF unit. When the temperature of an RF unit is between the minor alarm threshold and the major alarm threshold, the BBU limits the user access to a cell through the RF unit to prevent further power consumption and temperature increase.
Possible Causes
The ambient temperature of the RF unit is extremely high, or the heat dissipation malfunctions. The hardware of the RF unit is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:
357 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
25656 Cabinet Air Inlet Temperature Unacceptable 25655 Cabinet Air Outlet Temperature Unacceptable 25601 Monitoring Device Hardware Fault 25673 Fan Stalled 25652 Cabinet Temperature Unacceptable Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the ambient temperature of the RF unit on site. a. Check the ambient temperature and heat dissipation of the RF unit. Check whether the ambient temperature is normal. Y => The ambient temperature is normal. Go to step 4. N => The ambient temperature is extremely high. Go to sub-step b. b. Take proper measures to reduce the ambient temperature of the RF unit. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.194 ALM-26527 RF Unit Input Power Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the baseband input power from the BBU to the RF unit is beyond the normal power range of the RF unit.
Parameters
358 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Input Power (0.1 dBFs)
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty RF unit Input power of the RF unit

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RF unit automatically performs the amplitude limitation on input power. In this case, the quality of services carried on the RF unit may decrease, and call drops may occur on edge of coverage of the RF unit.
System Actions
The RF unit automatically performs the amplitude limitation on input power.
Possible Causes
When the input power of the RF unit approaches or reaches the maximum input power, the user starts the stimulated downlink load. The user access threshold is improper, which leads to the actual number of users to exceed the allowed capacity of the RF unit. The board in the BBU connected to the RF unit is running improperly.
Procedure
1. Check the state of stimulated downlink load on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP DLSIM to check whether the stimulated downlink load is started on the RF unit. Y => The stimulated downlink load is started. Go to sub-step b. N => The stimulated downlink load is not started. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command STP DLSIM to stop the stimulated downlink load. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the user access threshold on the M2000. a. If the user access threshold exists in the base station or RNC, check whether the threshold is proper according to the network plan. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 3. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Modify the user access threshold in the base station or RNC according to the network plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
359 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the board in the BBU connected to the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF to reset the board through power-off in the BBU that is connected to the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the board in the BBU connected to the RF unit on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.195 ALM-26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed

Description
The voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) measures the signal power that the load actually receives from the transmission line. This alarm is reported when the VSWR at the antenna port of the TX channel of an RF unit is higher than the preset threshold.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. TX Channel No. Board Type VSWR Alarm Threshold (0.1) VSWR Output Power (0.1 dBm) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board TX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit VSWR alarm threshold configured by the user Detected VSWR, the precision is 0.1 Output power of the RF unit

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The return loss at the antenna port is excessive. When the detected VSWR exceeds the major alarm threshold, the system determines whether to switch off the TX channel of the RF unit based on the actual configurations. When "VSWR alarm post-processing switch" is set to "ON", the TX channel of the RF unit is switched off and the alarm cannot be automatically cleared, and the ongoing services carried on the TX channel are disrupted..When "VSWR alarm post-processing switch" is set to "OFF", the power of the RF unit is automatically decreased (by 3 dB by default) to
360 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact avoid hardware damage, and the alarm can be automatically cleared.
Minor
The return loss at the antenna port is relatively large. In this case, the output power of the RF unit decreases and the cell coverage shrinks.
System Actions
When the detected VSWR exceeds the minor alarm threshold, the system does not handle the alarm. The alarm is automatically cleared when the detected VSWR becomes smaller than the alarm threshold. When the detected VSWR exceeds the major alarm threshold, the system determines whether to switch off the TX channel of the RF unit based on the actual configurations. When "VSWR alarm post-processing switch" is set to "ON", the TX channel of the RF unit is switched off and the alarm cannot be automatically cleared.When "VSWR alarm post-processing switch" is set to "OFF", the power of the RF unit is automatically decreased (by 3 dB by default) to avoid hardware damage. Once the detected VSWR becomes smaller than the alarm threshold, the alarm is automatically cleared.
Possible Causes
The preset VSWR threshold is very low. It is recommended that the VSWR alarm threshold not be used as the VSWR acceptance threshold. The VSWR threshold is set to an excessively low value for the other mode of the multi-mode RF units. The installation of jumpers does not comply with the plan. The feeder connector on the antenna port does not meet the requirements, is loose or waterlogged, or has foreign objects. The feeder connected to the antenna port of the RF unit is bent, deformed, or damaged. The RF unit is faulty in hardware. The frequency bands supported by the RF unit do not match the frequency bands supported by the components of the antenna system. The components of the antenna system include antennas, feeders, jumpers, combiner-dividers, filters, and tower-mounted amplifiers (TMAs). A component of the antenna system is damaged.
Procedure
1. Check the VSWR threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RRU to query the VSWR threshold of the RF unit. If the alarm severity is major, query the value of VSWR alarm post-processing threshold. If the alarm severity is minor, query the value of VSWR alarm threshold.Check whether the VSWR threshold is proper according to the configuration plan. Y => The threshold is proper. Go to step 2. N => The threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. If the RF unit works in multi-mode, run the MML command LST RRU to query the VSWR threshold configured for the other mode. Check whether the VSWR thresholds configured for the two modes are consistent. Y => The VSWR thresholds configured for the two modes are consistent. Go to step 2. N => The VSWR thresholds configured for the two modes are inconsistent. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command MOD RRU to modify the VSWR threshold of the RF unit. If the alarm severity is major, set the value of VSWR alarm post-processing threshold. If the
361 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
alarm severity is minor, set the value of VSWR alarm threshold. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the frequency bands supported by the RF unit and the components of the antenna system onsite. a. Check whether the frequency bands supported by the RF unit are consistent with the frequency bands supported by the components of the antenna system based on the network planning data. Y => The frequency bands are consistent. Go to step 3. Y => The frequency bands are inconsistent. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the components of the antenna system with the components specified in the network planning data according to the instructions in the antenna system installation guide. If the severity of the alarm is major and the TX channel of the RF unit is switched off automatically, power off and then power on the RF unit onsite, and wait until the RF unit is restarted. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the connections between the RF unit and jumpers onsite. a. Check whether the installation of the RF unit and jumpers is consistent with the plan. Y => The installation of jumpers is correct. Go to step 4. N => The installation of jumpers is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Reinstall the jumpers for the RF unit according to the plan. If the alarm severity is major and the TX channel of the RF unit is switched off automatically, power off and then power on the RF unit onsite, and wait until the RF unit is restarted. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit on site. a. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit. If the detected VSWR exceeds the major alarm threshold and the TX channel of the RF unit is switched off, power off and then power on the RF unit onsite, and wait until the RF unit is restarted. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the installation of feeders for the RF unit on site. a. Check the installation of feeders for the RF unit. If the alarm severity is major and the TX channel of the RF unit is switched off, power off and then power on the RF unit onsite, and wait until the RF unit is restarted. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
362 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.196 ALM-26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range

Description
This alarm is reported when the current supplied by the RF unit to the antenna device through feeder or multi-wire cable is beyond the normal range.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Antenna Port Board Type ALD Working Current (mA) Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Antenna port (ANT A, ANT B, RET, ANT C, ANT D) Type of the faulty RF unit Working current of the ALD
Specific Problem of the alarm(Overcurrent, Undercurrent, Overcurrent Protection, Disconnection Protection)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The antenna device cannot work normally. In the case of an RET antenna, the antenna tilt cannot be regulated. In the case of a TMA, the receive sensitivity decreases. The antenna device can work normally, but some secondary functions of the antenna device fail.
Warning
System Actions
In the case of overcurrent, overcurrent protection, and open-circuit protection occurs on the antenna device, the RF unit automatically switches off the power supply to the antenna device. Meanwhile, the attenuation on the RX channel is set to 0 to minimize the impact of TMA fault on the receive sensitivity of the corresponding RX channel. In the case of overcurrent and overcurrent protection occurs on the antenna device, the RF unit switches off the power supply to the antenna device and then attempts to switch on the power supply every other minute. If the fault persists after three attempts, the RF unit does not retry any more. Five minutes after open-circuit protection occurs and the the power supply to the antenna device is
363 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
switched off, the RF unit begins the attempt to switch on the power supply to the antenna device every other minute. If the fault persists after 26 attempts, the RF unit does not retry any more.
Possible Causes
The configuration of the ALD switch is incorrect. The preset ALD current threshold of the RF unit is incorrect. The feeder connector is loose or waterlogged. The feeder is deformed. The jumper between the feeder and the antenna device is loose. The ALD power supply circuit of the RF unit is faulty. The antenna device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of the ALD power supply switch on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ANTENNAPORT/DSP RETPORT to query the status of the ALD power supply switch of the RF unit. Check whether the status is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The status of the ALD power supply switch is correct. Go to step 2. N => The status of the ALD power supply switch is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to modify the ALD power supply switch configuration according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the preset ALD current threshold of the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ANTENNAPORT/DSP RETPORT/LST ANTENNAPORT/LST RETPORT to query the ALD current threshold of the RF unit. Consult the related ALD manual for the operating current of the ALD. Check whether the ALD current threshold is correct. Y => The threshold is correct. Go to step 3. N => The threshold is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to modify the ALD current threshold of the RF unit according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit on site. a. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4.
364 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
4. Check the installation of feeders for the RF unit on site. a. Check the installation of feeders for the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the installation of jumper between the feeder and the antenna device on site. a. Check the installation of jumper between the feeder and the antenna device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Power cycle the RF unit on site. a. Power cycle the RF unit on site. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Then, Go to step 8. 8. Replace the antenna device on site. a. Perform the corresponding operation according to the antenna device type. In the case of the RET antenna, replace the RET antenna. In the case of the TMA, replace the TMA. In the case of the SASU, replace the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.197 ALM-26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch

Description
An RF unit supports two ALD port types, which are coaxial port (ANT port) and multi-wire port (RET port). This alarm is reported when the configured ALD switch type does not match the actual type of the ALD port on the RF unit.
Parameters
365 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Antenna Port Board Type Hardware Capability Configured Switch Type Installed Switch Type
Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Antenna port (ANT A, ANT B, RET, ANT C, ANT D) Type of the faulty RF unit Hardware capability (Switch Type Not Supported, Switch Type Supported) Type of the configured switch (ANT Switch, RET Switch) Installed switch type (RET Switch, ANT Switch)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The antenna device cannot work normally. In the case of an RET antenna, the antenna tilt cannot be regulated. In the case of a TMA, the receive sensitivity decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The coaxial ALD switch is configured, but actually the multi-wire cable is connected to the multi-wire port. The multi-wire ALD switch is configured, but actually the multi-wire cable is not connected to the multi-wire port.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of the ALD switch on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP ANTENNAPORT/DSP RETPORT to query the configuration of the ALD switch of the RF unit. Check whether the configuration is correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The configuration is correct. Go to step 2. N => The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to modify the ALD switch configuration according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command DSP ANTENNAPORT/DSP RETPORT to check whether the ALD switch configuration is consistent with the actual configuration. Y => The ALD switch configuration is consistent with the actual configuration. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The ALD switch configuration is inconsistent with the actual configuration. Go to step 2. 2. Reconnect the cable to the ALD port of the RF unit on site.
366 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Reconnect the cable to the ALD port of the RF unit on site according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.198 ALM-26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the RF unit hardware is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty RF unit

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RF unit may work improperly. The ongoing services carried on the RF unit may be disrupted. Some functions of the RF unit may fail and the quality of services carried on the RF unit may decrease.
Minor
System Actions
When a critical component of an RF unit is faulty, the system automatically disables the faulty RX channel or TX channel associated with the RF unit.
Possible Causes
The RF unit hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
367 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.199 ALM-26533 RF Unit Software Program Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the software program of the RF unit runs improperly, such as suspension.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RF unit may work improperly. The RF unit will be automatically reset. The ongoing services carried on the RF unit are disrupted during reset.
System Actions
The system automatically resets the RF unit.
Possible Causes
The software program of the RF unit runs improperly, such as suspension.
Procedure
1. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF to reset the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.200 ALM-26534 RF Unit Overload

Description
This alarm is reported when the CPU usage of the RF unit is beyond the operating threshold.
Parameters
368 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Board Type CPU Load(%)
Type of the faulty RF unit CPU load

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact Some functions of the RF unit may fail, such as channel gain correction. In this case, the quality of services carried on the RF unit decreases. Long-term CPU overload may result in delayed response or timeout of maintenance tasks of the RF unit.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user runs too many configuration or maintenance commands frequently on the RF unit. The user starts too many test or measurement tasks on the RF unit. The software program of the RF unit runs improperly.
Procedure
1. Stop the configuration and maintenance tasks on the RF unit on the M2000. a. Stop the configuration and maintenance tasks on the RF unit. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Stop all the test, tracing, and statistical tasks on the RF unit on the M2000 a. Stop all the site test, tracing, and statistical tasks on the RF unit. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.201 ALM-26536 RF Unit Multi-Mode Configuration Conflict

Description
This alarm is reported when the frequencies configured for different modes conflict in multi-mode configuration.
Parameters
369 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Configuration Item Board Type Mode of Original Parameter Mode of New Parameter
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Conflicted configuration item (Carrier) Type of the faulty RF unit Mode of the original parameter (Reserved, TD-SCDMA, LTE-TDD, LTE-FDD, WIMAX, CDMA, GSM, UMTS, Unknown) Mode of the new parameter (Reserved, TD-SCDMA, LTE-TDD, LTE-FDD, WIMAX, CDMA, GSM, UMTS, Unknown)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact This alarm is reported when the frequencies configured for different modes conflict in multi-mode configuration.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
This alarm is reported when the frequencies configured for different modes conflict in multi-mode configuration.
Procedure
1. Check the frequencies configured for different modes on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the frequency configuration of each mode in multi-mode configuration of the RF unit. Locate the conflicting frequencies. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the frequency configuration of each mode of the RF unit according to the network plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.202 ALM-26538 RF Unit Clock Problem

Description
This alarm is reported when the interface clock of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) is faulty, or the working clock of an internal component is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board
370 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Slot No. Board Type
Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty RF unit

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Some components in the RF unit may work improperly. In certain cases, the ongoing services carried on the RF unit may be disrupted.
System Actions
When the working clock of a critical component in the RF unit is faulty, the system automatically disables the faulty RX channel or TX channel.
Possible Causes
The uplink interface of the RF unit is faulty, resulting in the faulty clock that is extracted at the interface. The clock chip or another component in the RF unit is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the port of the RF unit connecting to the peer device (upper- or lower-level RF unit or the BBU) on the M2000. 26504 RF Unit CPRI Interface Error 26234 BBU CPRI Interface Error Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RF unit through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
371 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.203 ALM-26540 RF Unit AC Input Power Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the AC power supply to the RF unit (with the AC-DC converter) fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The ongoing services carried on the RF unit are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC power supply to the RF unit fails.
Procedure
1. Check the AC power supply of the RF unit on site. a. Check the AC power equipment of the RF unit on site. Take proper measures to restore the AC power. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.204 ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the RF unit and the ALD (RET antenna, TMA, or SASU) malfunctions.
Parameters
Parameter Name ALD No. Device Type Parameter Description Number of the antenna device Type of the antenna device (RET, TMA, SASU)
372 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact If the maintenance link of the RET antenna is broken, the antenna tilt cannot be regulated. In this case, the state of the RET antenna cannot be monitored. If the maintenance link of the TMA is broken, the TMA gain cannot be configured. In this case, the state of the TMA cannot be monitored. The maintenance link for the SASU is disconnected. Therefore, the gain of the SASU cannot be set and the SASU status cannot be monitored.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The ALD current of the RF unit is out of range, or the configured ALD switch does not match the actual type of the ALD port on the RF unit. The ALD switch of the RF unit is not turned on. The data configuration of the antenna is incorrect. For example, the vendor code, equipment serial number, or antenna type is not configured or incorrect; the control port is incorrectly configured. There are feeder problems, such as water damage, connector fault, or bent cable. The hardware of the RF unit is faulty. The antenna device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the RF unit on the M2000. 26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range 26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Set the ALD switch of the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch. Then, turn on the ALD switch. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the antenna device configuration of the RF unit on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RET/LST TMA/LST SASU to check whether the antenna device configuration, such as vendor code , equipment serial number, antenna type, and control port is consistent with the actual situation.
373 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The configuration is consistent with the actual situation. Go to step 4. N => The configuration is inconsistent with the actual situation. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD RET/MOD TMA/MOD SASU/MOD RETSUBUNIT/MOD TMASUBUNIT/MOD SASUSUBUNIT to modify the antenna device configuration of the RF unit, such as vendor code, equipment serial number, antenna type, and control port according to the actual situation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit on site. a. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the installation of feeders for the RF unit on site. a. Check the installation of feeders for the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Check the installation of jumper between the feeder and the antenna device on site. a. Check the installation of jumper between the feeder and the antenna device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Power cycle the RF unit on site. a. Power cycle the RF unit on site. Wait until the RF unit startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 8. 8. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 9. 9. Replace the antenna device on site. a. Perform the corresponding operation according to the antenna device type. In the case of the RET antenna, replace the RET antenna.
374 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
In the case of the TMA, replace the TMA. In the case of the SASU, replace the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.205 ALM-26542 RF Unit Backup Power Device Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the RF unit and the backup power device fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The system cannot monitor the input power, battery, or ambient temperature. The backup power device cannot be controlled.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The backup power device is configured, but not required actually. The backup power device is not installed. The monitoring board of the backup power device is also not powered on or works improperly. The address settings of the DIP switch on the backup power device are incorrect. The connection between the RF unit and the backup power device is not ready, or the cables are faulty. The backup power device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of the backup power device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST PMU(PMU)/LST TCU(TCU) to query the configuration of the backup power device on the RF unit. Check whether the configuration of the backup power device is required according to the site plan. Y => The configuration is required. Go to step 2. N => The configuration is not required. Go to sub-step b.
375 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU) to remove the unnecessary backup power device of the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the working state of the backup power device on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED on the backup power device blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s) on site. Y => The RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Go to step 3. N => The RUN LED does not blink (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Go to sub-step b. b. Power cycle the backup power device. Wait until the RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the address settings of the DIP switch on the backup power device on site. a. Check whether the address settings of the DIP switch on the backup power device are correct according to the configuration plan. For details, see the installation guide. Y => The address settings are correct. Go to step 4. N => The address settings are incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Modify the address settings of the DIP switch on the backup power device according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connections of the backup power device on site. a. Reconnect the cables between the RF unit and the backup power device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the cables between the RF unit and the backup power device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reset the monitoring board for the backup power device on site. a. Reseat the monitoring board for the backup power device. Wait until the RUN LED on the monitoring board blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.
376 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
6. Replace the monitoring board for the backup power device on site. a. Remove the monitoring board for the backup power device. Install a new monitoring board. Wait until the RUN LED on the monitoring board blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.206 ALM-26543 RF Unit External Device Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link between the RF unit and the general serial port device malfunctions.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Link No. Board Type Device Address Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Communication link No. of the external device Type of the faulty RF unit Address of the external device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The system cannot monitor or control the general serial port device that is installed by the user.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The serial port device is configured, but not installed actually. The serial port device is not powered on, or works improperly. The address settings of the DIP switch on the serial port device are incorrect. The connection between the RF unit and the serial port device is not ready, or the cables are faulty. The serial port device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration of the serial port device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST PMU(PMU)/LST TCU(TCU) to query the configuration of the serial port device on the RF unit. Check whether the configuration of the serial port device is required according to the site plan.
377 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The configuration is required. Go to step 2. N => The configuration is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV PMU(PMU)/RMV TCU(TCU) to remove the unnecessary serial port device of the RF unit. 2. Check the working state of the serial port device on site. a. Check whether the RUN LED on the serial port device blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s) on site. Y => The RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Go to step 3. N => The RUN LED does not blink (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Go to sub-step b. b. Power cycle the serial port device. Wait until the RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. According to the base station installation guide, check the address settings of the DIP switch on the serial port device on site. a. Check whether the address settings of the DIP switch on the serial port device are correct according to the configuration plan. Y => The settings are correct. Go to step 4. N => The settings are incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Modify the address settings of the DIP switch on the serial port device according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check the cable connections of the serial port device on site. a. Reconnect the cables between the RF unit and the serial port device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the cables between the RF unit and the serial port device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Power cycle the serial port device on site. a. Power cycle the serial port device on site. Wait until the serial port device startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6.
378 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
6. Replace the serial port device on site. a. Replace the serial port device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.207 ALM-26544 RF Unit Power Surge Protector Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the power surge protector of the RF unit is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The power surge protection function of the RF unit fails.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The RF unit encounters lightning strikes. Therefore, open-circuit protection is implemented by in the power surge protector of the RF unit.
Procedure
1. Check the surge protector on site. a. Check whether the surge protector of the RF unit and external power device is functional. Y => The surge protector is functional. Go to step 2. N => The surge protector malfunctions or is not installed. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault in the surge protector, or install a functional surge protector. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit.
379 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.208 ALM-26545 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off Through Command

Description
This alarm is reported when a command is executed to turn off the switch of the TX channel of the RF unit.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. TX Channel No. Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board TX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit

Alarm Severity Warning Alarm Impact The services carried over the TX channel are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The command is executed to turn off the switch of the TX channel of the RF unit.
Procedure
1. Turn on the switch of the TX channel of the RF unit on the M2000. a. After the NE maintenance is complete, run the MML command MOD TXBRANCH to turn on the switch. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.209 ALM-26546 RF Unit External Power Supply Insufficient

Description
The alarm is reported if the RF unit detects an insufficiency in the capability of the external power supply.
Parameters
380 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Specific Problem Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Cabinet Power Supply Abnormal, Cabinet Type and RF Unit type Mismatch)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The RF unit operates in power derating mode, and thereby affects the system capacity. The RF unit operates in power derating mode or becomes unavailable, and thereby affects the system capacity and coverage.
Major
System Actions
If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet Power Supply Abnormal", the RF unit operates in power derating mode. If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet Type and RF Unit Type Mismatch", the RF unit is set to be unavailable or in power derating mode.
Possible Causes
The abnormal mains supply leads to an insufficient battery voltage. The PSU is faulty. The cabinet type and the RF unit type mismatch.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the problem in the alarm detailed information on the M2000. If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet Type and RF Unit Type Mismatch", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Cabinet Power Supply Abnormal", go to step 3. 2. Check whether the cabinet type and the RF unit type match on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check the description in the manufacture information about the RF unit that reports the alarm. Check whether the RF unit type is MRFUe or MRFUd. Y => The RF unit type is MRFUe or MRFUd, go to sub-step b. N => The RF unit type is not MRFUe or MRFUd, Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Run the MML command DSP CABMFRINFO to check whether the cabinet description contains one of the following characters: 303+, 103+, and 202+. Y => The cabinet description contains one of the following characters: 303+, 103+, and 202+, Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The cabinet description does not contain any of the following characters: 303+,
381 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
103+, and 202+, go to step 6. 3. Check the type of power supply for the cabinet on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD to check whether the base station is configured with the PMU. Y => The base station is configured with the PMU, go to step 5. N=> The base station is not configured with the PMU, go to step 4. 4. Check the DC power supply system for the base station cabinet on site. a. Check whether the DC power system and the mains supply for the base station cabinet are normal on site. Y => The power supply for the base station is normal, Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The power supply for the base station is abnormal, go to sub-step b. b. Restore the DC power system and the mains supply for the base station cabinet. Check Whether the Alarm is Cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Check the AC power supply system for the base station cabinet on site. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. 25622 Mains Input Out of Range 25626 Power Module Abnormal Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 4. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check Whether the Alarm is Cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Replace the RF unit on site. a. Replace the RF unit that reports the alarm with an RU whose type is not MRFUe or MRFUd. Replace the RF Unit. Check Whether the Alarm is Cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.210 ALM-26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the motor of the RET antenna is faulty.
Parameters
382 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name ALD No. ALD Info. Specific Problem
Parameter Description Number of the antenna device Description of the antenna device Specific Problem of the alarm(Motor Detection Failed, Motor Permanently Stalled, Motor Temporarily Stalled)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The RET antenna tilt cannot be regulated.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The motor of the RET antenna is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the RET antenna on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the RET antenna. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RET antenna on site. a. Replace the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.211 ALM-26752 ALD Hardware Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the hardware of the antenna device (RET antenna, TMA or SASU) is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name ALD No. Device Type ALD Info. Parameter Description Number of the antenna device Type of the antenna device (RET, TMA, SASU) Description of the antenna device
383 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the primary hardware of the TMA is faulty, the RX gain amplification function of the TMA may fail. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the RX channel associated with the TMA are disrupted. The SASU malfunctions. As a result, the cell coverage may shrink. Minor If the hardware of the RET antenna is faulty, the antenna tilt may fail to be regulated. In this case, the status of the RET antenna cannot be monitored. If the secondary hardware of the TMA is faulty, the TMA gain cannot be configured. In this case, the status of the TMA cannot be monitored. The secondary hardware of the SASU is faulty. As a result, some secondary functions of the SASU may fail.
System Actions
When the TMA or SASU is severely faulty (alarm severity: major), the TMA or SASU is automatically bypassed. Meanwhile, the system automatically sets the attenuation on the corresponding RX channel to 0. After the fault in the TMA or SASU is cleared, the system automatically restores the attenuation on the corresponding RX channel to the configured value.
Possible Causes
The antenna device (RET antenna or TMA) hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the antenna device on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the antenna device. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the antenna device. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the antenna device on site. a. Perform the corresponding operation according to the antenna device type. In the case of the RET antenna, replace the RET antenna. In the case of the TMA, replace the TMA. In the case of the SASU, replace the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.212 ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the RET antenna is not calibrated.
384 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name ALD No. ALD Info. Parameter Description Number of the antenna device Description of the antenna device

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The cell coverage on the RET antenna is inconsistent with the configuration.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
A newly installed RET antenna is not calibrated. The RET antenna is powered off when the antenna tilt is adjusted. The configuration file of the RET antenna is downloaded again.
Procedure
1. Calibrate the RET antenna on the M2000. a. Run the MML command CLB RET to calibrate the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RET antenna on site. a. Replace the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.213 ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss

Description
This alarm is reported when the configured data of the RET antenna is lost.
Parameters
385 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The RET antenna tilt may fail to be regulated.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The RET antenna is powered off during data reconfiguration, which leads to data loss. The flash memory of the RET antenna is damaged. The RET antenna is newly installed without the data configuration file.
Procedure
1. Download the configuration file of the RET antenna on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DLD RETCFGDATA to re-download the configuration file of the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the RET antenna on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the RET antenna. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the RET antenna on site. a. Replace the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.214 ALM-26755 TMA Bypass

Description
This alarm is reported when the TMA is automatically bypassed in the case of a critical fault.
Parameters
386 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact After the TMA is bypassed, the receive sensitivity of the RX channel decreases and the sector coverage shrinks.
System Actions
The TMA is automatically bypassed. Meanwhile, the system automatically sets the attenuation on the corresponding RX channel to 0.
Possible Causes
The TMA hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the TMA on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the TMA. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the TMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the TMA on site. a. Replace the TMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.215 ALM-26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed

Description
This alarm is reported when the VSWR on the antenna port of the SASU is beyond the VSWR alarm threshold.
Parameters
Parameter Name ALD No. Subunit No. ALD Info. Parameter Description Number of the antenna device Number of the Subunit Description of the antenna device

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The return loss at the antenna port of the SASU is relatively large. In this case, the output power of the RF unit decreases and the cell coverage shrinks.
387 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The feeder connector on the antenna port of the SASU is loose or waterlogged. The feeder connected to the antenna port of the SASU is bent, deformed, or damaged. The VSWR detection circuit of the SASU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the SASU on site. a. Reconnect the jumper to the antenna port of the SASU. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the installation of SASU feeders on site. a. Check the installation of SASU feeders. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the SASU on site. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the SASU. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the SASU. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the SASU on site. a. Replace the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.216 ALM-26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the running data of the RET antenna is inconsistent with the configuration. For example, the actual antenna tilt is inconsistent with the configuration.
Parameters
388 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameter Name ALD No. ALD Info.
Parameter Description Number of the antenna device Description of the antenna device

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The cell coverage on the RET antenna is inconsistent with the configuration.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Because of RET antenna reset or maintenance link disconnection, the data configuration on the base station is inconsistent with that on the RET antenna. The configured data of the RET antenna is lost or modified on the base station. The RET antenna works improperly, resulting in an automatic change of the downtilt. The configured downtilt exceeds the antenna capability.
Procedure
1. Check the error range of the downtilt alarm on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RETSUBUNIT to query the error range of the downtilt alarm. Check whether the error range is consistent with the configuration plan. Y => The error range is consistent with the configuration plan. Go to step 2. N => The error range is inconsistent with the configuration plan. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD RETSUBUNIT to modify the error range of the downtilt alarm of the RET. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Set the RET antenna tilt on the M2000. a. Check whether the configured downtilt exceeds the RET antenna capability. Y => The configured downtilt exceeds the RET antenna capability. Go to substep b. N => The configured downtilt does not exceed the RET antenna capability. Go to substep d. b. Check whether the downtilt is appropriate. Y => The downtilt is appropriate, and the RET antenna capability is insufficient. Go to step 4. N => The downtilt is inappropriate. Go to substep c. c. Reconfigure the downtilt. d. Run the MML command MOD RETTILT to set the RET downtilt. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
389 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the RET antenna on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the RET antenna. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the RET antenna on site. a. Replace the RET antenna. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.217 ALM-26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the running data of the TMA is inconsistent with the configuration. For example, the TMA gain or working mode is inconsistent with the configuration.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The receive sensitivity of the RX channel is extremely low or high, resulting in improper sector coverage.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Because of TMA reset or maintenance link disconnection, the data configuration on the base station is inconsistent with that on the TMA. The configured data of the TMA is lost or modified on the base station. The TMA works improperly, resulting in an automatic change of the TMA gain or TMA work mode.
Procedure
390 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1. Set the TMA gain on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD TMASUBUNIT to set the TMA gain. Run the MML command MOD TMASUBUNIT to set the TMA mode. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the TMA on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the TMA. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the TMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the TMA on site. a. Replace the TMA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.218 ALM-26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the base station detects that the running data of the SASU is inconsistent with the configuration. For example, the working mode, gain, state of the DC switch, or DC load of the SASU is inconsistent with the configuration.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The receive sensitivity is extremely low or high, resulting in improper sector coverage.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Because of SASU reset or maintenance link disconnection, the data configuration on the base station
391 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
is inconsistent with that on the SASU. The configured data of the SASU is lost or modified on the base station. The SASU works improperly, resulting in an automatic change of the SASU gain or SASU work mode.
Procedure
1. Set the SASU parameters on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD SASUSUBUNIT to set the SASU mode. Run the MML command MOD SASUSUBUNIT to set the SASU gain. Run the MML command MOD SASU to set the DC switch state of the SASU. Run the MML command MOD SASU to set the DC load of the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the SASU on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the SASU. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the SASU on site. a. Replace the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.219 ALM-26760 SASU Bypass

Description
This alarm is reported when the SASU is automatically bypassed in the case of a critical fault.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact After the SASU is bypassed, the receive sensitivity of the RX channel decreases and
392 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact the sector coverage shrinks.
System Actions
The SASU is automatically bypassed. Meanwhile, the system automatically sets the attenuation on the corresponding RX channel to 0.
Possible Causes
The SASU hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the SASU on the M2000. a. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn off the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the SASU. Run the MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT/MOD RETPORT to turn on the ALD switch of the RF unit connected to the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the SASU on site. a. Replace the SASU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.220 ALM-26765 RHUB Hardware Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the hardware of the RHUB is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RHUB may work improperly. The ongoing services carried on the RHUB may be disrupted.
393 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact Some functions of the RHUB may fail and the quality of services carried on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB may decrease.
System Actions
When a critical component of an RHUB is faulty, the system automatically disables the RHUB.
Possible Causes
The hardware of the RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the RHUB on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the RHUB disrupts all the ongoing services on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF to reset the RHUB on the M2000. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.221 ALM-26766 RHUB Software Program Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the software program of the RHUB runs improperly, such as suspension.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RHUB may work improperly. The RHUB will be automatically reset. The ongoing services carried on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB are disrupted during reset.
394 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
The system resets the RHUB.
Possible Causes
The software program of the RHUB runs improperly, such as suspension.
Procedure
1. Reset the RHUB on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.222 ALM-26767 RHUB Overload

Description
This alarm is reported when the CPU usage of the RHUB is beyond the operating threshold.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type CPU Load(%) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board CPU load

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The user access success rate and service quality may decrease. Long-term CPU overload may result in delayed response or timeout of maintenance tasks of the board. The test or tracing tasks with low priority may be automatically suspended or terminated.
System Actions
The flow control is started. The test or tracing tasks with low priority may be automatically suspended or terminated.
Possible Causes
The user runs too many configuration or maintenance commands frequently on the RHUB. The user starts too many test or measurement tasks on the RHUB. The software program of the RHUB runs improperly.
395 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1. Stop the configuration and maintenance tasks on the RHUB on the M2000. a. Stop the configuration and maintenance tasks on the RHUB. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Stop the test, tracing, and information collecting tasks in progress on the RHUB on the M2000. a. Stop all the test, tracing, and information collecting tasks in progress on the RHUB. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the RHUB on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the RHUB disrupts all the ongoing services on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RHUB through power-off. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.223 ALM-26768 RHUB Clock Problem

Description
This alarm is reported when the CPRI interface clock of the RHUB is faulty, or the working clock of an internal component is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Some components in the RHUB may work improperly. In certain cases, the ongoing services carried on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB may be disrupted.
System Actions
When the working clock of a critical component in the RHUB is faulty, the system automatically disables the
396 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
faulty RHUB.
Possible Causes
The uplink CPRI interface of the RHUB is faulty, resulting in the faulty clock that is extracted at the CPRI interface. The clock processor or another component in the RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the CPRI port of the RHUB on the M2000: 26783 RHUB CPRI Interface Error 26234 BBU CPRI Interface Error Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the RHUB on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the RHUB disrupts all the ongoing services on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to reset the RHUB through power-off. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.224 ALM-26770 UPS Surge Protection Device Fault

Description
This alarm is reported by the external alarm port 0 of the RHUB when the UPS surge protection device (SPD) fails because its protection circuit is damaged.
Parameters
397 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type
Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RHUB may be damaged due to possible lightning strikes.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The RHUB is not configured with the UPS. The cable between the RHUB and the SPD is not ready or faulty. The protection circuit of the SPD fails.
Procedure
1. Check the UPS configuration on site. a. Check whether the RHUB is configured with the UPS on site. This alarm is required only when the UPS is configured. Y => The RHUB is configured with the UPS. Go to step 2. N => The RHUB is not configured with the UPS. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET ALMPORT to disable the Boolean alarm of the external alarm port 0. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the cable connection between the RHUB and the SPD on site. a. Check whether the cable connection between the RHUB and the SPD is normal. Y => The cable connection is normal. Go to procedur 3. N => The cable connection is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the cable between the RHUB and the SPD. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the SPD on site. a. Replace the SPD on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
398 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.225 ALM-26771 Mains Breakdown with UPS

Description
This alarm is reported by the external alarm port 1 of the RHUB configured with the UPS when the AC mains supply fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RHUB is powered by the UPS when the AC mains supply fails. If the AC mains supply is unavailable for a long time, the RHUB will be powered off when the battery is exhausted. In this case, the ongoing services carried on all the PRRUs connected to the RHUB are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The RHUB is not configured with the UPS. The monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS is faulty. The AC mains supply for the UPS fails.
Procedure
1. Check the UPS configuration on site. a. Check whether the RHUB is configured with the UPS on site. This alarm is required only when the UPS is configured. Y => The RHUB is configured with the UPS. Go to step 2. N => The RHUB is not configured with the UPS. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET ALMPORT to disable the Boolean alarm of the external alarm port 1. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS on site. a. Check whether the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS is normal.
399 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The monitoring cable is normal. Go to step 3. N => The monitoring cable is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the AC mains supply for the UPS on site. a. Check whether the AC mains supply for the UPS is normal on site. Y => The AC mains supply for the UPS is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The AC mains supply for the UPS fails. Go to sub-step b. b. Rectify the fault on the AC mains supply for the UPS. Wait until the AC mains supply is available. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.226 ALM-26772 UPS Battery Undervoltage

Description
This alarm is reported by the external alarm port 2 of the RHUB configured with the UPS. When the AC mains supply fails, the UPS starts to work and is powered by the battery. This alarm is reported when the UPS battery voltage drops to the undervoltage threshold.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RHUB continues to operate for an additional short period after this alarm is reported. When the UPS battery is exhausted, the RHUB is powered off and the ongoing services carried on all the connected PRRUs are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The RHUB is not configured with the UPS.
400 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS is faulty. The AC mains supply malfunctions for a long time, such as power failure, overvoltage, undervoltage, or excessive frequency deviation. The battery is damaged.
Procedure
1. Check the UPS configuration on site. a. Check whether the RHUB is configured with the UPS on site. This alarm is required only when the UPS is configured. Y => The RHUB is configured with the UPS. Go to step 2. N => The RHUB is not configured with the UPS. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET ALMPORT to disable the Boolean alarm of the external alarm port 2. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS battery on site. a. Check whether the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS battery is normal. Y => The monitoring cable is normal. Go to step 3. N => The monitoring cable is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS battery. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the AC mains supply for the UPS on site. a. Check whether the AC mains supply for the UPS malfunctions for a long time, such as power failure, overvoltage, undervoltage, or excessive frequency deviation. Y => The AC mains supply for the UPS malfunctions. Go to sub-step b. N => The AC mains supply for the UPS is normal. Go to step 4. b. Rectify the fault on the AC mains supply for the UPS. Wait until the AC mains supply is available. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the battery on site. a. Check whether the battery is damaged according to the maintenance manual offered by the vendor. Y => The battery is damaged. Go to sub-step b. N => The battery is normal. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Replace the faulty battery.
401 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.227 ALM-26773 UPS Failure

Description
This alarm is reported by the external alarm port 3 of the RHUB configured with the UPS when the UPS is damaged.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The UPS bypasses the AC mains supply to the RHUB when this alarm is reported. The RHUB can continue to operate if the voltage and frequency of AC mains supply meet the requirements of the RHUB.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The RHUB is not configured with the UPS. The monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS is faulty. The UPS is damaged.
Procedure
1. Check the UPS configuration on site. a. Check whether the RHUB is configured with the UPS on site. This alarm is required only when the UPS is configured. Y => The UPS is configured. Go to step 2. N => The UPS is not configured. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET ALMPORT to disable the Boolean alarm of the external alarm port 3. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS on site.
402 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check whether the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS is normal. Y => The monitoring cable is normal. Go to step 3. N => The monitoring cable is faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Reconnect the monitoring cable between the RHUB and the UPS. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the UPS on site. a. Replace the UPS on site. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.228 ALM-26774 RHUB AC/DC Maintenance Link Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the maintenance link for the AC/DC module of the RHUB fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The power supply for the RHUB may fail. In this case, the ongoing services carried on all the PRRUs connected to the RHUB are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC/DC module is installed improperly. The AC/DC module is faulty. The hardware of the RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Remove and reinstall the AC/DC module on site. a. Remove and reinstall the AC/DC module on the RHUB panel. Wait until the RHUB
403 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the AC/DC module on site. a. Remove the AC/DC module from the RHUB panel and install a spare AC/DC module. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.229 ALM-26775 RHUB AC/DC Module Problem

Description
This alarm is reported when the AC/DC module of the RHUB malfunctions.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Cause Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Cause (AC/DC Module Fault, AC/DC Module Protection) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RHUB and connected PRRUs may fail to work normally. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the PRRUs are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The AC mains supply malfunctions. Overtemperature protection for the AC/DC module is triggered because the ambient temperature is
404 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
extremely high. The AC/DC module is installed improperly. The AC/DC module is faulty. The hardware of the RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the AC mains supply on site. a. Use a multimeter to measure the AC mains supply for the RHUB on site. Check whether the AC mains supply is in overvoltage or undervoltage. Y => The AC mains supply is in overvoltage or undervoltage. Go to sub-step b. N => The AC mains supply is normal. Go to step 2. b. Rectify the fault on the AC mains supply for the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the air vent of the RHUB on site. a. Check whether the air vent of the RHUB is blocked by dusts or foreign objects. Y => The air vent is blocked. Go to sub-step b. N => The air vent is not blocked. Go to step 3. b. Clean the air vent. Then, wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Remove and reinstall the AC/DC module on site. a. Remove and reinstall the AC/DC module on the RHUB panel. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the AC/DC module on site. a. Remove the AC/DC module from the RHUB panel and install a spare AC/DC module. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
405 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.230 ALM-26776 RHUB PSE Power Supply Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the RHUB detects that the power supply for the PSE is disconnected or in overcurrent mode.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Faulty Port Cause Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Faulty Port Cause (Remote supply fault) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The PRRUs connected to the PSE may fail to work normally. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the PRRUs are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable between the RHUB and the PRRU is short-circuited. The cable between the RHUB and the PRRU is disconnected. The PRRU is faulty. The RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Remove and reinstall the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU on site. a. Remove and reinstall the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU. Power off the PRRU and then power it on. Wait until the PRRU startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Use another PSE port on site. a. Disconnect the cable from the faulty PSE port of the RHUB, and then connect the cable to another idle PSE port of the RHUB. Power off the PRRU and then power it on. Wait
406 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
until the PRRU startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU on site. a. Replace the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU. Power off the PRRU and then power it on. Wait until the PRRU startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the PRRU on site. a. Replace the PRRU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.231 ALM-26777 RHUB PSE Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the PSE of the RHUB is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. PSE No. Cause Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board PSE No. Cause (Over Voltage, Below Voltage, Over Temperature Close, Oscillator Fault) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The PRRUs connected to the faulty PSE may fail to work normally. In this case, the ongoing services carried on the PRRUs may be disrupted.
407 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The hardware of the RHUB is faulty. Overtemperature protection for the PSE is triggered because the ambient temperature of the RHUB is extremely high.
Procedure
1. Check the overtemperature protection state of the PSE on the M2000. a. Check whether the fault cause is "Overtemperature Shutdown" according to the alarm location information. Y => The fault cause is "Overtemperature Shutdown". Go to step 2. N => The fault cause is not "Overtemperature Shutdown". Go to step 3. 2. Check the air vent of the RHUB on site. a. Check whether the air vent of the RHUB is blocked by dusts or foreign objects. Y => The air vent is blocked. Go to sub-step b. N => The air vent is not blocked. Go to step 3. b. Clean the air vent and then wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the AC/DC module on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST ALMAF to query active alarms. Check for 26775 RHUB AC/DC Module Problem. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 4. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Reset the RHUB on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the RHUB disrupts all the ongoing services on the PRRUs connected to the RHUB. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the RHUB. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the RHUB on site.
408 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.232 ALM-26780 RHUB Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the CPRI port of the RHUB is not in position or when the cable connection on the CPRI optical module or electrical port is not ready.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(East), Port 1(West)) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact In chain topology, the CPRI link of lower-level devices is disconnected. The services carried on lower-level devices are disrupted. In ring topology, the reliability of the CPRI link decreases. In this case, the active CPRI link of lower-level devices is switched over to the standby CPRI link. In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
System Actions
In ring topology, the active CPRI link of lower-level devices is switched over to the standby CPRI link.
Possible Causes
The networking of RHUB and lower-level devices is incorrect. Redundant lower-level devices are configured. The optical module on the CPRI port of the RHUB is not in position, or the cable connection on the CPRI optical module or electrical port is not ready. The optical module on the CPRI port of the RHUB is faulty, or the cable connected to the CPRI optical module or electrical port is faulty. The connecting piece on the CPRI port of the RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for redundant lower-level devices on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST RRUCHAIN to query the CPRI link networking of the faulty
409 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
RHUB. According to the site planning, check whether the redundant lower-level devices are configured. Y => The redundant lower-level devices are configured. Go to sub-step b. N => There is no redundant lower-level device. Go to step 2. b. Run the MML command RMV RRU to remove the redundant lower-level devices. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the installation of the optical module, or check the cable connection on the CPRI optical module or electrical port of the RHUB on site. a. Check whether the optical module is installed, or whether the cable is connected to the CPRI optical module or electrical port of the RHUB on site. Y => The optical module is installed, and the cable is connected. Go to sub-step c. N => The optical module is not installed, or the cable is not connected. Go to sub-step b. b. Install the optical module or connect the cable to the CPRI optical/electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. c. Remove the optical module or the cable connected to the CPRI optical/electrical port, and then reinstall it properly. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the RHUB on site. a. Power off the RHUB on site and then power it on. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.233 ALM-26781 RHUB Optical Module Type Mismatch

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module (1.25 Gbit/s or 2.5 Gbit/s) installed on the CPRI port of the RHUB is not supported by the RHUB.
410 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Valid Optical Module Type Installed Optical Module Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(East), Port 1(West)) Type of the faulty board Valid optical module type (1.25 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps) Installed optical module type (1.25 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The CPRI port of the RHUB does not work normally. The services carried on all the PRRUs connected to the RHUB are disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The type of the optical module installed on an RHUB is not supported by the RHUB. For example, an RHUB supports only an optical module of 2.5 Gbit/s, but an optical module of 1.25 Gbit/s is installed on the RHUB.
Procedure
1. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module of the RHUB on site. Ensure that the installed optical module is supported by the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.234 ALM-26782 RHUB Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical transmission on the optical link (at the physical layer) is abnormal between the RHUB and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU).
Parameters
411 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Port Board Type Port Type Specific Problem
CPRI port (Port 0(East), Port 1(West)) Type of the faulty board CRPI port type (Uplink, Downlink) Specific Problem of the alarm(Transmit Error, Reception Error)

System Actions
In ring topology, the current-level RHUB automatically switches to a normal CPRI port if its uplink CPRI port is faulty.
Possible Causes
The optical module or connector of the current-level RHUB is improperly installed. Or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the current-level RHUB is dirty. The current-level RHUB is faulty. The peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is not powered on. The optical module or connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is improperly installed. Or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is dirty. The peer device is faulty. The optical link between the current-level RHUB and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty CPRI port of the RHUB on the M2000. 26780 RHUB Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26781 RHUB Optical Module Type Mismatch 26786 RHUB Optical Module Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
412 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the CPRI port of the current-level RHUB on site. a. On the current-level RHUB side, remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the faulty CPRI port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber at the current-level RHUB on site. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module of the RHUB. Then, connect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber by using a flange. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step c. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Disconnect the TX and RX terminals of the optical fiber, and restore the optical connection of the RHUB. Then, Go to step 4. c. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Power off the RHUB on site and then power it on. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4. 4. Check the running status of the peer device. a. On the peer device side, check whether the RUN LED on the peer device blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Y => The RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). The peer device is running normally. Go to step 5. N => The RUN LED does not blink (ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). The peer device is running improperly. Go to sub-step b. b. Power cycle the peer device on site. Wait until the RUN LED blinks (ON for 1s and OFF
413 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check the CPRI port of the peer device. a. Remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the CPRI port of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module at the peer device. a. Remove the optical fiber from the optical module of the peer device. Then, connect the TX and RX ports of the optical module by using an optical fiber for loopback. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. b. Disconnect the TX and RX ports of the optical module, and restore the optical connection of the peer device. Then, Go to step 7. c. Replace the optical module of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Power Cycle the Peer Device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Replace the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Check the optical connections on site. a. Check the optical connections between the current-level RHUB and the peer device. Troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as fiber bending or deformation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
414 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the optical fiber. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.235 ALM-26783 RHUB CPRI Interface Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the data transmission on the CPRI link (at the link layer) is abnormal between the RHUB and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU).
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Port Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(East), Port 1(West)) Type of the faulty board CRPI port type (Uplink, Downlink)

System Actions
In ring topology, the current-level RHUB automatically switches to a normal CPRI port if its uplink CPRI port is faulty.
Possible Causes
If the CPRI optical transmission is used, the optical module or connector of the RHUB or peer device may be improperly installed, or the optical link is faulty. If the CPRI electrical transmission is used, the cable connector of the RHUB or peer device may be improperly installed, or the cable is faulty. The RHUB or peer device malfunctions, or the hardware is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000.
415 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Check for the correlated alarm on the faulty CPRI port of the RHUB on the M2000. 26780 RHUB Optical Module or Electrical Port Not Ready 26781 RHUB Optical Module Type Mismatch 26782 RHUB Optical Module Transmit/Receive Fault 26786 RHUB Optical Module Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. On site, check the cable connections on the CPRI electrical port of the RHUB. a. Check the cable connections on the CPRI port of the current-level RHUB on site. If the CPRI electrical transmission is used, Go to sub-step b. If the CPRI optical transmission is used, Go to step 3. b. Remove and reinstall the cable on the CPRI electrical port of the current-level RHUB and the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the cable on the CPRI electrical port. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the running status of the RHUB or peer device on site. a. Power off the RHUB on site and then power it on. Wait until the RHUB startup is complete (the RUN LED blinking, ON for 1s and OFF for 1s). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Power Cycle the Peer Device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to sub-step d. d. Replace the peer device.
416 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.236 ALM-26785 RHUB Optical Interface Performance Degraded

Description
This alarm is reported when the TX/RX performance of the optical module of the RHUB deteriorates.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Specific Problem
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(East), Port 1(West)) Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Optical Module Performance Degraded, Reception Power too High, Reception Power too Low)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the TX/RX performance of the optical module deteriorates significantly, the quality of services carried on the CPRI link of the RHUB may decrease significantly, or the ongoing services carried on the RHUB may even be disrupted. When the TX/RX performance of the optical module deteriorates to some extent, the quality of services carried on the CPRI link of the RHUB may decrease to some extent.
Minor
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The optical module or connector of the current-level RHUB is improperly installed. Or the optical module is aged. The optical connector of the current-level RHUB is dirty. The optical module on the CPRI port of the current-level RHUB is not supported by the current-level RHUB, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate. The optical module or connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is improperly installed. Or the optical module is faulty. The optical connector of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is dirty. The optical module on the CPRI port of the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) is not supported by the peer device, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate.
417 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The optical fibers between the current-level RHUB and the peer device (upper-level/lower-level RHUB, RF unit, or BBU) are bent, deformed, or aged. Or the length of optical fibers is excessive (longer than 40 km), which leads to a high attenuation of optical signals.
Procedure
1. Check the CPRI port of the current-level RHUB on site. a. Remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the CPRI port of the current-level RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the optical module on the CPRI port is supported by the current-level RHUB, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s or 2.5 Gbit/s). Y => The optical module is supported by the RHUB. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module is not supported by the RHUB. Go to sub-step d. d. Select the optical module that is supported by the RHUB. e. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the CPRI port of the peer device on site. a. Remove and reinstall the optical module and connector on the CPRI port of the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Remove the connector of the optical module. Clean the connector by using absolute alcohol. Then, reinstall the connector to the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Check whether the optical module on the CPRI port is supported by the peer device, in terms of type (single-mode or multi-mode) and rate (1.25 Gbit/s or 2.5 Gbit/s). Y => The optical module is supported by the peer device. Go to sub-step e. N => The optical module is not supported by the peer device. Go to sub-step d. d. Select the optical module that is supported by the peer device.
418 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
e. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the optical connections on site. a. Check the optical connections between the current-level RHUB and the peer device. Troubleshoot the improper optical connections, such as fiber bending or deformation. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Check the length of the optical link between the current-level RHUB and the peer device. If the length is excessive (longer than 40 km), add an optical trunk or use another cascaded RHUB as the optical trunk. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the optical fibers between the current-level RHUB and the peer device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.237 ALM-26786 RHUB Optical Module Fault

Description
This alarm is reported when the optical module on the CPRI port of the RHUB is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board CPRI port (Port 0(East), Port 1(West)) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The information about the optical module cannot be obtained.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
419 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The optical module of the RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the RHUB on the M2000: 26765 RHUB Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the optical module on site. a. Replace the optical module. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.238 ALM-26787 RHUB-PRRU CPRI Interface Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the CPRI interface between the RHUB and the PRRU malfunctions.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The CPRI interface between the RHUB and the PRRU malfunctions. In this case, the maintenance link for the PRRU is broken and the PRRU cannot provide the services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable connection between the RHUB and the PRRU is not ready. The cable between the RHUB and the PRRU is faulty.
420 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The PRRU is faulty. The RHUB is faulty.
Procedure
1. Remove and reinstall the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU on site. a. Remove and reinstall the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU. Power off the PRRU and then power it on. Wait until the PRRU startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Use another PSE port of the RHUB on site. a. Disconnect the cable from the faulty PSE port of the RHUB, and then connect the cable to another idle PSE port of the RHUB. Power off the PRRU and then power it on. Wait until the PRRU startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU on site. a. Replace the cable between the RHUB and the PRRU. Power off the PRRU and then power it on. Wait until the PRRU startup is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the PRRU on site. a. Replace the PRRU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the RHUB on site. a. Replace the RHUB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.239 ALM-26810 License Data Loss

Description
This alarm is reported when the NE license becomes invalid.
Parameters
421 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
None.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The NE enters the default license mode. The NE services are subject to the default license.
System Actions
The system works in default license mode.
Possible Causes
The license is unavailable. The license is invalid. The keep-alive period for the temporary license has expired.
Procedure
1. Check the license allocation on the M2000. a. Check the license allocation on the M2000. Check whether the NE is allocated with the license resources. Y => The NE is allocated with the license resources. Go to sub-step c. N => The NE is not allocated with the license resources. Go to sub-step b. b. Adjust the license allocation among NEs on the M2000. Allocate the license resources to the current NE. c. Manually trigger the NE license synchronization on the M2000. Wait until the synchronization is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.240 ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the configured capacity limit exceeds the licensed limit in the case of system startup.
Parameters
Parameter Name Operator Index Mismatched Control Item Parameter Description Index of the operator owning the license Licensed control item that is lower than system configuration

422 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The NE services are subject to the license.
System Actions
None.
Possible Causes
The configured system capacity exceeds the currently allocated license limit for the system.
Procedure
1. Check the license allocation on the M2000. a. Check the license allocation on the M2000. Check whether there are license resources available for the current NE. Y => There are license resources available for the current NE. Go to sub-step b. N => There are no license resources available for the current NE. Go to step 2. b. Adjust the license allocation among NEs on the M2000. Allocate more license resources to the current NE. c. Manually trigger the NE license synchronization on the M2000. Wait until the synchronization is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reconfigure the NE data on the M2000. a. Change the values of NE data to be equal to or less than the limit values in the license. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. 3. 3. Order a license. a. Based on hardware configuration and plan, order a license with a higher capacity limit. End the alarm handling.
1.1.241 ALM-26812 System Dynamic Traffic Exceeding Licensed Limit

Description
This alarm is reported when the traffic volume of the NE is beyond the capacity limit (configurable) of the license consistently. This alarm is cleared when the traffic volume of the NE stays below 90% (configurable) of the capacity limit of the license consistently.
Parameters
Parameter Name Operator Index Excessive Control Item Parameter Description Index of the operator owning the license Control item that exceeds the licensed limit
423 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Usage
Current usage

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The traffic beyond the licensed limit is not allowed.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The traffic volume of the NE is beyond the licensed limit.
Procedure
1. Check the setting of the alarm threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LICENSEALMTHD to check whether the setting of the alarm threshold is proper. Y => The setting of the alarm threshold is proper. Go to step 2. N => The setting of the alarm threshold is improper. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET LICENSEALMTHD to modify the alarm threshold. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Adjust the allocation of license resources among NEs on the M2000. a. Check the license allocation on the M2000. Check whether there are license resources available for the current NE. Y => There are license resources available for the current NE. Go to sub-step b. N => There are no license resources available for the current NE. Go to step 3. b. Adjust the license allocation among NEs on the M2000. Allocate more license resources to the current NE. c. Manually trigger the NE license synchronization on the M2000. Wait until the synchronization is complete. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Order a license. a. Based on service requirements, order a license with a higher capacity limit. End the alarm handling.
1.1.242 ALM-26830 Local User Consecutive Login Retries Failed

Description
This alarm is reported if a local user account is locked when used to log in to an NE through the local
424 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
maintenance terminal (LMT) due to one of the following reasons: (1) The number of invalid passwords that are consecutively entered exceeds a pre-defined threshold. The default value of the threshold is three times. (2) The user name is invalid.
Parameters
Parameter Name Service User Name Service User IP Specific Problem Parameter Description Name of the service user IP address of the service user Specific Problem of the alarm(Password Error, Invalid User Name)

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The NE is exposed to security risks. The local user may be attacked by invalid users or the NE is in an insecure network. The NE is vulnerable to attacks.
System Actions
If the user enters a valid user name but incorrect passwords, the corresponding local user account is locked.
Possible Causes
The user has forgotten the login password. The NE is in an insecure network and is under attack.
Procedure
1. Check the validity of the local user account. a. Based on the specific problem in the alarm detailed information, check whether the local user account is valid. Y => The local user account is valid, go to step 2. N => The local user account is invalid, contact the network security center. 2. Check the identity of the login user. a. Contact the owner of the login account. Check whether the login operation is initiated by the owner. Y => The login operation is initiated by the owner. Go to sub-step b. N => The login operation is not initiated by the owner. Turn to the network security center. b. Check whether the owner of the account has forgotten the login password. Y => The owner of the account has forgotten the login password. Go to sub-step c. N => The owner of the account has not forgotten the login password. Go to sub-step d. c. Run the MML command RST PWD to update the login password of the user on the M2000. Inform the owner of the account about the new login password. d. Run the MML command ULK USR to unlock the user on the M2000. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
425 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.243 ALM-26832 Peer Certificate Expiry

Description
During the operation of the base station, the alarm is reported when the peer attempts to establish a connection with the base station by performing security authentication with an expired certificate.
Parameters
Parameter Name Certificate Application Type Service User IP Parameter Description Certificate Application Type (SSL, IPSec) IP address of the service user

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The NE is exposed to security risks, because the certificate of the peer has expired.
System Actions
The base station disconnects itself from the peer that uses an expired certificate.
Possible Causes
The peer certificate is not updated in time, and the peer certificate expires or the peer certificate is revoked . An invalid user attempts to connect to the base station with an expired certificate.
Procedure
1. Check the validity of the peer. a. Check the validity of the peer based on the IP address of the peer that is reported in the alarm detailed information. Y => The peer is valid, go to step 2. N => The peer is invalid, contact the network security center. 2. Update the certificate on the peer side. a. Contact the staff on the peer side to update the certificate and then reestablish a connection with the base station. Check Whether the Alarm is Cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.244 ALM-26840 Imminent Certificate Expiry

Description
This alarm is reported when the time span between the current time and the expiration time of the loaded certificate is below the user-defined threshold.
426 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name Certificate Type Certificate Name Parameter Description Type of certificate (Application certificate, Trust certificate, Cross certificate, CRL) Name of the certificate

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The Internet Key Exchange (IKE) or Security Socket Layer (SSL) negotiation requires a valid certificate. If the base station adopts the IKE/SSL certificate negotiation, an expired certificate may lead to a negotiation failure and disrupt the ongoing services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The time of the base station is incorrectly set. Automatic certificate update fails. The certificate is about to expire. That is, the time span between the current time and the expiration time of the loaded certificate is below the user-defined threshold.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. On the M2000, Check for the correlated alarm. 26266 Time Synchronization Failure 26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N=> The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the time setting of the base station on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP TIME to check whether the current time of the base station is correct. Y => The time is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The time is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET TIME to change the current time of the base station. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
427 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.245 ALM-26841 Certificate Invalid

Description
This alarm is reported when the NodeB detects any of the following: certificate expiry, certificate file loss, certificate file damage, certificate not-yet-effective, or a certificate file format error.
Parameters
Parameter Name Certificate Type Certificate Name Specific Problem
Parameter Description Type of certificate (Application certificate, Trust certificate, Cross certificate, CRL) Name of the certificate Specific Problem of the alarm(Expired, Lost, Damaged, Format Error, Other, Not Valid Yet)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The Internet Key Exchange (IKE) or Security Socket Layer (SSL) negotiation requires a valid certificate. If the base station adopts the IKE/SSL certificate negotiation, an invalid certificate may lead to a negotiation failure and disrupt the ongoing services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The certificate cannot be loaded. The certificate expires or the certificate is revoked. The certificate file is damaged. The certificate file format is incorrect. The certificate has not taken effect.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. On the M2000, Check for the correlated alarm. 26266 Time Synchronization Failure 26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
428 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Check the time setting of the base station on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP TIME to check whether the current time of the base station is correct. Y => The time is correct. Go to step 3. N => The time is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command SET TIME to change the current time of the base station. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check the certificate type that induces the alarm on the M2000. a. Check the certificate type based on the alarm detailed information. If "Certificate Type" is "Application certificate". Go to step 4. If "Certificate Type" is "Trust certificate". Go to step 5. If "Certificate Type" is "CRL". Go to step 6. 4. Update the certificate on the M2000. a. Run the MML command REQ DEVCERT to apply for a device certificate. b. Run the MML command MOD APPCERT to activate the device certificate. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Update the trusted certificate on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RMV TRUSTCERT to remove the trusted certificate. b. Run the MML command DLD CERTFILE to download the trusted certificate. c. Run the MML command ADD TRUSTCERT to add the trusted certificate. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Update the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RMV CRL to remove the CRL. b. Run the MML command DLD CERTFILE to download the CRL. c. Run the MML command ADD CRL to add the CRL. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.246 ALM-26842 Automatic Certificate Update Failed

Description
This alarm is reported when the automatic certificate update fails.
429 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name Certificate Type Certificate Name Parameter Description Type of certificate (Application certificate, Trust certificate, Cross certificate, CRL) Name of the certificate

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The certificate cannot be automatically updated as scheduled, which may bring security risks. If this alarm is not handled immediately, the certificate will expire in a period of time and services will be disrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The transmission network is faulty. The task used to automatically update the certificate is not configured according to the configuration plan, or the IP route is incorrectly configured. The certificate and CRL server or the Certificate Authority (CA) server is abnormal. The certificate is invalid(Expired, Damaged, Format Error, Not Valid Yet).
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarms of the port used for time synchronization on the M2000. 25880 Ethernet Link Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm with recommended actions. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the settings of the automatic certificate update on the M2000. a. On the M2000, determine the certificate type that induces the alarm based on the alarm detailed information. If "Certificate Type" is "CRL". Go to sub-step b. If "Certificate Type" is "Application certificate". Go to sub-step d. b. Run the MML command DSP CRL to check whether the CRL check task is configured according to the configuration plan. Y => If the CRL check task is configured according to the configuration plan. Go to step 3. N => If the CRL check task is not configured according to the configuration plan. Go to sub-step c.
430 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Run the MML command RMV CRL,ADD CRL to modify the CRL check task according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. d. Run the MML command LST CERTCHKTSK to check whether the certificate check task is configured according to the configuration plan. Y => If the certificate check task is configured according to the configuration plan. Go to step 3. N => If the certificate check task is not configured according to the configuration plan. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command SET CERTCHKTSK to modify the certificate check task according to the configuration plan. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check whether the IP route from the NE to the certificate and CRL server or CA server is configured on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IPRT to check whether the IP route from the NE to the certificate and CRL server or CA server exists. Y => The route exists. Go to step 4. N => The route does not exist. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add an IP route from the NE to the certificate and CRL server or CA server. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Check whether the route from the NE to the certificate and CRL server or CA server is available on the M2000. a. Run the MML command PING to start the PING test and check whether the CA server or the server that stores the certificate and the CRL can be reached. Y => The CA server or the server that stores the certificate and the CRL can be reached. Go to step 5. N => The CA server or the server that stores the certificate and the CRL cannot be reached. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance center responsible for the routing device. Rectify the route fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Check whether the CA server or the server that stores the certificate and the CRL functions normally.
431 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
a. Contact the maintenance center responsible for the CA server or the server that stores the certificate and the CRL. Check the status of the server and rectify the fault. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.247 ALM-28201 Local Cell Blocked

Description
The user can restrict the RNC from using a certain resource or all local cell resources by blocking local cells. This alarm is reported when local cells are blocked.
Parameters
Parameter Name Local Cell ID Parameter Description Local Cell ID

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact When a local cell is blocked, the cell cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user runs a command to block the local cell of the NE.
Procedure
1. Block the local cell on the M2000. a. Run the MML command UBL LOCELL to block the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.248 ALM-28203 Local Cell Unusable

Description
This alarm is reported when the local cell is unavailable due to physical or logical resource faults.
Parameters
Parameter Name Local Cell ID
Parameter Description Local Cell ID
432 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Specific Problem
Specific Problem of the alarm(Downlink Baseband Resource Unavailable, Baseband-RF Interface Resource Unavailable, Uplink RF Resource Unavailable, Downlink RF Resource Unavailable, License Capability Limited, Uplink Common Baseband Resource Unavailable, Baseband Board Unavailable, RF Board Unavailable, Insufficient CPRI bandwidth)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The logical cell cannot be established.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
User operations: The board is reset, blocked, not inserted, or not configured properly. Configuration: The local cell configuration exceeds the capability supported by the hardware. License capability: The license capability is lower than the local cell configuration capability. Hardware capability: The CPRI bandwidth is insufficient. Hardware faults: Board hardware is faulty, RF unit hardware is faulty, or the link between the baseband interface board and RF unit is broken. Software faults: The software of the board or RF unit malfunctions.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink common baseband resource unavailable", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Downlink baseband resource unavailable", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "Baseband-RF interface resource unavailable", go to step 4. If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink RF resource unavailable" or "Downlink RF resource unavailable", go to step 5. If "Specific Problem" is "License capability limited", go to step 7. If "Specific Problem" is "Baseband board unavailable", go to step 8. If "Specific Problem" is "RF board unavailable", go to step 9. If "Specific Problem" is "Insufficient CPRI bandwidth", go to step 10. 2. Rectify the fault of uplink baseband resources on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the uplink-related alarms of the WBBP exist. 26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26204 Board Not In Position 26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure
433 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
26210 Board Blocked 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 28300 Board Uplink Service Processing Channel Abnormal 28302 Board BFN Abnormal 28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step c. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query local cell information, such as the parameters "UL BB Resource Group No.", "Local Cell Radius", "High Speed Movement Mode", and "Remote Cell Mode". Run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the information about the uplink resource group used by the local cell. d. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the property and status of the boards contained in the uplink resource group. e. Check whether the number of cells configured in the uplink resource group exceeds the total number of cells allowed by the uplink resource group. The total number of cells allowed by the uplink resource group is the accumulated value of the number of cells supported by all boards in the uplink resource group and cannot exceed the maximum number of cells allowed by the uplink resource group. For details about the cell specification supported by the board, see the related hardware description. Y => The uplink capacity consumed by the local cell exceeds the total capacity of the uplink resource group. Go to sub-step f. N => The uplink capacity consumed by the local cell does not exceed the total capacity of the uplink resource group. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. f. Use either of the following methods to modify the configuration: Method 1: Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to delete the local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD LOCELL to establish a local cell on another uplink resource group that has sufficient resources. Method 2: Add the WBBP, and then run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the WBBP to the uplink resource group where the local cell resides. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Rectify the fault of downlink baseband resources on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the downlink-related alarms of the WBBP exist. 26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 26200 Board Hardware Fault
434 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26204 Board Not In Position 26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure 26210 Board Blocked 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 28301 Board Downlink Service Processing Channel Abnormal 28302 Board BFN Abnormal 28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step c. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the local cell information ("DL BB Resource Group No."), and then run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the information about the downlink resource group used by the local cell. d. Run the MML command DSP BBPTC to query the number of cells supported by the board in the downlink resource group. e. Check whether the number of cells configured in the downlink resource group exceeds the total number of cells allowed by the downlink resource group. The total number of cells allowed by the downlink resource group is the accumulated value of the number of cells supported by all boards in the downlink resource group and cannot exceed the maximum number of cells allowed by the downlink resource group. For details about the cell specification supported by the board, see the related hardware description. Y => The number of cells configured for the downlink resource group exceeds the total number of cells supported by the downlink resource group. Go to sub-step f. N => The number of cells configured for the downlink resource group does not exceed the total number of cells supported by the downlink resource group. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. f. Use either of the following methods to modify the configuration: Method 1: Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to delete the local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD LOCELL to establish a local cell in another downlink resource group that has sufficient resources. Method 2: Add the WBBP, and then run the MML command MOD DLGROUP to add the WBBP to the downlink resource group where the local cell resides. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Rectify the fault of baseband and RF interface resources on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the RRU
435 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
configured for the local cell, and then run the MML commands LST RRU and LST RRUCHAIN to query the information about the interface board configured for the RRU. b. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the interface board-related alarms exist. 26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26204 Board Not In Position 26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure 26210 Board Blocked 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 28302 Board BFN Abnormal 28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step c. N => The alarms do not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Rectify the RF resource fault on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for alarms related to the RRU/RFU or the baseband board connected to the RRU/RFU. 26210 Board Blocked 26235 RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure 26237 RRU Network Breakpoint 26524 RF Unit PA Overcurrent 26525 RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable 26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault 26538 RF Unit Clock Problem 26545 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off Through Command 26765 RHUB Hardware Fault 26768 RHUB Clock Problem Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step c. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
436 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the local cell, such as the RRU or RFU used in the local cell, uplink and downlink UARFCNs, and maximum output power. d. Run the MML command DSP RRU to query the specifications of the RRU or RFU. e. Check whether the uplink and downlink frequencies configured in the local cell are within the permissible frequency range of the RRU or RFU. (The conversion formula between UARFCNs and actual frequencies is available in the help information of the MML command ADD LOCELL.) Y => Go to sub-step g. N => Go to sub-step f. f. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the frequency of the local cell to a value within the frequency range supported by the RRU or RFU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Check whether the frequency spacing between the current local cell and any of the other local cells established on the RRU or RFU exceeds the allowed bandwidth of the RRU or RFU (Minimum frequency spacing = 3.8 MHz; Maximum uplink frequency spacing = UL Support Band Width - 3.8 MHz; Maximum downlink frequency spacing = TxUnitNo 0 Support Band Width - 3.8 MHz). Y => The frequency spacing between the current local cell and any of the other local cells established on the RRU or RFU exceeds the allowed bandwidth of the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step h. N => The frequency spacing between the current local cell and any of the other local cells established on the RRU or RFU does not exceed the allowed bandwidth of the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the frequency of the local cell to ensure that its frequency spacing with the other cells is within the range supported by the RRU or RFU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step i. i. Check whether the number of cells configured on the same RRU or RFU exceeds the number of carriers supported by the RRU/RFU. Y => The number of cells configured on the same RRU or RFU exceeds the number of carriers supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step j. N => The number of cells configured on the same RRU or RFU does not exceed the number of carriers supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step k. j. Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to delete the local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD LOCELL to establish a local cell on another uplink resource group that has sufficient resources. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step k.
437 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
k. Check whether the maximum power configured in the local cell is within the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. In transmit diversity and 0.5/0.5 same zone coverage mode, the power allocated to each RRU or RFU is equal to half of the total power of the local cell. Run the MML command DSP RRU to obtain the maximum transmit power supported by the RRU or RFU. Note: In the case of a multi-mode RRU or RFU, the RRU or RFU transmit power is shared by multiple modes. The specifications of the RRU or RFU transmit power may be restricted to the RRU or RFU hardware and the power lock. Y => The maximum power configured in the local cell is out of the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step l. N => The maximum power configured in the local cell is within the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step m. l. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the maximum transmit power of the local cell to a value within the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step m. m. Run the MML command LST RRU to obtain the information about the RRU or RFU configured on the same chain/ring. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to obtain the number of cells configured for the same RRU or RFU. Run the MML command DSP SFP to obtain the transmission rate of the optical module. If the transmission rate is 1.25 Gbit/s, the CPRI interface supports only four local cells (2 TX + 2 RX). If the transmission rate is 2.5 Gbit/s, the CPRI interface supports only eight local cells (2 TX + 2 RX). Check whether the allowed number of local cells on a chain/ring exceeds the number of local cells corresponding to the transmission rate on the chain/ring. Y => The allowed number of local cells on a chain/ring exceeds the number of local cells corresponding to the transmission rate on the chain/ring. Go to sub-step n. N => The allowed number of local cells on a chain/ring does not exceed the number of local cells corresponding to the transmission rate on the chain/ring. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. n. Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to delete the local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD LOCELL to establish a local cell on another RRU or RFU that has sufficient resources on the chain/ring. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step o. o. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the RRU. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the RRU on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
438 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
7. Remotely check the number of local cells supported by the license. a. Run the MML command DSP LICENSE on the LMT to check whether the value of "Local Cell Num" specified in the license file is smaller than the number of configured local cells. Y => The value of "Local Cell Num" specified in the license file is smaller than the number of configured local cells. Go to sub-step b. N => The value of "Local Cell Num" specified in the license file is greater than or equal to the number of configured local cells. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Configure a new license for the NodeB on the M2000 side. For details, see the online help of ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 8. Rectify the fault of Baseband Board on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the uplink-related alarms of the WBBP exist. 26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26204 Board Not In Position 26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure 26210 Board Blocked 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 28302 Board BFN Abnormal 28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 9. Rectify the fault of RF Board on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the alarms related to the RRU or RFU exist. 26210 Board Blocked 26235 RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure 26237 RRU Network Breakpoint 26524 RF Unit PA Overcurrent 26525 RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable
439 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault 26538 RF Unit Clock Problem 26765 RHUB Hardware Fault 26768 RHUB Clock Problem 26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 10. Locate the cause of CPRI bandwidth insufficiency on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP CPRILBR to check whether the line rate of the RRU chain meets the networking requirement. Y => The line rate of the RRU chain meets the networking requirement. Go to sub-step b. N => The line rate of the RRU chain does not meet the networking requirement. Go to sub-step c. b. Query the carrier configuration for UMTS cells and the carrier configurations for cells of other systems that share CPRI bandwidths with the UMTS cells. Check whether the carrier configuration exceeds the maximum typical configuration by referring to the specifications of the MBTS CPRI networking in the 3900 Series Base Station Technical Description. Y => The carrier configuration exceeds the maximum typical configuration. Go to sub-step d. N => The carrier configuration does not exceed the maximum typical configuration. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Check the maximum configuration at each level in the MML command execution result, and change the optical modules whose rates do not match. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. d. Adjust the base station configuration based on the specifications of the MBTS CPRI networking in the 3900 Series Base Station Technical Description. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.249 ALM-28204 Cell DL Load Simulation Startup

Description
This alarm is reported when the cell simulated load is started.
440 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The system capacity decreases.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user starts the cell simulated load.
Procedure
1. Stop the cell simulated load. a. Run the MML command STP DLSIM to stop the cell simulated load. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.250 ALM-28205 Cell Output Power too Low

Description
This alarm is reported when the output power of an NE is at least 2 dB lower than the sum of the common channel power configured by the RNC.
Parameters
Parameter Name Local Cell ID Output Power (0.1 dBm) Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Parameter Description Local Cell ID Output Power (0.1 dBm) Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The decrease in the NE output power causes a reduction in the cell coverage.
System Actions
None
441 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The RRU is faulty or aged.
Procedure
1. Reset the RRU on the M2000. a. According to the cabinet/subrack/slot number displayed in the alarm information, run the MML command RST BRD to reset the RRU. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is reported again. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RRU on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.251 ALM-28206 Local Cell Capability Decline

Description
This alarm is reported in any of the following cases: 1. In the case of indoor coverage iDBS cell or a local cell(sector configuration mod 0.5/0.5 or mod Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs) is configured with multiple RRUs. This alarm is reported when one of the RRUs fails and therefore the capability of the local cell is reduced. 2. The system defines that the maximum number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the local cell is six. This alarm is reported when the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs exceeds six and the RTWP of some RRUs fails to be processed. 3. The TX power on the channel of the RRU varies with the number of carriers. When a logical cell exists, this alarm is reported if the maximum TX power of a local cell exceeds the capacity of RRUs. 4. The local cell does not support two TX channels. This alarm is reported when the user configures two TX channels in the local cell. 5. The local cell does not support uplink 16QAM. This alarm is reported when the user configures uplink 16QAM in the local cell. 6. The local cell does not support uplink L2+. This alarm is reported when the user configures uplink L2+ in the local cell. 7. The local cell does not support downlink 64QAM+MIMO. This alarm is reported when the user configures downlink 64QAM+MIMO in the local cell. 8. The local cell does not support frequency domain equalization (FDE). This alarm is reported when the user configures FDE in the local cell. 9. The local cell does not support interference cancellation (IC). This alarm is reported when the user configures IC in the local cell. 10. The local cell does not support Dual Cell (DC). This alarm is reported when the user configures DC in the local cell. 11. The local cell does not support BOOST. This alarm is reported when the user configures BOOST in the local cell.
442 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
12. The local cell does not support DC+MIMO. This alarm is reported when the user configures DC+MIMO in the local cell. 13. The local cell does not support ERACH. This alarm is reported when the user configures ERACH in the local cell. 14. This alarm is reported when certain baseband boards in the uplink resource group used by the local cell do not support Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell. 15. This alarm is reported when the local cell cannot use all available uplink baseband resources in the uplink resource group. 16. Users have configured the activation and deactivation capability for the supplementary carrier of a cell but actually the activation and deactivation capability of the supplementary carrier is not supported. 17. Users have configured the HSUPA anti-interference scheduling capability for a cell but actually the cell does not support the HSUPA anti-interference scheduling capability. 18. The local cell does not support DC-HSUPA. This alarm is reported when the user configures but actually the cell does not support DC-HSUPA. 19. This alarm is reported when the CPRI bandwidth for UMTS cells is insufficient due to the bandwidth occupation by cells of other systems.
Parameters
Parameter Name Parameter Description Cause (Some RRU(s) in the iDBS cell not usable, Number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the iDBS cell exceeding six, RRU transmit power less than the transmit power required by the local cell, Two TX channels not supported by the cell, Uplink 16QAM not supported by the cell, Uplink L2+ not supported by the cell, Downlink 64QAM+MIMO not supported by the cell, FDE not supported by the cell, IC not supported by the cell, DC not supported by the cell, BOOST not supported by the cell, DCMIMO not supported by the cell, ERACH not supported by the cell, MultiRRU Independ DemOver Cell not supported by WBBP Board, Cell can't use all WBBP Board resources of the uplink resource group, ACT and DEA of Slave Carrier not supported by the cell, Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA not supported by the cell, DC-HSUPA not supported by the cell, Insufficient CPRI bandwidth) Local Cell ID
Local Cell ID

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The coverage of the faulty local cell decreases, the RTWP reported by some RRUs is discarded, the features configured on the local cell are not supported, or certain demodulation capabilities of the uplink resource group used by the local cell are unavailable.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Configuration: Parameter settings of the local cell are incorrect, or the local cell capability configured by the user does not match the actual capability. License capability: The license capability is lower than the local cell configuration capability.
443 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Hardware capability: The hardware capability of the baseband board or RF unit is insufficient, or the CPRI bandwidth is insufficient. Hardware faults: In scenarios of multiple RRUs in one cell, the hardware of an RRU that serves the local cell is faulty, or the link between an RRU and the baseband interface board is broken. Software faults: The software of the board or RF unit malfunctions.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Some RRU(s) in the iDBS cell not usable", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the iDBS cell exceeding six", go to step 4. If "Specific Problem" is "RRU transmit power less than the transmit power required by the local cell", go to step 5. If "Specific Problem" is "Two TX channels not supported by the cell", go to step 6. If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink 16QAM not supported by the cell", go to step 7. If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink L2+ not supported by the cell", go to step 8. If "Specific Problem" is "Downlink 64QAM+MIMO not supported by the cell", go to step 9. If "Specific Problem" is "FDE not supported by the cell", go to step 10. If "Specific Problem" is "IC not supported by the cell", go to step 11. If "Specific Problem" is "DC not supported by the cell", go to step 12. If Specific Problem is BOOST not supported by the cell,go to step 13. If Specific Problem is DC+MIMO not supported by the cell,go to step 14. If Specific Problem is ERACH not supported by the cell,go to step 15. Identify the cause of the alarm based on the alarm location information: If "Specific Problem" is "Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell not supported by certain baseband boards in the uplink resource group used by the cell", go to step 16 If "Specific Problem" is "All available baseband resources in the uplink resource group cannot be used by the cell", go to step 17 If Specific Problem is Users have configured the activation and deactivation capability for the supplementary carrier of a cell but actually the activation and deactivation capability of the supplementary carrier is not supported., go to step 18. If Specific Problem is Users have configured the HSUPA anti-interference scheduling capability for a cell but actually the cell does not support the HSUPA anti-interference scheduling capability., go to step 19. If Specific Problem is Users have configured but actually the cell does not support DC-HSUPA, go to step 20. If "Specific Problem" is "Insufficient CPRI bandwidth", go to step 21. 2. Check for redundant RRUs configured in the local cell on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the RRUs configured in the faulty local cell. Check whether redundant RRUs exist according to the network planning. Y => Redundant RRUs exist. Go to sub-step b.
444 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => Redundant RRUs do not exist. Go to step 3. b. Run the MML command RMV RRU to delete the redundant RRUs. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Rectify the RRU fault on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms. Check whether the RRUs configured in the faulty local cell are faulty. Y => The RRUs are faulty. Go to sub-step b. N => The RRUs are functional. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Rectify the fault that the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the iDBS cell exceeds six on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query all the RRUs configured in the current local cell. Check whether the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs exceeds six. Y => The number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs exceeds six. Go to sub-step b. N => The number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs does not exceed six. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconfigure the position or number of RRUs in the local cell. Ensure that the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs is less than or equal to six. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Rectify the fault that the power of the RRU does not support the maximum TX power of the local cell on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP RRU to query the maximum output power of the RRU, and run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the maximum TX power of the local cell. b. When the logical cell is established, check whether the maximum output power of the RRU is smaller than the maximum TX power of the local cell. Y => The maximum output power of the RRU is smaller than the maximum TX power of the local cell. Go to sub-step c. N => The maximum output power of the RRU is greater than or equal to the maximum TX power of the local cell. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to delete the other local cells on this RRU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
445 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 6. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support two TX channels on the M2000. a. Check whether the local cell is required to support two TX channels. Y => The local cell is required to support two TX channels. Go to sub-step c. N => The local cell is not required to support two TX channels. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the configuration so that the local cell does not support two TX channels. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the cabinet/subrack/slot number of the RRU configured for the local cell. d. Run the MML command LST RRU to check whether the RRU for the local cell is configured. Y => The RRU is configured. Go to sub-step f. N => The RRU is not configured. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command ADD RRU to add the RRU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step f. f. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the alarms related to the RRU configured for the local cell exist. Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step g. N => The alarms do not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. g. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support uplink 16QAM on the M2000. a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support uplink 16QAM is required. Y => The capability is required. Go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support uplink 16QAM. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the uplink 16QAM license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit
446 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Y => The uplink resource group contains the WBBPd. Go to sub-step g. N => The uplink resource group does not contain the WBBPd. The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step f. f. Add the WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step h. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and uplink 16QAM cannot be supported. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step j. N => Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. j. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB.
447 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 8. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support uplink L2+ on the M2000. a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support uplink L2+ is required. Y => The capability is required. Go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support uplink L2+. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the uplink L2+ license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The uplink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Go to sub-step g. N => The uplink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step f. f. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step h. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The
448 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
baseband resource is insufficient and uplink L2+ cannot be supported. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step j. N => Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. j. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 9. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support downlink 64QAM+MIMO on the M2000. a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support downlink 64QAM+MIMO is required. Y => The capability is required. Go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support downlink 64QAM+MIMO. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the downlink 64QAM+MIMO license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP
449 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
BRDMFRINFO to check whether the uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The uplink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Go to sub-step g. N => The uplink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step f. f. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step h. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and downlink 64QAM+MIMO cannot be supported. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step j. N => Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new EBBC/EBBCd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. j. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 10. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support FDE on the M2000. a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support FDE is required. Y => The capability is required. Go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support FDE (checking that the local cell does not support
450 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
uplink 16QAM in advance). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the FDE license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Y => The uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Go to sub-step g. N => The uplink resource group of the local cell does not contain the WBBPd. The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step f. f. Add the WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step h. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and FDE cannot be supported. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step j. N => Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this
451 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. j. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 11. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support IC on the M2000. a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support IC is required. Y => The capability is required. Go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support IC. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the IC license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Y => The uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Go to sub-step g. N => The uplink resource group of the local cell does not contain the WBBPd. The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step f. f. Add the WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group
452 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step h. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and IC cannot be supported. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step j. N => Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. j. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 12. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support DC on the M2000. a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support DC is required. Y => The capability is required. Run the MML command LST DLDUALCELLGRP to obtain a peer local cell that belongs to the same DC group as that for the local cell. Then, go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command RMV DLDUALCELLGRP to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support DC. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the IC license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
453 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the local cell. Check whether the local cell is a distributed cell (a field "RRU Mode" is displayed in the case of a distributed cell). Y => The local cell is a distributed cell. Go to sub-step f. N => The local cell is not a distributed cell. Go to sub-step h. f. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the local cell (RRU configuration of the distributed cell: number of configured RRUs, cabinet/subrack/slot number of the first RRU and last RRU). You need to check whether the RRU configuration of the local cell is the same as that of the peer local cell. Y => The RRU configuration of the local cell is the same as that of the peer local cell. Go to sub-step h. N => The RRU configuration of the local cell is different from that of the peer local cell. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the RRU configurations of the two local cells in the DC group are the same. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step h. h. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the local cell (uplink resource group number). Run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the uplink resource group used by the local cell. Query the uplink resource group used by the local cell and the peer local cell respectively, and check whether the WBBPb or WBBPd are configured in the uplink resource groups of both the two local cells. Y => Yes. Go to sub-step j. N => No. Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step j. j. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step k. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and IC cannot be supported. Go to sub-step l. k. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the downlink resource configuration of the local cell and the peer local cell respectively. Check whether the downlink resources of the two local cells are established on the same WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => Yes. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
454 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => No. The downlink baseband resources are insufficient. Go to sub-step m. l. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. m. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 13. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support BOOST a. Check whether the capability of the local cell to support BOOST is required. Y => The capability is required. Go to sub-step c. N => The capability is not required. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the settings of the local cell. Ensure that the local cell does not support BOOST. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the BOOST license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e. d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Y => The uplink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPd. Go to sub-step g. N => The uplink resource group of the local cell does not contain the WBBPd. The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step f. f. Add the WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
455 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step h. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and BOOST cannot be supported. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step j. N => Go to sub-step i. i. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. j. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 14. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support DC+MIMO. a. Check whether the local cell needs to support DC+MIMO. Y => The local cell needs to support DC+MIMO. Go to sub-step c. N => The local cell does not need to support DC+MIMO. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the cell configuration to ensure that the local cell does not support DC+MIMO. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the DC+MIMO license-related alarms exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step d. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step e.
456 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
d. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e. e. Run the MML command DSP LOCELL to check whether the local cell supports MIMO. Y => The local cell supports MIMO. Go to sub-step g. Y => The local cell does not support MIMO. Go to sub-step f. f. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support 2-way transmit diversity by referring to sub-step 6. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Run the MML command DSP LOCELL to check whether the local cell supports DC. N=> The local cell supports DC. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. Y => The local cell does not support DC. Go to sub-step h. h. Go to sub-step 12 to rectify the fault that the local cell does not support DC. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N=> The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 15. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support ERACH. a. Check whether the local cell needs to support ERACH. Y => The local cell needs to support ERACH. Go to sub-step c. N => The local cell does not need to support ERACH. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the cell configuration to ensure that the local cell does not support ERACH. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to obtain parameters "Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether uplink baseband resources are established on the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => Uplink baseband resources are established on the WBBPb or WBBPd. Baseband resources in the local cell are sufficient to support ERACH. Go to sub-step e. N => Uplink baseband resources are not established on the WBBPb or WBBPd. Baseband resources in the local cell are insufficient to support ERACH. Go to sub-step d. d. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the uplink resource group of the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step e.
457 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
e. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to check the parameter "DL BB Resource Group No." of the local cell. Then, run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the parameters "Cabinet No. of DL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of DL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of DL Process Unit" of each board. Run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource group of the local cell contains the WBBPb or WBBPd. Y => The downlink resource group contains the WBBPb or WBBPd.Go to sub-step f. N => The downlink resource group does not contain the WBBPb or WBBPd. The baseband resource is insufficient and ERACH cannot be supported. Go to sub-step g. f. Run the MML command DSP LOCELLRES to query the parameters "Dl BB Resource Cabinet No.", "Dl BB Resource Subrack No.", and "Dl BB Resource Slot No.". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the downlink resource is satisfied the local cells. Y => Go to sub-step h. N => Go to sub-step g. g. Add the WBBPb or WBBPd. Then, run the MML command MOD DLGROUP add the new WBBPb or WBBPd in the downlink resource group of the local cell. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. h. Run the MML command STR REALLOCLOCELL to re-allocate cell resources. Note that this command interrupts all services of the NodeB. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 16. Remotely rectify the fault that baseband boards do not support Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the local cell and check the parameter "UL BB Resource Group No.". Run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the information about the uplink resource group used by the local cell and check the following parameters of each board, ""Cabinet No. of UL Process Unit", "Subrack No. of UL Process Unit", and "Slot No. of UL Process Unit". Then, run the MML command DSP BRDMFRINFO to check whether the WBBPa is contained in the uplink resource group used by the local cell. Y =>The WBBPa is contained in the uplink resource group used by the local cell. Go to sub-step b. N => The WBBPa is not contained in the uplink resource group used by the local cell. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to remove the WBBPa from the uplink resource group used by the local cell. The WBBPa does not support Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell. It is recommended that the WBBPa be replaced by the WBBPb or WBBPd or that the WBBPa is added to another type of resource group. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
458 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 17. Remotely rectify the fault that the local cell cannot use all available uplink baseband resources in the uplink resource group. a. If the NodeB uses over four baseband boards, check whether any of the following alarms is reported on the board installed in slot 2 or 3: Board software error alarm board start failure alarm board software activation failure alarm board version mismatch alarm board type mismatch alarm board start alarm If any of the preceding alarms is reported, clear the alarm by referring to related handling suggestions. After the alarm is cleared, check whether "Specific Problem" is "All available baseband resources in the uplink resource group cannot be used by the cell". If the problem persists, Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 18. Solve the problem remotely that the activation and deactivation capability for the supplementary carrier of the local cell is not supported. a. Check whether the local cell is required to support the activation and deactivation capability for the supplementary carrier. Y => Go to sub-step b. N => Go to sub-step d. b. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether license-related alarms concerning activation and deactivation for the supplementary carrier exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => Go to sub-step c. N => Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y=> The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N=> The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. d. Run the MML command SET MACHSPARA to modify the configuration so that the local cell does not support the activation and deactivation capability for the supplementary carrier. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 19. Solve the problem remotely that the local cell does not support the HSUPA anti-interference scheduling capability. a. Check whether the local cell is required to support the HSUPA anti-interference scheduling capability.
459 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => Go to sub-step b. N => Go to sub-step d. b. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether license-related alarms concerning HSUPA anti-interference scheduling exist. 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => Go to sub-step c. N => Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Clear the correlated alarm according to the online help. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y=> The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N=> The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. d. Run the MML command SET MACEPARA to modify the configuration so that the local cell does not support HSUPA anti-interference scheduling. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 20. Rectify the fault that the local cell does not support DC-HSUPA on the M2000 a. Check whether the local cell is required to support DC-HSUPA. Y => Go to sub-step b. N => Go to sub-step d. b. Check whether the cell supports DC. If not, enable DC for the cell. If the cell supports DC-HSUPA after DC is enabled for the cell, end the task. If not, go to c. c. Check whether layer 2 enhancement is configured for the two cells in the DC group. If not, configure the layer 2 enhancement. Y=>The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N=>The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step d. d. Run the MML command RMV ULDUALCELLGRP to modify the configuration so that the local cell does not support DC-HSUPA. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y =>The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N =>The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 21. Locate the cause of CPRI bandwidth insufficiency on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP CPRILBR to check whether the line rate of the RRU chain meets the networking requirement. Y => The line rate of the RRU chain meets the networking requirement. Go to sub-step b. N => The line rate of the RRU chain does not meet the networking requirement. Go to sub-step c. b. Query the carrier configuration for UMTS cells and the carrier configurations for cells of
460 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
other systems that share CPRI bandwidths with the UMTS cells. Check whether the carrier configuration exceeds the maximum typical configuration by referring to the specifications of the MBTS CPRI networking in the 3900 Series Base Station Technical Description. Y => The carrier configuration exceeds the maximum typical configuration. Go to sub-step d. N => The carrier configuration does not exceed the maximum typical configuration. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Check the maximum configuration at each level in the MML command execution result, and change the optical modules whose rates do not match. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. d. Adjust the base station configuration based on the specifications of the MBTS CPRI networking in the 3900 Series Base Station Technical Description. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.252 ALM-28207 Carrier Wave Share Failure

Description
When the power sharing among carriers is configured, this alarm is reported if the logical cell does not meet the power sharing requirements.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cause
Parameter Description (The source cell is not R99 cell, The target cell is not DPA cell, License capability not support, Source and target cells use different antennas) Local Cell ID
Local Cell ID

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The target cell cannot share the power of the source cell, and the HSDPA services of the target cell fail to expand.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The source cell of the power sharing group is not an R99 cell. The HSDPA services are not enabled within 10 minutes after the target logical cell in the power sharing group is established. The license does not support power sharing.
461 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Source and target cells use different antennas.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "The source cell is not an R99 cell", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "The target cell is not a DPA cell", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "License capability limited", go to step 4. If "Specific Problem" is "Source and target cells use different antennas", go to step 5. 2. Check that the HSDPA services are disabled in the source cell. a. On the RNC, run the MML command LST UCELLHSDPA and check whether the query result contains the information about the source cell. Y => The query result contains the information about the source cell. Go to sub-step b. N => The query result does not contain the information about the source cell. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. On the RNC, run the MML command LST UCELLHSDPA to check whether the status of the HSDPA services is ACTIVATED. Y => The status of the HSDPA services is ACTIVATED. Go to sub-step c. N => The status of the HSDPA services is not ACTIVATED. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. On the RNC, run the MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to disable the HSDPA services of the source cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check that the HSDPA services are enabled in the target cell. a. On the RNC, run the MML command LST UCELLHSDPA and check whether the query result contains the information about the target cell. Y => The query result contains the information about the target cell. Go to sub-step b. N => The query result does not contain the information about the target cell. Go to sub-step c. b. On the RNC, run the MML command LST UCELLHSDPA to check whether the status of the HSDPA services is DEACTIVATED. Y => The status of the HSDPA services is DEACTIVATED. Go to sub-step d. N => The status of the HSDPA services is not DEACTIVATED. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. On the RNC, run the MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA to add the HSDPA services for the target cell. d. On the RNC, run the MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to enable the HSDPA services for the target cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
462 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Remotely check whether the license supports power sharing. a. Run the MML command DSP LICENSE on the LMT to check whether the license supports power sharing. Y => The license supports power sharing. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The license does not support power sharing. Go to sub-step b. b. Configure a new license for the NodeB on the M2000 side. For details, see the online help of ALM-26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Remotely check whether the antenna configuration supports power sharing. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL on the LMT to query the cell carrier information. Check whether the source and target cells have the same settings of transmit channels. Y => Same. Go to sub-step h. N => Different. Go to sub-step b. b. On the RNC, run the MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. c. Run the MML command RMV PAGRP to remove the power sharing relationship between the original cell and target cell. d. Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the original cell and target cell respectively. e. Run the MML command ADD LOCELL to add the source cell and target cell respectively, in which the TX channels for carriers of the source cell and target cellmust be consistent. f. Run the MML command ADD PAGRP to add the power sharing relationship between the source cell and target cell. g. On the RNC, run the MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step h. h. Run the MML command LST LOCELL on the LMT to check whether the source and target cells have the same settings of transmit diversity. Y => Same. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => Different. Go to sub-step i. i. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL on the LMT to modify the settings of transmit diversity so that the source and target cells have the same settings of transmit diversity. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.253 ALM-28209 Cell No Traffic

Description
This alarm is reported when no traffic is detected in the local cell during the specified period of time or when there is no cell traffic because the KPI values indicating the corresponding logical cell access are abnormal.
463 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Description (Cell No Receive Radio link Setup Message, Cell No Receive Radio link Setup Message with First Rls Flag for Long Time, Baseband Uplink Channel Soft Fault, Downlink Baseband Resource Fault, High Error Rate of IUB Transmission, Radio link Setup Fail, Others)
Local Cell ID Local Cell ID

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact Services of the current cell are affected and system self-healing fails.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
NodeB hardware is faulty. NodeB software is defective. A NodeB component experiences a soft failure. A third-party device, such as the antenna system, TMA, trunk amplifier, or transmission relay, is faulty. The parameter settings for the cell are incorrect on the NodeB or RNC. On occasions such as public holidays or termination of large-scale gatherings, this alarm may be reported with the alarm cause 0 or 1.
Procedure
1. Check for correlated Board alarms on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to step 2. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 5. 2. Check the type of the board alarm on the M2000. a. If the alarm 26200 Board Hardware Fault or 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault is reported, go to step 3. b. If the 26203 Board Software Program Error or 26533 RF Unit Software Program Error is reported, go to step 4. 3. On the M2000, check the type and status of the board where the correlated hardware alarm is reported. a. Run the MML command DSP BRD on the M2000 to display the type of the board where the alarm is reported. Check whether the displayed board type is an RF board and the MML command RST BRDPWROFF has not been executed on the RF board within 2 hours before the alarm was reported. Y => Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF on the M2000 to power cycle the RF
464 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
board. No further action is required. N => Go to substep b. b. Replace the faulty board onsite. Check whether the cell becomes functional onsite. Y => The cell becomes functional. No further action is required. N => The cell still has no traffic. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Check whether the alarm board need be reset. a. Check whether the board has been reset within 2 hours before the alarm was initially reported. Y => Go to step 6. N => Reset the board. No further action is required. 5. Check the alarm cause. a. Check whether the alarm cause is 0 (Radio Link Setup messages not received within a long period) or 1 (Radio Link Setup messages with the First Rls flag not received within a long period). Y => The alarm cause is 0 or 1. Go to step 7. N => The alarm cause is not 0 or 1. Go to step 6. 6. Check whether the NodeB need be reset. a. Check whether the NodeB has been reset within 2 hours before the alarm was initially reported. Y => Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.. N => Reset the NodeB. No further action is required. 7. Check whether users can access the cell onsite. a. On the M2000, confirm with the network planning engineers whether the alarm is reported on occasions such as holidays or termination of large-scale gatherings. Y => No further action is required. N => Go to substep b. b. On the M2000, confirm with the network planning engineers whether the parameter settings of the cell have been adjusted. Y => Request the network planning engineers to perform further actions. N => Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.254 ALM-28210 Frequency Separation Configuration Mismatch

Description
When a logic cell is established, this alarm is reported if the system detects that the frequency separation between the frequency of the cell to be established and the frequency of the existing cell carried by the RF unit is less than the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth" of the RF unit.
Parameters
465 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Subrack No. Slot No. Type Cause Board Type
Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board (UpLink, DownLink) (UU Frequency Gap Less than Minimum Gap) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The services carried by the cell configured with incorrect frequency separation may be affected. In this case, the KPIs related to network performance may deteriorate.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The data configuration is wrong.
Procedure
1. Check the frequency configuration of the cell on the M2000. a. On the NodeB side, run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the parameters "UL Frequency Channel Number" and "DL Frequency Channel Number" of the local cell that is carried by the RF unit with incorrect frequency configuration. Check whether the cell frequency configuration is consistent with the network planning. Y => The cell frequency configuration is consistent with the network planning. Go to step 2. N => The cell frequency configuration is inconsistent with the network planning. Go to sub-step b. b. On the NodeB side, run the MML command DSP LOCELL to query the ID of the logic cell corresponding to the local cell that is carried by the RF unit with incorrect frequency configuration. c. On the RNC side, run the MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logic cell. Then, run the MML command MOD UCELLFREQUENCY to change the cell frequencies. Ensure that the frequency configuration is consistent with the network planning. d. On the NodeB side, run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the frequencies of the local cell. Ensure that the frequency configuration is consistent with the network planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the frequency bandwidth on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST FREQBWH to query the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth" of the RF unit. Check whether the cell frequency separation of the RF unit is
466 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
greater than or equal to the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth" of the RF unit. Y => The cell frequency separation of the RF unit is greater than or equal to the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth". Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The cell frequency separation of the RF unit is less than the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth". Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command DSP LICENSE to check whether "Flexible frequency separation between G/U" is supported. Y => "Flexible frequency separation between G/U" is supported. Go to sub-step c. N => "Flexible frequency separation between G/U" is not supported. Purchase and activate the license. Then, go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command SET FREQBWH to modify the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth" of the RF unit. Ensure that the cell frequency separation of the RF unit is greater than or equal to the parameter "Frequency Bandwidth" of the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.255 ALM-28211 Cell Configuration Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the uplink or downlink ARFCN fails to be configured or the total maximum transmit power of all local cells on an RF unit exceeds the maximum transmit power of the RF unit.
Parameters
Parameter Name Local Cell ID Specific Problem
Parameter Description Local Cell ID Specific Problem of the alarm(Uplink Frequency Configured Failure, Downlink Frequency Configured Failure, Cell Power Exceeded RF Unit Power Specification)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact If the uplink or downlink frequency configuration fails, services cannot be connected. If the total cell power exceeds the RF unit specifications, KPIs deteriorate when the logical cell is operating under heavy traffic. In serious scenarios, the power amplifier will be damaged.
System Actions
None.
Possible Causes
The RF unit which carries the services in the local cell does not support the uplink or downlink ARFCN of the local cell. The uplink and downlink ARFCNs of the local cell conflict with ARFCNs of a cell in another mode. The total maximum transmit power of faulty local cells and other local cells exceeds the maximum
467 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
transmit power of the RF unit.
Procedure
1. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Identify the alarm cause based on alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink Frequency Configured Failure" or "Downlink Frequency Configured Failure", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Cell Power Exceeded RF Unit Power Specification", go to step 5. 2. Remotely check whether the RF unit used by the sector supports the ARFCNs configured in the local cell. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the information about the uplink and downlink ARFCNs configured in the local cell. b. Run the MML command DSP TXBRANCH and DSP RXBRANCH to query the maximum and minimum ARFCNs supported by the RF unit in the uplink and downlink. c. Check whether the uplink and downlink ARFCNs configured in the local cell are within the allowed ARFCN range of the RF unit. Y => Both the uplink and downlink ARFCNs are in the allowed ARFCN range of the RF unit. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The uplink or downlink ARFCN is not in the allowed ARFCN range of the RF unit. Go to step 3. 3. Remotely check whether the uplink or downlink ARFCN is consistent with that in network planning. a. Check whether the uplink or downlink ARFCN is consistent with that in network planning. Y => Both the uplink and downlink ARFCNs are consistent with those in network planning. Go to sub-step b. N => Either the uplink or downlink ARFCN is inconsistent with that in network planning. Go to step 4. b. Check whether the RF unit is properly installed. Y => The RF unit is properly installed. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The RF unit is improperly installed. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the RF unit on site. Replace the RF unit. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Remotely modify the uplink or downlink ARFCN configured in the local cell. a. Run the MML command DEA UCELL on the RNC side to deactivate the logical cell corresponding to the local cell. b. Run the MML command MOD LOCELL on the NodeB side to modify the uplink or downlink ARFCN configured in the local cell to ensure that both the uplink and downlink ARFCNs are consistent with those in network planning. c. Run the MML command MOD UCELLFREQUENCY on the RNC side to modify the uplink or downlink ARFCN to ensure that the uplink and downlink ARFCNs configured in
468 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
the logical cell are consistent with those configured in the local cell. d. Run the MML command ACT UCELL on the RNC side to activate the logical cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Check that the maximum transmit power of the local cell conforms to the network plan on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the maximum transmit power of the faulty local cell. b. Check whether the maximum transmit power of the local cell conforms to the network plan. Note: For a multi-mode RF unit, the maximum transmit power is shared by multiple modes. If multiple local cells share the transmit channel of one RF unit, the power of the transmit channel is shared by the local cells. The maximum transmit power of the RF unit may be restricted to the hardware and the power lock of the RF unit. Y => The maximum transmit power of the local cell conforms to the network plan. Go to step 7. N => The maximum transmit power of the local cell does not conform to the network plan. Go to step 6. 6. Change the maximum transmit power of the local cell based on the network plan on the M2000. a. For a cell that has been activated, run the MML command DEA UCELL on the RNC to deactivate the cell. b. On the NodeB, run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the information about the maximum transmit power of the local cell to ensure that the total maximum transmit power of all local cells on a transmit channel of an RF unit does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the RF unit. In addition, the maximum transmit power of the local cell cannot be smaller than the transmit power specified in the network plan. c. On the RNC, run the MML command MOD UCELL to change the cell power information to ensure that the maximum transmit power conforms to the network plan and the power does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the local cell. d. On the RNC, run the MML command ACT UCELL activate the cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared and is not reported again. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared or is reported again. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Replace the original RF unit with an RF unit with the larger maximum transmit power onsite. a. Replace the original RF unit with an RF unit with the larger maximum transmit power to ensure that the total maximum transmit power of all local cells on a transmit channel of an RF unit does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the RF unit. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
469 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.256 ALM-28221 IMB Local Cell Blocked

Description
The user can restrict the RNC from using a certain resource or all IMB(Integrated Mobile Broadcast) local cell resources by blocking local cells. This alarm is reported when IMB local cells are blocked.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact When a IMB local cell is blocked, the cell cannot carry services.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The user runs a command to block the IMB local cell of the NE.
Procedure
1. Block the IMB local cell on the M2000. a. Run the MML command UBL LOCELL to block the local cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.257 ALM-28223 IMB Local Cell Unusable

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that a IMB(Integrated Mobile Broadcast) local cell is unavailable.
Parameters
Parameter Name
Local Cell ID Local Cell ID Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Downlink Baseband Resource Unavailable, Baseband-RF Interface Resource Unavailable, Uplink RF Resource Unavailable, Downlink RF Resource Unavailable, License Capability Limited, Uplink Common Baseband Resource Unavailable)

470 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact The logical cell cannot be established.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The baseband board is faulty. The RF unit is faulty. Data configuration is incorrect. Baseband resources are insufficient. License capability not enough.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Downlink baseband resource unavailable", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Baseband-RF interface resource unavailable", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "Downlink RF resource unavailable", go to step 4. 2. Rectify the fault of downlink baseband resources on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the downlink-related alarms of the WBBP exist. 26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26204 Board Not In Position 26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure 26210 Board Blocked 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 28301 Board Downlink Service Processing Channel Abnormal 28302 Board BFN Abnormal 28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step c. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c.
471 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to query the IMB local cell information ("DL BB Resource Group No."), and then run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the information about the downlink resource group used by the IMB local cell. d. Run the MML command DSP BBPTC to query the number of cells supported by the board in the downlink resource group. e. Check whether the number of cells configured in the downlink resource group exceeds the total number of cells allowed by the downlink resource group. The total number of cells allowed by the downlink resource group is the accumulated value of the number of cells supported by all boards in the downlink resource group and cannot exceed the maximum number of cells allowed by the downlink resource group. For details about the cell specification supported by the board, see the related hardware description. Y => The number of cells configured for the downlink resource group exceeds the total number of cells supported by the downlink resource group. Go to sub-step f. N => The number of cells configured for the downlink resource group does not exceed the IMB total number of cells supported by the downlink resource group. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. f. Use either of the following methods to modify the configuration: Method 1: Run the MML command RMV IMBLOCELL to delete the IMB local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD IMBLOCELL to establish a IMB local cell in another downlink resource group that has sufficient resources. Method 2: Add the WBBP, and then run the MML command MOD DLGROUP to add the WBBP to the downlink resource group where the IMB local cell resides. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Rectify the fault of baseband and RF interface resources on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to query the information about the RRU configured for the IMB local cell, and then run the MML commands LST RRU and LST RRUCHAIN to query the information about the interface board configured for the RRU. b. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the interface board-related alarms exist. 26106 Board Clock Input Unavailable 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26201 Board Memory Soft Failure 26204 Board Not In Position 26205 BBU Board Maintenance Link Failure 26210 Board Blocked 26264 System Clock Unlocked 26265 Base Station Frame Number Synchronization Error 28302 Board BFN Abnormal 28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal 28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step c.
472 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
N => The alarms do not exist. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Rectify the RF resource fault on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms to determine whether the alarms related to the RRU or RFU exist. 26210 Board Blocked 26235 RF Unit Maintenance Link Failure 26237 RRU Network Breakpoint 26524 RF Unit PA Overcurrent 26525 RF Unit Temperature Unacceptable 26529 RF Unit VSWR Threshold Crossed 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault 26538 RF Unit Clock Problem 26545 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off Through Command 26765 RHUB Hardware Fault 26768 RHUB Clock Problem Y => The alarms exist. Go to sub-step b. N => The alarms do not exist. Go to sub-step c. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step c. c. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to query the information about the IMB local cell, such as the RRU or RFU used in the local cell, uplink and downlink UARFCNs, and maximum output power. d. Run the MML command DSP RRU to query the specifications of the RRU or RFU. e. Check whether the u downlink frequencies configured in the local cell are within the permissible frequency range of the RRU or RFU. (The conversion formula between UARFCNs and actual frequencies is available in the help information of the MML command ADD IMBLOCELL.) Y => Go to sub-step g. N => Go to sub-step f. f. Run the MML command MOD IMBLOCELL to change the frequency of the local cell to a value within the frequency range supported by the RRU or RFU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step g. g. Check whether the frequency spacing between the current IMB local cell and any of the
473 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
other IMB local cells established on the RRU or RFU exceeds the allowed bandwidth of the RRU or RFU (Minimum frequency spacing = 3.8 MHz; Maximum downlink frequency spacing = TxUnitNo 0 Support Band Width - 3.8 MHz). Y => The frequency spacing between the current IMB local cell and any of the other IMB local cells established on the RRU or RFU exceeds the allowed bandwidth of the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step h. N => The frequency spacing between the current IMB local cell and any of the other IMB local cells established on the RRU or RFU does not exceed the allowed bandwidth of the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step i. h. Run the MML command MOD IMBLOCELL to modify the frequency of the IMB local cell to ensure that its frequency spacing with the other cells is within the range supported by the RRU or RFU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step i. i. Check whether the number of cells configured on the same RRU or RFU exceeds the number of carriers supported by the RRU/RFU. Y => The number of cells configured on the same RRU or RFU exceeds the number of carriers supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step j. N => The number of cells configured on the same RRU or RFU does not exceed the number of carriers supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step k. j. Run the MML command RMV IMBLOCELL to delete the IMB local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD IMBLOCELL to establish a IMB local cell on another resource group that has sufficient resources. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step k. k. Check whether the maximum power configured in the IMB local cell is within the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Y => The maximum power configured in the IMB local cell is out of the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step l. N => The maximum power configured in the IMB local cell is within the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Go to sub-step m. l. Run the MML command MOD IMBLOCELL to change the maximum transmit power of the IMB local cell to a value within the power range supported by the RRU or RFU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step m. m. Run the MML command LST RRU to obtain the information about the RRU or RFU configured on the same chain/ring. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to obtain the number of cells configured for the same RRU or RFU. Run the MML command DSP SFP to obtain the transmission rate of the optical module. If the transmission rate is 1.25 Gbit/s, the CPRI interface supports only 8 IMB local cells. If the transmission rate is 2.5 Gbit/s, the CPRI interface supports only 16 IMB local cells . Check whether the allowed number of local cells on a chain/ring exceeds the number of IMB local cells corresponding to the transmission rate on the chain/ring.
474 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The allowed number of local cells on a chain/ring exceeds the number of IMB local cells corresponding to the transmission rate on the chain/ring. Go to sub-step n. N => The allowed number of local cells on a chain/ring does not exceed the number of IMB local cells corresponding to the transmission rate on the chain/ring. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. n. Run the MML command RMV IMBLOCELL to delete the IMB local cell whose resources are unavailable, and then run the MML command ADD IMBLOCELL to establish a IMB local cell on another RRU or RFU that has sufficient resources on the chain/ring. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step o. o. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the RRU. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the RRU on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.258 ALM-28224 IMB Cell Output Power too Low

Description
This alarm is reported when the output power of an NE is at least 2 dB lower than the sum of the common channel power configured by the RNC.
Parameters
Parameter Name Local Cell ID Output Power (0.1 dBm) Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Parameter Description Local Cell ID Output Power (0.1 dBm) Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The decrease in the NE output power causes a reduction in the cell coverage.
System Actions
None
475 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The RRU is faulty or aged.
Procedure
1. Reset the RRU on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the RRU. Then, wait for 15 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is reported again. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the RRU on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.259 ALM-28225 IMB Local Cell Capability Decline

Description
This alarm is reported in any of the following cases: 1. This alarm is reported when one of the RRUs fails and therefore the capability of the IMB(Integrated Mobile Broadcast) local cell is reduced. 2. Users have configured the activation and deactivation capability for the supplementary carrier of a cell but actually the activation and deactivation capability of the supplementary carrier is not supported.
Parameters
Parameter Description (Some RRU(s) in the iDBS cell not usable, Number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the iDBS cell exceeding six, RRU transmit power less than the transmit power required by the local cell, Two TX channels not supported by the cell, Uplink 16QAM not supported by the cell, Uplink L2+ not supported by the cell, Downlink 64QAM+MIMO not supported by the cell, FDE not supported by the cell, IC not supported by the cell, DC not supported by the cell, BOOST not supported by the cell, DCMIMO not supported by the cell, ERACH not supported by the cell, MultiRRU Independ DemOver Cell not supported by WBBP Board, Cell can't use all WBBP Board resources of the uplink resource group, ACT and DEA of Slave Carrier not supported by the cell, Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA not supported by the cell) Local Cell ID
Local Cell ID

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The coverage of the faulty local cell decreases, the RTWP reported by some RRUs is discarded, the features configured on the local cell are not supported, or certain demodulation capabilities of the uplink resource group used by the local cell are
476 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact unavailable.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Redundant RRUs are configured in the IMB local cell. A certain RRU in the IMB local cell is faulty. The number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the IMB local cell exceeds six, the maximum number defined in the system. A logical cell exists, and the maximum TX power of the IMB local cell exceeds the maximum output power of RRUs. The parameter settings are incorrect in the local cell. The baseband resources are insufficient. Due to limited capabilities of ports interconnecting baseband boards, certain demodulation capabilities of the uplink resource group used by the local cell are unavailable.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Some RRU(s) in the cell not usable", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the iDBS cell exceeding six", go to step 4. If "Specific Problem" is "RRU transmit power less than the transmit power required by the IMB local cell", go to step 5. 2. Check for redundant RRUs configured in the local cell on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to check the RRUs configured in the faulty IMB local cell. Check whether redundant RRUs exist according to the network planning. Y => Redundant RRUs exist. Go to sub-step b. N => Redundant RRUs do not exist. Go to step 3. b. Run the MML command RMV RRU to delete the redundant RRUs. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Rectify the RRU fault on the M2000. a. Open the alarm browsing window or run the MML command LST ALMAF to check for active alarms. Check whether the RRUs configured in the faulty local cell are faulty. Y => The RRUs are faulty. Go to sub-step b. N => The RRUs are functional. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions.
477 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Rectify the fault that the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs in the cell exceeds six on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to query all the RRUs configured in the current IMB local cell. Check whether the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs exceeds six. Y => The number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs exceeds six. Go to sub-step b. N => The number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs does not exceed six. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Reconfigure the position or number of RRUs in the IMB local cell. Ensure that the number of occupied BBU CPRI ports connected to RRUs is less than or equal to six. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Rectify the fault that the power of the RRU does not support the maximum TX power of the local cell on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP RRU to query the maximum output power of the RRU, and run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to query the maximum TX power of the IMB local cell. b. When the logical cell is established, check whether the maximum output power of the RRU is smaller than the maximum TX power of the IMB local cell. Y => The maximum output power of the RRU is smaller than the maximum TX power of the IMB local cell. Go to sub-step c. N => The maximum output power of the RRU is greater than or equal to the maximum TX power of the local cell. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. c. Run the MML command RMV IMBLOCELL to delete the other local cells on this RRU. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.260 ALM-28226 IMB Cell Configuration Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the uplink or downlink ARFCN fails to be configured or the total maximum transmit power of all local cells on an RF unit exceeds the maximum transmit power of the RF unit.
Parameters
Parameter Name Local Cell ID
Parameter Description Local Cell ID
478 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Specific Problem
Specific Problem of the alarm(Uplink Frequency Configured Failure, Downlink Frequency Configured Failure, Cell Power Exceeded RF Unit Power Specification)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Service access in the cell possibly fails.
System Actions
None.
Possible Causes
The RF unit which carries the services in the IMB(Integrated Mobile Broadcast) local cell does not support the uplink or downlink ARFCN of the local cell. The uplink and downlink ARFCNs of the local cell conflict with ARFCNs of a cell in another mode. The total maximum transmit power of faulty local cells and other local cells exceeds the maximum transmit power of the RF unit.
Procedure
1. Locate the alarm cause on the M2000. a. Identify the alarm cause based on alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Downlink Frequency Configured Failure", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Cell Power Exceeded RF Unit Power Specification", go to step 5. 2. Remotely check whether the RF unit used by the sector supports the ARFCNs configured in the IMB local cell. a. Run the MML command LST IMBLOCELL to query the information about the sector to which the IMB local cell belongs and information about the uplink and downlink ARFCNs configured in the IMB local cell. b. Run the MML command LST IMBSEC to query the configuration information of the RF unit used by the sector. c. Run the MML command DSP TXBRANCH to query the maximum and minimum ARFCNs supported by the RF unit in the downlink. d. Check whether the downlink ARFCNs configured in the IMB local cell are within the allowed ARFCN range of the RF unit. Y => Both the downlink ARFCNs are in the allowed ARFCN range of the RF unit. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The downlink ARFCN is not in the allowed ARFCN range of the RF unit. Go to step 3. 3. Remotely check whether the uplink or downlink ARFCN is consistent with that in network planning. a. Check whether the downlink ARFCN is consistent with that in network planning. Y => Both the downlink ARFCNs are consistent with those in network planning. Go to sub-step b. N => Either the downlink ARFCN is inconsistent with that in network planning. Go to
479 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
step 4. b. Check whether the RF unit is properly installed. Y => The RF unit is properly installed. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The RF unit is improperly installed. Go to sub-step c. c. Replace the RF unit on site. Replace the RF unit. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Remotely modify the uplink or downlink ARFCN configured in the local cell. a. Run the MML command DEA UCELL on the RNC side to deactivate the logical cell corresponding to the local cell. b. Run the MML command MOD IMBLOCELL on the NodeB side to modify the downlink ARFCN configured in the IMB local cell to ensure that both the downlink ARFCNs are consistent with those in network planning. c. Run the MML command MOD IMBLOCELL on the RNC side to modify the downlink ARFCN to ensure that the downlink ARFCNs configured in the logical cell are consistent with those configured in the IMB local cell. d. Run the MML command ACT UCELL on the RNC side to activate the logical cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Check that the maximum transmit power of the local cell conforms to the network plan on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST LOCELL to query the maximum transmit power of the faulty local cell. b. Check whether the maximum transmit power of the local cell conforms to the network plan. Note: For a multi-mode RF unit, the maximum transmit power is shared by multiple modes. If multiple local cells share the transmit channel of one RF unit, the power of the transmit channel is shared by the local cells. The maximum transmit power of the RF unit may be restricted to the hardware and the power lock of the RF unit. Y => The maximum transmit power of the local cell conforms to the network plan. Go to step 7. N => The maximum transmit power of the local cell does not conform to the network plan. Go to step 6. 6. Change the maximum transmit power of the local cell based on the network plan on the M2000. a. For a cell that has been activated, run the MML command DEA UCELL on the RNC to deactivate the cell. b. On the NodeB, run the MML command MOD LOCELL to change the information about the maximum transmit power of the local cell to ensure that the total maximum transmit power of all local cells on a transmit channel of an RF unit does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the RF unit. In addition, the maximum transmit power of the local cell cannot be smaller than the transmit power specified in the network plan.
480 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. On the RNC, run the MML command MOD UCELL to change the cell power information to ensure that the maximum transmit power conforms to the network plan and the power does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the local cell. d. On the RNC, run the MML command ACT UCELL activate the cell. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared and is not reported again. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared or is reported again. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 7. Replace the original RF unit with an RF unit with the larger maximum transmit power onsite. a. Replace the original RF unit with an RF unit with the larger maximum transmit power to ensure that the total maximum transmit power of all local cells on a transmit channel of an RF unit does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the RF unit. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.261 ALM-28230 Base Station Service Overload

Description
This alarm is reported when the ratio of the number of times the system cannot provide services to the number of connection attempts is higher than the preset threshold (10% by default).
Parameters
None.

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The hardware capability is insufficient. Some terminals cannot use the services provided by the network.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The NodeB receives calls too frequently and its signaling capability cannot handle. The NodeB serves too many online users and its hardware cannot provide adequate uplink or downlink CEs.
Procedure
1. Query the service overload alarm threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST TRAFFICOVERLOADTHD to query the service overload alarm threshold. Check whether the service overload alarm threshold is set properly.
481 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y=> The service overload alarm threshold is set properly. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center to implement capacity expansion. N=> The service overload alarm threshold is not set properly. Go to step 2. 2. Set the service overload alarm threshold on the M2000. a. Run the MML command SET TRAFFICOVERLOADTHD. Set the service overload alarm threshold based on service characteristics. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center to implement capacity expansion.
1.1.262 ALM-28244 GPS Receiver Hardware Fault

Description
The alarm is reported when the system detects that the hardware of the GPS receiver is faulty.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The GPS receiver fails to receive information from the satellite. The NodeB fails to provide the GPS data for the RNC.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The hardware of the GPS receiver is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver.
482 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.263 ALM-28245 GPS Receiver Antenna Power Problem

Description
The alarm is reported when the system detects that the antenna of the GPS receiver is not powered on.
Parameters

System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The power supply loop of the antenna of the GPS receiver is faulty.
Procedure
1. Wait for five minutes, and then check that the system can automatically clear the alarm. a. Wait for five minutes. Then, check whether the system automatically clears the alarm. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
483 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.264 ALM-28246 GPS Receiver Antenna Fault

Description
The alarm is reported when the antenna system between the NodeB and the GPS receiver is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Antenna Shorted, Antenna Open)

System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The antenna system of the GPS receiver is not properly connected or is short-circuited. The GPS receiver itself is faulty.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of the alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Antenna Shorted", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is " Antenna Open", go to step 4. 2. Disconnect the antenna system from the GPS receiver on site, and then wait for five minutes to check that the alarm is cleared. a. Disconnect the feeder at the antenna connector of the GPS receiver, and then wait for five minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. The antenna system is faulty. Go to step 3. N => The alarm is not cleared. The GPS receiver itself is faulty. Go to step 6. 3. Clear the fault in the antenna system on site. a. Check the antenna system. Clear the fault of short circuit if any.
484 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
b. Reconnect the antenna system to the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Check that the antenna system is properly connected to the GPS receiver on site. a. Check whether the antenna system is properly connected to the GPS receiver. Reconnect the antenna system if necessary. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 6. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. Reconnect the antenna system to the GPS receiver. The alarm handling is complete. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 7. 7. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.265 ALM-28247 GPS Receiver Software Program Error

Description
The alarm is reported when the system detects that the software program error occurs in the GPS receiver.
Parameters
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board
485 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Specific Problem
Specific Problem of the alarm(Position Solution Invalid, Clock Steering Disabled, Clock Model Invalid, Almanac Invalid)

System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The calendar of the GPS receiver is invalid. The GPS receiver itself is faulty. The system mistakenly executes some commands. Software error occurs in the GPS receiver.
Procedure
1. Wait for five minutes, and then check that the system can automatically clear the alarm. a. Wait for five minutes. Then, check whether the system automatically clears the alarm. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.266 ALM-28248 GPS Receiver Position Not Locked

Description
This alarm is reported when the GPS receiver is searching for a satellite or cannot automatically search for a satellite.
Parameters
486 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type
Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The GPS receiver cannot lock the satellite. The NodeB fails to provide the GPS data for the RNC.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The GPS receiver is automatically searching for a satellite. The auto-search function of the GPS receiver fails.
Procedure
1. Check that the GPS receiver is automatically searching for a satellite on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST GPS to list the preset search duration of the GPS receiver. Wait for some time. Then, check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Keep waiting for the time one hour longer than the preset search duration, or three times longer than the typical duration specified for SEARCH_WITH_PRECISION. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. b. Keep waiting for the time one hour longer than the preset search duration, or three times longer than the typical duration specified for SEARCH_WITH_PRECISION. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver. b. Keep waiting for the time one hour longer than the preset search duration, or three times longer than the typical duration specified for SEARCH_WITH_PRECISION.
487 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.267 ALM-28249 GPS Receiver Maintenance Link Failure

Description
The alarm is reported when the communication between the NodeB and the GPS receiver fails.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The NodeB cannot receive the valid GPS data and thus fails to provide the GPS data for the RNC.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The cable connections between the NodeB and the GPS receiver are faulty. The GPS receiver itself is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check that the GPS receiver is properly connected to the NodeB on site. a. Check whether the GPS receiver is properly connected to the NodeB. If necessary, reconnect the cables properly between the NodeB and the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to sub-step b. b. Replace the cables between the NodeB and the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
488 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.268 ALM-28250 GPS Receiver Initialization Configuration Failure

Description
The NodeB performs the initialization configuration on the GPS receiver. This alarm is reported when the GPS receiver fails to respond or responds unexpectedly upon receiving the controlling message from the NodeB.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Minor Alarm Impact The NodeB cannot receive the valid GPS data and thus fails to provide the GPS data for the RNC.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
Software error occurs in the GPS receiver.
Procedure
1. Reset the GPS receiver on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST SATCARD to reset the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the GPS receiver on site. a. Replace the GPS receiver. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.269 ALM-28253 Ethernet Link Abnormal

Description
You can test the connectivity of the NodeB. This alarm is reported if the connectivity test is unsuccessful.
489 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. MEP Port No. MEP Port Type Board Type Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board MEP Port No. (Ethernet Port, Ethernet Trunk Group) Type of the faulty board

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The transmission link is disconnected, and the ongoing services carried on the link are disrupted.
System Actions
The system attempts to select another route.
Possible Causes
The network transmission is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm of the faulty board on the M2000: 25880 Ethernet Link Fault 25895 Ethernet Trunk Group Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check that the network transmission is normal on the M2000. a. Run the MML command CFMTRACE to perform a loopback test at the ends of the disconnected link and check whether the loopback test is successful. Y => The test is successful. Contact the maintenance personnel of the transport network. N => The test fails. Go to sub-step b. b. Contact the maintenance personnel of the transport network to obtain the networking configuration, and then run the MML command CFMTRACE to perform a loopback test at the ends of the disconnected link and NodeB and check whether each MIP(Maintenance Intermediate Point).
490 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => All the MIPs are reachable. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => Certain MIPs are unreachable. Contact the maintenance personnel of the transport network.
1.1.270 ALM-28255 Transport Configuration Failure

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that one transport object cannot be configured to the board and therefore the configuration data cannot take effect.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Transmission Object Type
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board (Ethernet Port, Device IP Address, IP Path, Local IP, OM Channel, IP Route, E1/T1, Resource Group, PPP Link, MLPPP Group, MLPPP Link, IP PM Session, IMA Group, IMA Link, AAL2 Node, AAL2 Path, VCG, SAAL Link, Ethernet Trunk Group, SCTP Link, UNI Link, Tree Link PVC, Fractional ATM Link, IP to Resource Group Mapping, Line Rate, HSDPA Flow Control Para, Ethernet Trunk Link, BFD Session, CFM MA, CFM MEP, CFM Remote MEP, CFM Binding IP, Timeslot Cross, STM-1, HSUPA Flow Control Para, CFM MD, TUNNEL, Service IP) Type of the faulty board Fault Code Object No.
Board Type Fault Code Object No.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The transport object for which this alarm is generated is unavailable and the ongoing services carried on the transport object are disrupted.
System Actions
The transport object cannot carry any upper layer objects.
Possible Causes
The base station is in BOOTP state. The hardware of the board is faulty. The license capacity is lower than the system configuration. The configuration data planning is incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000:
491 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
26200 Board Hardware Fault 26811 Configured Capacity Limit Exceeding Licensed Limit Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 2. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check for this alarm in the lower layer objects of the bearer object on the M2000. a. Determine whether the faulty object belongs to the following types: AAL2 path, device IP address, Fractional ATM link, IMA link, IP path, PPP link, SAAL link, SCTP link, structured CES channel, networking PVC, time slot cross, non-structured CES channel, UNI link, transmission resource group, IP clock switch, IP clock link, AAL2 node, AAL2 adjacent node,and Trunk link. Y => The faulty object belongs to one of the preceding types. Go to sub-step b. N => The faulty object does not belong to these types. Go to step 3. b. Run the MML command LST ALMAF to check whether this alarm is generated on the lower layer object that carries the faulty object. Y => The alarm is generated on the lower layer object that carries the faulty object. Go to sub-step c Y => The alarm is not generated on the lower layer object that carries the faulty object. Go to step 3. c. Handle the alarm based on the processing suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Check that the type of the board type supports the configuration parameters of the object on the M2000. a. Based on the type of the transport object in the alarm information, run the corresponding MML command to query the status of the transport object. Run the MML command DSP BRD or DSP BRD to query the type of the board where the object resides. Check the user manual to determine whether the type of the board supports the configuration parameters of the object. Y => The type of the board supports all the configuration parameters of the object. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The type of the board does not support certain configuration parameters of the object. Go to sub-step b. b. Modify the configuration of the object according to the user manual. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.271 ALM-28300 Board Uplink Service Processing Channel Abnormal
492 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Description
This alarm is reported when uplink service processing channel of a board is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name
Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack No. Slot No. Subrack number of the monitoring device
Slot number of the faulty board
Board Type Type of the faulty board Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(Dedicated Channel Demodulation Unit 1 Faulty, Access Channel Demodulation Unit Faulty, AI Data Transmission Failure, DSP BFN Abnormal, APP Measurement Failure, CHIP Register Configuration Abnormal, CPU-DSP Coding Unit Interface Frame Error, SIR Data Transmission Failure, DSP Timing Interrupt Abnormal, DSP Peripheral Equipment Abnormal, DSP External Interface Abnormal, CHIP Register Configuration Abnormal, DSP-Chip Interrupt Timeout, PRBUS Interface Abnormal, Chip BFN Abnormal, DSP Kernel Abnormal, CPU and DSP Disconnected, Decoding Module Internal Error, Decoding Module External Interface Abnormal, ARM Disconnected, Dedicated Channel Demodulation Unit 0 Faulty)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The faulty uplink resources are unavailable, resulting in decreased system capacity or service interruption.
System Actions
When this alarm is generated, the system sets the corresponding uplink processing channel as unavailable according to the fault code reported. If other uplink resources are available in the baseband subrack, the services carried by the uplink processing channel are migrated to another uplink resource. If other uplink resources are unavailable or the uplink processing channel becomes unavailable due to service migration failure, the cells carried by the uplink processing channel become unavailable. In this case, the system automatically notifies the RNC that the local cells are unavailable.
Possible Causes
The uplink dedicated demodulation channel, access demodulation channel, or encoding channel is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the board disrupts some or even all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2.
493 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
2. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.272 ALM-28301 Board Downlink Service Processing Channel Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the downlink service processing channel of a board is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name
Cabinet No. Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack No. Slot No. Subrack number of the monitoring device
Slot number of the faulty board
Board Type Type of the faulty board Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(CHIP Register Configuration Abnormal, Power Control Interface from FPGA to DL ASIC Abnormal, Modulation Interface from DL ASIC to FPGA Abnormal, DSP Internal Error, Downlink Service Processing Unit Faulty, CHIP Register Configuration Abnormal, DSP Kernel Abnormal, DSP Internal Abnormal, DSP External Interface Abnormal, Chip External Interface Abnormal, CPU and DSP Disconnected, PRBUS Interface Abnormal, ARM Disconnected, RTWP Channel Abnormal, Downlink Resource Coding Abnormal, PGBUS Interface Abnormal, CPU-DSP Coding Unit Interface Frame Error)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The faulty downlink resources are unavailable, resulting in decreased system capacity or service interruption. The faulty downlink resources are unavailable. The system still has resources that are working normally. The system capacity decreases.
Minor
System Actions
When this alarm is generated, the system sets the corresponding downlink processing channel as unavailable according to the fault code reported. If other downlink resources are available in the baseband subrack, the services carried by the downlink processing channel are migrated to another downlink resource. If other downlink resources are unavailable or the downlink processing channel becomes unavailable due to service migration failure, the cells carried by the downlink processing channel become unavailable. In this case, the system automatically notifies the RNC that the local cells are unavailable.
Possible Causes
494 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The downlink encoding channel is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the board disrupts some or even all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.273 ALM-28302 Board BFN Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the frame number received on the board for synchronization has errors.
Parameters
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Downlink DSP's ASIC Power Abnormal, BFN of the Decoding Unit Abnormal, BFN of the Dedicated Channel Demodulation Unit 0 Abnormal, BFN of the Access Channel Demodulation Unit Abnormal, BFN of the Encoding Unit Abnormal)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Certain or all service resources of the faulty board are unavailable. The system capacity decreases.
System Actions
When this alarm is generated, the system sets the corresponding service processing unit as unavailable according to the fault code reported.
495 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The board is not properly connected with the subrack. Certain service processing units of the board are faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the faulty board on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the board disrupts some or even all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Remove and reinstall the faulty board on site. a. Reseat the Board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the faulty board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4. 4. Remove and reinstall the main control board on site. a. Reseat the Board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the main control board on site. a. Replace the main control board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the BBU subrack on site. a. Replace the subrack. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
496 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.274 ALM-28303 WBBP-WBBP Interface Abnormal

Description
This alarm is generated when the service data channel between the WBBPs is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. TX Board Slot No. RX Board Slot No. Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device TX Board Slot No. RX Board Slot No.

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Certain or all service resources of the faulty board are unavailable. The system capacity decreases.
System Actions
The system sets the service data channel between the WBBPs as unavailable.
Possible Causes
The transmit board is faulty. The receive board is faulty. The BBU subrack is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the receive board on the M2000. a. Note: Resetting the board disrupts some or even all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the receive board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Remove and reinstall the receive board on site. a. Reseat the Board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the receive board on site. a. Replace the board.
497 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 4. 4. Remove and reinstall the transmit board on site. a. Reseat the Board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 5. 5. Replace the transmit board on site. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Go to step 6. 6. Replace the BBU subrack on site. a. Replace the subrack. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.275 ALM-28329 RF Unit Input Power Abnormal

Description
This alarm is reported when the RRU detects that the voltage of its power supply is higher than or lower than the rated voltage.
Parameters

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The RRU may fail to work normally.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
498 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The input voltage of the RRU is too high or too low. The AC/DC module in the RRU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Reset the RRU on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRDPWROFF to reset the RRU module on which the alarm is generated. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the power supply of the RRU on site. a. Check the power supply of the RRU for errors. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Replace the RRU on site. a. Replace the RF unit. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.276 ALM-28330 RF Unit Over Backward Power Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when the PRRU detects that the reflected power of the antenna connector is too high.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type VSWR Alarm Threshold (0.1) VSWR (0.1) Average Forward Power (0.1 dBm) Average Backward Power (0.1 dBm) Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board VSWR Alarm Threshold (0.1) VSWR (0.1) Average Forward Power (0.1 dBm) Average Backward Power (0.1 dBm)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The uplink or downlink performance of the PRRU is degraded and the services
499 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact carried by the PRRU may be interrupted.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The connection of the PRRU feeder is incorrect. The reflected power detection circuit of the PRRU is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the antenna feeder on site. a. Check the Installation of Feeders for the RF Unit. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. Note: Only after the cell is reestablished, the PRRU starts to detect the reflected power. Therefore, you need to wait for a longer time. 2. Replace the PRRU on site. a. Replace the PRRU. Wait for 10 minutes. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.277 ALM-28350 Board Configuration Inconsistent with Resource Group Configuration

Description
When one of the following situations occurs in the system, this alarm is generated. The system detects that available uplink or downlink baseband processing resources are not added to any uplink or downlink resource groups. The system detects that a certain board that cannot be added to multiple UL resource groups is added to multiple UL resource groups.
Parameters
Parameter Description (Uplink Process Unit Inconsistent with Uplink Resource Group Configuration, Downlink Process Unit Inconsistent with Downlink Resource Group Configuration, This baseband board cannot belong to multiple uplink resource groups)
500 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Impact If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink process unit inconsistent with uplink resource group configuration" or "Downlink process unit inconsistent with downlink resource group configuration", the services cannot be carried by the baseband processing resources that are not added to a resource group. As a result, the baseband processing capability is insufficient and the UE access is difficult. If "Specific Problem" is "Baseband board not belonging to multiple UL resource groups", the baseband processing resource is used by one of the UL group resources.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The UE configuration is incomplete. Not all the baseband processing resources are added to the resource group. A certain board that cannot be added to multiple UL resource groups is added to multiple UL resource groups.
Procedure
1. Identify the cause of the alarm on the M2000. a. Identify the cause of the alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Uplink process unit inconsistent with uplink resource group configuration", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Downlink process unit inconsistent with downlink resource group configuration", go to step 3. If "Specific Problem" is "Baseband board not belonging to multiple UL resource groups", go to step 4. 2. Add all the uplink baseband processing resources to the uplink resource group on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST ULGROUP to query the configuration of the uplink resource group. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the status of the board and determine whether there are any available uplink baseband processing resources that are not added to the uplink resource group. Y => Some available uplink baseband processing resources are not added to the uplink resource group. Go to substep b. N => All available uplink baseband processing resources are added to the uplink resource group. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to add an idle baseband processing board to the configured uplink baseband resource group (RGOPTYPE=ADDULPUNIT). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Add all the downlink baseband processing resources to the downlink resource group on the M2000. a. Run the MML command LST DLGROUP to query the configuration of the downlink resource group. Run the MML command DSP BRD to query the status of the board and determine whether there are any available downlink baseband processing resources that are not added to the downlink resource group. Y => Some available downlink baseband processing resources are not added to the
501 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
downlink resource group. Go to substep b. N => All available downlink baseband processing resources are added to the downlink resource group. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. b. Run the MML command MOD DLGROUP to add an idle baseband processing board to the configured downlink baseband resource group (RGOPTYPE=ADDULPUNIT). Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Check the board capability and board configurations. a. Check whether the board needs to be added to multiple UL resource groups in base station configuration plan. Y => The board needs to be added to multiple UL resource groups in base station configuration plan. Go to substep b. N => The board does not need to be added to multiple UL resource groups in base station configuration plan. Go to substep c. b. Run the MML command DSP BBPTC to query the capability of the baseband board. Based on the command output and the board capability described in the Hardware Description, determine whether the board can be added to two uplink transmission resource groups. Y => The board can be added to two uplink transmission resource groups. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The board cannot be added to two uplink transmission resource groups. Go to step 5. c. Run the MML command MOD ULGROUP to delete the board that is not needed in the resource group. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 5. Replace the baseband board with a board that can be added to two UL resource groups onsite. a. Replace the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.278 ALM-28354 Transport Backup Not Support

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the current board cannot serve as the backup of the transmission of another board after the board is started.
Parameters
Parameter Name
502 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Cause
Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board (Back-board not support, Board Type Mismatch, Board not support, Sub-board Type Mismatch) Type of the faulty board Specific Problem of the alarm(Back-board not support, Board Type Mismatch, Board not support, Sub-board Type Mismatch)
Board Type Specific Problem

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The active/standby transmission is not supported, thus affecting the reliability of the system transmission.
System Actions
None
Possible Causes
The backplane does not support the active/standby transmission. The board types are inconsistent. The board does not support the active/standby transmission. The subboard does not support the active/standby transmission.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration data on the M2000. a. Check the configuration data to determine whether the active/standby transmission configuration is correct. Y => The configuration is correct. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. N => The configuration is incorrect. Go to sub-step b. b. Modify the Data Configuration File. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.279 ALM-28355 Data Configuration File Error

Description
This alarm is reported when the system detects that the configuration file does not exist, the file format is illegal, or the file data is illegal after the NE is started or the configuration file is re-downloaded.
Parameters
503 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Name Specific Problem Specific Problem of the alarm(OAM configuration data illegal, Transport configuration data illegal, Signal configuration data illegal)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact Some configuration data is illegal, or the NE cannot obtain the configuration data. The NE has to operate with the default configuration data. In this case, the NE cannot provide normal services.
System Actions
The NE operates with the default configuration data. If the transmission link is available but the IPoA channel fails, the NE may start BOOTP.
Possible Causes
The configuration file does not exist. The configuration file is illegal. For example, the file format is invalid or syntax errors exist in the file. The flash is faulty.
Procedure
1. Upload the configuration file on the M2000. a. Run the MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the data configuration file from the BBU. Enter the IP address of the FTP server according to the configuration of the FTP server. Then, specify the destination path, user name, and password. Use the default values for other parameters. Check whether the upload is successful based on the command response. Y => The upload is successful. Go to step 2. N => The upload fails. The configuration file may be missing or the flash may be faulty. Go to step 3. 2. Check the configuration file on the M2000. a. Check whether the configuration file is correct. Ensure that the NE type and hardware type in the file are consistent with the running data and that the file is in .xml format. Y => The configuration file is correct. Go to step 3. N => The configuration file is not correct. Go to sub-step b. b. Modify the configuration file. Then, go to step 3. 3. Re-download the configuration file on the M2000. a. Retrieve the correct configuration file or use the modified configuration file. b. Run the MML command DLD CFGFILE to download the data configuration file to the BBU. Enter the IP address of the FTP server according to the configuration of the FTP server. Then, specify the source path, user name, and password. c. Run the MML command SET CFGFILEENB (FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY) to set the enabling flag of the downloaded data configuration file.
504 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
If "Reset Mode" is "Immediately reset", the NE will be automatically reset. Otherwise, the NE needs to be reset manually. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 4. 4. Replace the main control board on site. a. Note: Replacing the main control board disrupts all the ongoing services of the base station. Therefore, perform this operation in low-traffic hours. The base station software upgrade may be required during board replacement, so the correct software version should be ready for use in advance. Replace the main control board. Wait until the startup of the main control board is complete. b. Run the MML command DLD CFGFILE to download the data configuration file to the BBU. Enter the IP address of the FTP server according to the configuration of the FTP server. Then, specify the destination path, user name, and password. c. Run the MML command SET CFGFILEENB (FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY) to set the enabling flag of the downloaded data configuration file. If "Reset Mode" is "Immediately reset", the NE will be automatically reset. Otherwise, the NE needs to be reset manually. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Reinstall the original board. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.1.280 ALM-28381 Board Startup Abnormal Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when the main control board fails to set parameters on a board during the startup of the board or the board cannot be started.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Cause
Parameter Description Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board (Key Parameter Configuration Failure, Non-Key Parameter Configuration Failure, Startup Timeout) Type of the faulty board
Board Type

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact When the setting of the key parameters fails, the board becomes unavailable. When
505 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Alarm Severity
Alarm Impact the setting of the unimportant parameters fails, the secondary functions of the board cannot work properly. When the board cannot be started, the board fails to work properly and the services carried by the board are interrupted.
System Actions
The system automatically disables the board when the setting of the key parameters fails or the board cannot be started.
Possible Causes
The operation of reading or writing into the configuration fails. Errors occur during data configuration on the board. The board is operating improperly. The startup of the board times out.
Procedure
1. Locate the cause of alarm on the M2000. a. Locate the cause of alarm based on the alarm location information. If "Specific Problem" is "Startup timeout", go to step 2. If "Specific Problem" is "Key parameter config failure" or "Non-key parameter config failure", go to step 4. 2. Check for the alarms indicating hardware failures and configuration failures of the board on the M2000. a. Check for the correlated alarm on the M2000: 26200 Board Hardware Fault 26532 RF Unit Hardware Fault Y => The correlated alarm exists. Go to sub-step b. N => The correlated alarm does not exist. Go to step 3. b. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 3. 3. Reset the board on the M2000. a. Run the MML command RST BRD to reset the board. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 4. Download the configuration file from the M2000. a. Modify the Data Configuration File. Check whether the alarm is cleared.
506 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.1.281 ALM-65033~ALM-65233 External Analog/Boolean Alarm

Description
This alarm is reported when the external analog signal is too strong or too weak or when the external Boolean indicates the external Boolean device is faulty.
Parameters
Parameter Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Specific Problem Parameter Description Cabinet number of the monitoring device Subrack number of the monitoring device Slot number of the monitoring device Port number of the user-defined analog/boolean alarm Type of the monitoring device Specific problem of the alarm (Only for analog alarm)

Alarm Severity Major Alarm Impact The normal operation of the external analog/boolean equipment is affected.
System Actions
None.
Possible Causes
In the case of the external analog device, the external analog alarm threshold is incorrect. In the case of the external Boolean device, the external Boolean alarm enabling or signal level configuration is incorrect. The cable connection between the external analog equipment and the monitoring device is faulty. The external analog equipment is faulty. The corresponding monitoring device is faulty.
Procedure
1. Check the configuration on the M2000. a. Check the external alarm is whether an external analog alarm or an external Boolean alarm. If the external analog alarm is defined, go to procedure b If the external Boolean alarm is defined, go to step d b. Run the MML command LST ALMPORT to check whether the threshold of the external analog alarm or the alarm disable configuration and alarm valid level configuration of the external Boolean alarm is consistent with that in the configuration planning.
507 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Y => The configuration is consistent with that in the planning. Go to procedure 2. N => The configuration is inconsistent with that in the planning. Go to step c. c. Run the MML command SET ALMPORT to set the threshold of external analog alarm or the alarm disable configuration and alarm valid level configuration based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. d. Run the MML command LST ALMPORT to check whether the alarm disable configuration and alarm valid level configuration of the external Boolean alarm is consistent with that in the configuration planning. Y => The configuration is consistent with that in the planning. Go to procedure 2. N => The configuration is inconsistent with that in the planning. Go to step e. e. Run the MML command SET ALMPORT to set the alarm disable configuration and alarm valid level configuration based on the configuration planning. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to step 2. 2. Check the cable connection between the external analog/boolean equipment and the monitoring device on site. a. Check whether the cable between the corresponding external analog/boolean equipment and the monitoring device is slack or broken. Y => The cable is functional and the connection is correct. Go to procedure 3. N => The cable is slack or broken. Go to step b. b. Reconnect or replace the cable. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to procedure 3. 3. Check the external analog/boolean equipment on site. a. Check whether the external analog/boolean equipment is functional. Y => The external device is functional. Go to procedure 4. N => The external device malfunctions. Go to step b. b. Clear the fault of the external analog/boolean equipment. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required. N => The alarm is not cleared. Go to procedure 4. 4. Replace the monitoring device on site. a. Replace the monitoring device. Check whether the alarm is cleared. Y => The alarm is cleared. No further action is required.
508 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.2 NodeB Event Reference

Purpose
This document describes all the events of the BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900A WCDMA, BTS3900L WCDMA, BTS3900C WCDMA, BTS3900AL WCDMA, and DBS3900 WCDMA. The MML commands involved in this document takes NodeB_2U for example.
Version
The following table lists the product versions involved in this document. Product Name BTS3900 WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900) BTS3900A WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900A) BTS3900L WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900L) BTS3900C WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900C) BTS3900AL WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as BTS3900AL) DBS3900 WCDMA (hereinafter referred to as DBS3900) Version V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00 V200R014C00
Intended Audience
This document is intended for: Field engineers System engineers Shift operators Site maintainers Network operators
Concepts
Concept Event ID Event Name Description Unique identifier of an event in one product. Unique name of an event in one product. Event names clearly and accurately indicate event meanings. There is a one-to-one mapping between event names and IDs. There is only one event type: event. Impact of an event on service quality. There are three event severity levels: major, minor, and warning. Major event: affects service quality and requires immediate action during working hours. Minor event: generally does not affect service quality, but requires handling or observation in a reasonable amount of time to avoid more serious faults. Warning event: indicates a potential error that may affect service quality. It
Event Type Event Level
509 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Concept
Description requires different actions depending on errors.
Event Type
There are 16 event types based on monitored objects. Power event: relates to the power system. Environment event: relates to equipment room environment variables, such as temperature, humidity, and door control. Signaling event: relates to channel associated signaling (for example, SS1) and common channel signaling (for example, SS7). Trunk event: relates to the trunk system, including trunk circuits and boards. Hardware event: relates to hardware, such as the clock unit and CPU. Software event: relates to software. System event: occurs during system operation. Communication event: relates to communication. Service quality event: relates to service quality. Unexpected operation event: occurs when an exception happens. OMC event: occurs when the OMC is not working properly. Integrity event: occurs when information is illegally modified or deleted. Operation event: occurs when service is unavailable or inaccessible because of inappropriate operations. Physical resource event: occurs when physical resources are damaged by a suspected security attack. Security event: occurs when security service or a security mechanism has detected that the system encounters security attacks. Time domain event: occurs at an unexpected or forbidden time.
Description Parameters Impact on the System Possible Causes Procedure
Conditions in which an event occurs. Parameters related to events. Impact of an event on the system or services.
Issues that may result in an event.
Procedure for clearing an event step by step.
Change History
For detailed event changes, see the release notes.
1.2.1 NodeB Event List

Event ID EVT-25890 Event Name SCTP Link Path Switchover Remote Maintenance Link Switchover Event Type Event Event Level Minor Event Type Trunk
EVT-25893
Event
Minor
Trunk
510 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Event ID EVT-26212 EVT-26213 EVT-26256
Event Name Board Startup NE Startup NE Software Download Started NE Software Download Ended NE Software Activation Started NE Software Activation Ended RF Unit CPRI Interface Switchover RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off RF Unit TX Channel Switched On RF Unit Startup RHUB CPRI Interface Switchover License Emergency Status Activated License Emergency Status Ceased Iub Common Procedure Failure Indication Local Cell Rebuild IMB Local Cell Rebuild Ethernet Configuration Changed
Event Type Event Event Event
Event Level Minor Minor Warning
Event Type Running Running Running
EVT-26257
Event
Warning
Running
EVT-26258
Event
Warning
Running
EVT-26259
Event
Warning
Running
EVT-26505
Event
Minor
Communication
EVT-26526
Event
Major
Hardware
EVT-26528
Event
Minor
Hardware
EVT-26535 EVT-26784
Event Event
Minor Minor
Hardware Communication
EVT-26820
Event
Warning
Running
EVT-26821
Event
Warning
Running
EVT-28200
Event
Major/Minor
Running
EVT-28202 EVT-28222
Event Event
Major Major
QoS QoS
EVT-28251
Event
Minor
Running
511 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Event ID EVT-28252
Event Name IP RAN Object Reset Enable Downloaded Configuration File Disable Downloaded Configuration File NE Shutdown
Event Type Event
Event Level Major
Event Type Trunk
EVT-28352
Event
Minor
Running
EVT-28353
Event
Minor
Running
EVT-28380
Event
Major
Running
1.2.2 EVT-25890 SCTP Link Path Switchover

Description
The SCTP link consists of the active path and the standby path. This event is reported when the SCTP protocol stack detects that the current path is unavailable and the SCTP switches to another path.
Parameters
Name SCTP Link No. Switchover Direction Description Meaning SCTP link number SCTP link path switchover direction (Main-to-Standby Switchover, Standby-to-Main Path Switchover) Peer description information

Event Severity Minor Event Impact During the switchover between the primary link and the secondary link of the SCTP, the signaling communication fails temporarily. In this case, no terminal can access the network during the switchover.
Possible Causes
The current link that carries the SCTP is faulty, and the SCTP switches to another link. The automatic switchover is enabled. When the secondary link is used, the automatic switchover is triggered if the primary link is restored.
Procedure
1. This is an event. No manual operation is required.
1.2.3 EVT-25893 Remote Maintenance Link Switchover

Description
This event is reported when the switchover of the maintenance link between the base station and the M2000 occurs.
512 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Name Switchover Direction Meaning OM link switchover direction (Active-to-Standby Switchover, Standby-to-Active Switchover)

Event Severity Minor Event Impact None
Possible Causes
The current link for remote maintenance is faulty, and another link is used for remote maintenance.
Procedure
1.2.4 EVT-26212 Board Startup

Description
This event is reported when a board is reset due to the execution of a command or exception.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Reset Cause Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board
Subrack number of the faulty board
Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board
Reason of the board reset (Board Power Off, User Command, System Self-Reset, External Operation Reset, Swap MPT, Exceptional Reset, Communication Abnormal, Unknown Reason)

Event Severity Minor Event Impact The ongoing services carried on the board are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The board is reset due to a power failure, for example, removing and then inserting the board or running a reset command through power-off. The board is reset due to the execution of a command, for example, running a software activation command, a board reset command, or a board addition command during an upgrade. The board is reset due to internal negotiation of the system, for example, changing the environment variables of the board, or the board is reset due to a transmission subsystem fault.
513 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
The board is reset due to an external operation. The board is reset when an active/standby switchover is triggered. The board is reset due to an exception, for example, memory software failure. The board is reset due to the disconnection between the board and the upper-level node.
Procedure
1.2.5 EVT-26213 NE Startup

Description
This event is reported when the base station is reset due to the execution of a command, software upgrade, or exception.
Parameters
Name Reset Cause Meaning Reason of the NE reset (Board Power-Off, User Command, System Self-Reset, External Operation, Active/Standby MPT Switchover, Exceptional Reset, Disconnected Link, Unknown)

Event Severity Minor Event Impact The ongoing services carried on the base station are interrupted.
Possible Causes
The base station is reset due to a power failure. The base station is reset due to the execution of a base station reset command or a software upgrade command . The base station is reset due to internal negotiation of the system , a UTRPc/UMPT board fault and signaling extension services unavailable, or a transmission subsystem fault. The base station is reset due to an external operation. The base station is reset when an active/standby switchover is triggered. The base station is reset when it does not work properly. The base station is reset due to link disconnection.
Procedure
1.2.6 EVT-26256 NE Software Download Started

Description
This event is reported when the NE downloads the software to the main control board from the server.
Parameters
Name Meaning
514 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Software Type Cause
Software type (Software, Firmware, Patch, Hot patch) Cause (Software upgrade, Automatic supply, Manual supply)

Event Severity Warning Event Impact None
Possible Causes
An operator is manually downloading NE software. An operator is manually supplementing NE software. The NE software automatic supplementation function is triggered. This function is triggered when a new board is installed in the base station but the base station does not have the software for the board.
Procedure
1.2.7 EVT-26257 NE Software Download Ended

Description
This event is reported when the NE succeeds in downloading or fails to download software to the main control board from the server.
Parameters
Name Software Type Result Meaning Software type (Software, Firmware, Patch, Hot patch) Software download result (Success, Failure)

Possible Causes
The download of the NE Software succeeds. The download of the NE Software fails.
Procedure
1.2.8 EVT-26258 NE Software Activation Started

Description
This event is reported when the NE downloads the software to each board to be activated from the main control board and updates the software.
515 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Parameters
Name Software Type Meaning Software type (Software, Firmware, Patch, Hot patch)

Possible Causes
A user starts to activate the NE software. The software auto-activation starts.
Procedure
1.2.9 EVT-26259 NE Software Activation Ended

Description
This event is reported when the NE downloads the software to each board to be activated from the main control board and succeeds in updating or fails to update the software.
Parameters
Name Software Type Result Meaning Software type (Software, Firmware, Patch, Hot patch) Software activation result (Success, Failure)

Possible Causes
The activation of the NE Software succeeds. The activation of the NE Software fails.
Procedure
1.2.10 EVT-26505 RF Unit CPRI Interface Switchover

Description
In ring topology, the uplink and downlink of the RF unit cooperate in active/standby mode. If the uplink is faulty, the RF unit automatically switches to the downlink. This event is reported in this case.
Parameters
516 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type
Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty RF unit

Event Severity Minor Event Impact In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
Possible Causes
The uplink of the RF unit is faulty.
Procedure
1.2.11 EVT-26526 RF Unit TX Channel Switched Off

Description
This event is reported when the RF unit automatically switches off the TX channel due to a critical fault on the RF unit, or when the user sends a command to switch off the TX channel.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. TX Channel No. Board Type Specific Problem Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board TX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit Specific Problem of the alarm(Automatically, Fault)

Event Severity Major Event Impact The ongoing services carried on the TX channel are disrupted.
Possible Causes
The cell is removed, blocked, or deactivated. A critical fault occurs on the RF unit, such as PA overcurrent, critical overtemperature, or extremely high VSWR. The user sends a command to switch off the TX channel of the RF unit.
517 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
When the AC mains failure occurs and the batteries are running out, the system automatically switches off the TX channel of the RF unit to extend the operating time of the BBU and transmission devices.
Procedure
1.2.12 EVT-26528 RF Unit TX Channel Switched On

Description
This event is reported when the user sends a command to switch on the TX channel of an RF unit, or when a cell is activated.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. TX Channel No. Board Type Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board TX channel number Type of the faulty RF unit

Event Severity Minor Event Impact None
Possible Causes
A cell is activated. The user sends a command to switch on the TX channel of an RF unit. If a critical fault of an RF unit persists for some time, the system automatically switches on the TX channel of the RF unit to detect the clearance of the critical fault
Procedure
1.2.13 EVT-26535 RF Unit Startup

Description
This event is reported when the RF unit is powered on or reset.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board
Subrack No. Subrack number of the faulty board
518 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Slot No. Board Type Reset Reason
Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty RF unit Cause of the RF unit reset (Board Power-Off, User Command, Exceptional Reset, Disconnected Link, Unknown Reason)

Event Severity Minor Event Impact The RF unit starts. The services of the RF unit are set up again.
Possible Causes
The user sends the reset command to the RF unit. The RF unit is powered on or reset. The RF unit automatically resets after it is disconnected for a long period of time. The RF unit automatically resets after the RF software activation or new configuration is complete. The RF unit automatically resets after it exits the sleep mode.
Procedure
1.2.14 EVT-26784 RHUB CPRI Interface Switchover

Description
In ring topology, the CPRI uplink and downlink of the RHUB cooperate in active/standby mode. If the CPRI uplink is faulty, the RHUB automatically switches to the CPRI downlink. This event is reported in this case.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Board Type Uplink Port Before Switchover Uplink Port After Switchover Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Type of the faulty board Uplink port before switchover (Port 0(West), Port 1(East)) Uplink port after switchover (Port 0(West), Port 1(East))

Event Severity Minor Event Impact In the case of a hot ring, the ongoing services are not affected. In the case of a cold ring, the ongoing services are disrupted temporarily.
Possible Causes
The CPRI uplink of the RHUB is faulty.
519 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Procedure
1.2.15 EVT-26820 License Emergency Status Activated

Description
This event is reported when the emergency status of a license is activated.
Parameters
None.

Event Severity Warning Event Impact The dynamic counting items and performance items in the license, such as the number of channel elements (CEs) in the uplink and number of CEs in the downlink, are set to their maximum values. Other types of license-controlled items use their original values. The system can keep in the emergency state for a maximum of seven days. Later, the system is rolled back to the license state.
Possible Causes
The emergency status of a license is activated by someone in an emergency such as fire or earthquake.
Procedure
1.2.16 EVT-26821 License Emergency Status Ceased

Description
This event is reported when the emergency status of a license is ceased.
Parameters
None.

Event Severity Warning Event Impact The original status of license-controlled items is restored.
Possible Causes
The emergency status of a license remains active for seven days. After the seven-day period elapses, the emergency status is automatically ceased. The license is reloaded.
Procedure
520 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
1.2.17 EVT-28200 Iub Common Procedure Failure Indication

Description
This event is reported when the NBAP common signaling processing over the Iub interface fails.
Parameters
Name Cause Meaning (Common TRCH Setup Failure, Common TRCH RECFG Failure, Common MEA INIT Failure, Common MEA Failure, Cell Setup Failure, Cell RECFG Failure, SYS MSG Update Failure, Shared TRCH RECFG Failure, INFO EXCHANGE INIT Failure, INFO EXCHANGE Failure) Cell ID Specific Problem of the alarm(System Message Abnormal, Common Transport Channel Carried by SCCPCH Abnormal, Common Transport Channel Carried by PRACH Abnormal, Other Transport Channel Abnormal, RTWP Measurement Abnormal, Transmitted Carrier Power Measurement Abnormal, Acknowledged PRACH Preambles Measurement Abnormal, GPS Timing of Cell Frames Measurement Abnormal, Transmitted Carrier Power Measurement Abnormal Not Used for HSDPA, HS-DSCH Required Power Measurement Abnormal, HS-DSCH Provided Bit Rate Measurement Abnormal, ISCP Measurement Abnormal, APAP Measurement Abnormal, DPAP Measurement Abnormal, SOTD Measurement Abnormal, Shared Transport Channel Reconfiguration Failure, INFO EXCHANGE INIT Failure, INFO EXCHANGE Failure, Cell Procedure Abnormal)
Cell ID Specific Problem

Event Severity Major Minor Event Impact Services within the cell may fail. Common measurement may fail.
Possible Causes
Resources in the cell are insufficient or faulty. For example, the hardware of the board carrying the traffic is faulty. The software processing of the RNC or NE is improper. The processing of the RNC is incorrect. As a result, the contents of the message that is sent to the NE are incorrect.
Procedure
1. Check the local cell status of the NE on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP LOCELL to check whether the local cell status of the failed signaling is normal. Y => Local Cell Status is Local Cell Available. The local cell is normal. Go to step 2. N => Local Cell Status is Local Cell Unavailable. The local cell is faulty. The cause may be that the hardware resources of the NE are faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command LST ALMAF to check whether certain alarms of the NE are not cleared. Y => Certain alarms are not cleared. Go to sub-step c. N => All alarms are cleared. Go to sub-step d.
521 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
c. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. d. Run the MML command RMV LOCELL to delete the local cell that is faulty. e. Run the MML command ADD LOCELL to add the deleted cell again. f. Wait for 1 minute, and then run the MML command DSP LOCELL to check whether the local cell status of the failed signaling is normal. Y => Local Cell Status is Local Cell Available. The local cell is normal. Go to step 2. N => Local Cell Status is Local Cell Unavailable. The local cell is faulty. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 2. Check the logical cell status of the NE on the M2000. a. Run the MML command DSP CELLCFG to check whether the logical cell status of the failed signaling is normal. Y => The logical cell is normal. Go to step 3. N => The logical cell is faulty. The cause may be that the transmission resources of the NE are faulty. Go to sub-step b. b. Run the MML command LST ALMAF to check whether active alarms exist on the NE. Y => There is one or more active alarms on the NE. Go to sub-step c. N => There is no active alarm on the NE. Go to sub-step d. c. Clear the correlated alarm according to the relevant handling suggestions. d. Delete the faulty logical cell from the RNC. e. Add and activate the logical cell on the RNC. f. Wait for one minute, and then run the MML command DSP CELLCFG to check whether the logical cell status is normal. Y => The logical cell is normal. Go to step 3. N => The logical cell is faulty. Contact Huawei Customer Service Center. 3. Check for this alarm again on the M2000. a. Check whether this alarm is reported again. If this alarm is reported, Contact Huawei Customer Service Center.
1.2.18 EVT-28202 Local Cell Rebuild

Description
This event is reported when the system attempts to reestablish the local cell for recovery from the fault upon service interruption caused by a local cell failure, or when the local cell is reestablished for resource optimization.
Parameters
Name Local Cell ID Meaning Local Cell ID

Event Severity Major Event Impact In the case that the event is reported because the local cell is faulty, only the faulty
522 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Event Severity
Event Impact local cell and faulty logical cell are reestablished. In the case that the event is reported because the resources of the local cell are not optimum, all the available local cells and logical cells are reestablished.
Possible Causes
The local cell fails to provide services and the system attempts to the local cell reestablish the local cell for recovery from the fault. This happens when: a) The SET NOACCESSALMPARA command is executed and the AUTORCVRMTHD parameter is set to CELLRESTART. b) The cell has no output power. If the resources of the local cell are not optimum, the system attempts to optimize the resources. This happens when: a) The STR REALLOCLOCELL command is executed to optimize baseband resources.
Procedure
1.2.19 EVT-28222 IMB Local Cell Rebuild

Description
This event is reported when the system attempts to reestablish the IMB( Integrated Mobile Broadcast) local cell for recovery from the fault upon service interruption caused by a IMB local cell failure, or when the IMB local cell is reestablished for resource optimization.
Parameters
Name Local Cell ID Meaning Local Cell ID

Event Severity Major Event Impact In the case that the event is reported because the IMB local cell is faulty, only the faulty IMB local cell and faulty logical cell are reestablished. In the case that the event is reported because the resources of the IMB local cell are not optimum, all the available local cells and logical cells are reestablished.
Possible Causes
The IMB local cell is faulty and fails to provide services. Thus, the system attempts to recover from the fault by reestablishing the IMB local cell. If the resources of the IMB local cell are not optimum, the system attempts to optimize the resources of the IMB local cell.
Procedure
1.2.20 EVT-28251 Ethernet Configuration Changed

Description
523 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
This event is reported when the auto negotiation is enabled for the local Ethernet electrical port but disabled for the peer Ethernet electrical port.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Port No. Board Type Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board Port No. Type of the faulty board

Event Severity Minor Event Impact If the Ethernet electrical port carries heavy traffic, Ethernet frames may be lost, causing the services to be interrupted for a short time.
Possible Causes
The auto negotiation is enabled for the local Ethernet electrical port but disabled for the peer port (full-duplex or half-duplex).
Procedure
1. Perform the corresponding operation on the M2000 to allow the system to renegotiate the working mode of the Ethernet ports. a. Set the working mode of the Ethernet port on the peer device connected to the NE to auto negotiation, and then run the MML command RST ETHPORT to reset the Ethernet electrical port for which the event is triggered.
1.2.21 EVT-28252 IP RAN Object Reset

Description
This event is reported when the MML command is executed to reset the ETH port, MLPPP group, PPP link, and ETHTRUNK.
Parameters
Name Cabinet No. Subrack No. Slot No. Object Type Object No. Board Type Meaning Cabinet number of the faulty board Subrack number of the faulty board Slot number of the faulty board (Ethernet Port, MLPPP Group, PPP Link, Ethernet Trunk Group) Object No. Type of the faulty board
524 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Event Severity Major
Event Impact The signaling and services carried on the ETH port, MLPPP group, PPP link, ETHTRUNK are interrupted for a short time.
Possible Causes
The MML command is executed to reset the objects of the IP transmission network (ETH port, MLPPP group, PPP link, and ETHTRUNK).
Procedure
1.2.22 EVT-28352 Enable Downloaded Configuration File

Description
This event is reported when the operation of running the command SET CFGFILEENB with Enable Flag set to Enable is successful.
Parameters
None.

Event Severity Minor Event Impact After the system is restarted, the downloaded configuration file takes effect and overwrites the original configuration file.
Possible Causes
The command SET CFGFILEENB is executed with Enable Flag set to Enable.
Procedure
1.2.23 EVT-28353 Disable Downloaded Configuration File

Description
This event is reported when the operation of running the command SET CFGFILEENB with Enable Flag set to Disable is successful. This event is also reported in the scenario where the system automatically disables the flag that has been enabled after the user redownloads the configuration file, activates the configuration baseline (CB), or rolls back the CB.
Parameters
None.

Event Severity Minor Event Impact The flag of the downloaded configuration file is disabled.
525 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15
Fault Management
Possible Causes
The command SET CFGFILEENB is executed with Enable Flag set to Disable. The flag is enabled, but the user redownloads the configuration file. The flag is enabled, but the user activates the CB. The flag is enabled, but the user rolls back the CB.
Procedure
1.2.24 EVT-28380 NE Shutdown

Description
This event is reported when the user runs the command to reset the NE or the active WMPT/UMPT.
Parameters
None.

Event Severity Major Event Impact The services carried by the NE are completely interrupted.
Possible Causes
The user runs the command to reset the NE or the active WMPT/UMPT.
Procedure
526 de 526
13/11/2012 9:15

Huawei NodeB Fault Management

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Huawei NodeB Fault Management

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fault Management

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1 NodeB Alarm Reference

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Alarm Level

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

1.1.1 NodeB Alarm List

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Major

Event Type Hardware

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Major/Minor

Event Type Environment

ALM-25657 ALM-25670 ALM-25671 ALM-25672 ALM-25673 ALM-25695

Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault Fault

Major Critical Critical Critical Major Major

Environment Environment Environment Environment Hardware Hardware

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Name Failure

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Level Minor

Event Type Trunk

ALM-25835 ALM-25836 ALM-25837 ALM-25838 ALM-25840 ALM-25841

Major Major Major Major Major Major

Communication Communication Signaling Trunk Trunk Trunk

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Minor

Event Type Trunk

ALM-25885 ALM-25886 ALM-25887

Minor Major Minor

Trunk Trunk Trunk

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Major

Event Type Trunk

SDH/SONET HP Fault Unequipped Defect

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Minor

Event Type Trunk

GPS Antenna Fault Fault

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Minor

Event Type Running

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Major/Minor

Event Type Communication

Configuration Data Fault Inconsistency

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault

Alarm Level Major

Event Type Running

http://localhost:7890/printtopics.html?time=Tue Nov 13 2012 09:15:0...

Alarm Type Fault